Internal Revenue Bulletin 2006-42 (PDF rendition): IRS Notices

Preserve advance releases and the authoritative Internal Revenue Bulletin rendition; directory timestamps are file-publication metadata, not legal effective dates. HTML bulletins begin June 2003; earlier available issues require full PDF parsing. Whole bulletin rendition: numbered items are identified below; other legal material and publisher context remain included. This is not a new standalone advance release.

Bulletin No. 200
6-42
October 16, 2006
HIGHLIGHTS
OF THIS ISSUE
These synopses are intended only as aids to the reader in
identifying the subject matter covered. They may not be
relied upon as authoritative interpretations.
SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENT
Announcement 2006–77, page 748.
The Nineteenth Annual Institute on Current Issues in Interna-
tional Taxation, jointly sponsored by the Internal Revenue Ser-
vice and the George Washington University Law School, will be
held on December 14 and 15, 2006, at the Grand Hyatt Wash-
ington Hotel in Washington, DC.
INCOME TAX
REG–208270–86, page 698.
Proposed regulations under section 987 of the Code provide
guidance regarding the determination of the items of income
or loss of a taxpayer with respect to a section 987 qualified
business unit (QBU) as well as the timing, amount, character,
and source of any section 987 gain or loss. A public hearing
is scheduled for November 21, 2006.
Notice 2006–88, page 686.
Electricity produced from certain renewable resources;
open-loop biomass.This notice sets forth interim guidance,
pending the issuance of regulations, regarding the credit for
electricity produced from open-loop biomass.
Notice 2
006–91, page 688.
Extensi
on of replacement period for livestock sold on
account
of drought.This notice explains the circumstances
under w
hich the 4-year replacement period under section
1033(e
)(2) of the Code is extended for livestock sold on
accoun
t of drought. The Appendix to this notice contains
a list o
f counties that experienced exceptional, extreme, or
severe
drought conditions during the preceding 12 months.
Taxpayers may use this list to determine if an extension is
available.
EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS
Announcement 2006–75, page 746.
The IRS has revoked its determination that National Credit
Counseling Services, Inc., of Orlando, FL, and San Francisco
League of Urban Gardeners of San Francisco, CA, qualify as
organizations described in sections 501(c)(3) and 170(c)(2) of
the Code.
Announcement 2006–76, page 746.
A list is provided of organizations now classified as private foun-
dations.
ADMINISTRATIVE
Notice 2006–90, page 688.
This notice announces a delay in the effective date of new
user fee charges for processing Form 8802,Application for
United States Residency Certification. The new user fee will be
charged for all Forms 8802 received with a postmark date on
or after November 1, 2006. Rev. Proc. 2006–35 modified.
(Continued on the next page)
Fi
nding Lists begin on page ii.

Rev. Proc. 2006–40, page 694.
This document provides procedures for an issuer of tax-ex-
empt bonds to request an administrative appeal to the Office
of Appeals from a proposed adverse determination by the Ser-
vice’sOfficeofTaxExemptBondstotheeffectthatanissue
of bonds fails to qualify for the exclusion of the interest on
the bonds from the gross income of the owners under section
103 of the Code. The document also provides procedures for
an issuer of tax-exempt bonds to request such an administra-
tive appeal from a denial by TEB of a claim for recovery of an
asserted overpayment of arbitrage rebate under section 148.
Rev. Proc. 99–35 modified and superseded.
Announcement 2006–73, page 745.
This announcement contains updates and clarifications to Pub-
lication 1220 (Rev. Proc. 2006–33, 2006–32 I.R.B. 140) for
tax year 2006 filing of information returns.
Announcement 2006–74, page 746.
This document announces the establishment of the Income Ver-
ification Express Service (IVES) program. The IVES program
is a new electronic delivery service for IRS transcripts and
records available upon submission of IRS Form 4506–T,Re-
quest for Transcript of Tax Return.
Announcement 2006–78, page 748.
This document contains corrections to final regulations
(T.D. 9280, 2006–38 I.R.B. 450) that provide certain issues
under section 411(d)(6) of the Code, including the interaction
between the anti-cutback rules of section 411(d)(6) and the
nonforfeitability requirements of section 411(a).
October 16, 20062006–42 I.R.B.

The IRS Mission
Provide America’s taxpayers top quality service by helping
them understand and meet their tax responsibilities and by
applying the tax law with integrity and fairness to all.
Introduction
The Internal Revenue Bulletin is the authoritative instrument of
the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for announcing official
rulings and procedures of the Internal Revenue Service and for
publishing Treasury Decisions, Executive Orders, Tax Conven-
tions, legislation, court decisions, and other items of general
interest. It is published weekly and may be obtained from the
Superintendent of Documents on a subscription basis. Bulletin
contents are compiled semiannually into Cumulative Bulletins,
which are sold on a single-copy basis.
It is the policy of the Service to publish in the Bulletin all sub-
stantive rulings necessary to promote a uniform application of
the tax laws, including all rulings that supersede, revoke, mod-
ify, or amend any of those previously published in the Bulletin.
All published rulings apply retroactively unless otherwise indi-
cated. Procedures relating solely to matters of internal man-
agement are not published; however, statements of internal
practices and procedures that affect the rights and duties of
taxpayers are published.
Revenue rulings represent the conclusions of the Service on the
application of the law to the pivotal facts stated in the revenue
ruling. In those based on positions taken in rulings to taxpayers
or technical advice to Service field offices, identifying details
and information of a confidential nature are deleted to prevent
unwarranted invasions of privacy and to comply with statutory
requirements.
Rulings and procedures reported in the Bulletin do not have the
force and effect of Treasury Department Regulations, but they
may be used as precedents. Unpublished rulings will not be
relied on, used, or cited as precedents by Service personnel in
the disposition of other cases. In applying published rulings and
procedures, the effect of subsequent legislation, regulations,
court decisions, rulings, and procedures must be considered,
and Service personnel and others concerned are cautioned
against reaching the same conclusions in other cases unless
the facts and circumstances are substantially the same.
The Bulletin is divided into four parts as follows:
Part I.—19
86 Code.
This part i
ncludes rulings and decisions based on provisions of
the Intern
al Revenue Code of 1986.
Part II.—Treaties and Tax Legislation.
This part is divided into two subparts as follows: Subpart A,
Tax Conventions and Other Related Items, and Subpart B, Leg-
islation and Related Committee Reports.
Part III.—Administrative, Procedural, and Miscellaneous.
To the extent practicable, pertinent cross references to these
subjects are contained in the other Parts and Subparts. Also
included in this part are Bank Secrecy Act Administrative Rul-
ings. Bank Secrecy Act Administrative Rulings are issued by
the Department of the Treasury’s Office of the Assistant Sec-
retary (Enforcement).
Part IV
.—Items of General Interest.
This par
t includes notices of proposed rulemakings, disbar-
ment an
d suspension lists, and announcements.
The last Bulletin for each month includes a cumulative index
for the matters published during the preceding months. These
monthly indexes are cumulated on a semiannual basis, and are
published in the last Bulletin of each semiannual period.
The c
ontents of this publication are not copyrighted and may be reprinted freely. A citation of the Internal Revenue Bulletin as the source would be appropriate.
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
2006–42 I.R.B.October 16, 2006

Place missing child here.
October 16, 20062006–42 I.R.B.

Part III. Administrative, Procedural, and Miscellaneous
Electricity Produced From
Open-Loop-Biomass
Notice 2006–88
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
This notice sets forth interim guidance,
pending the issuance of regulations, re-
garding the tax credit under § 45 of the
Internal Revenue Code for electricity pro-
duced from open-loop biomass.
SECTION 2. BACKGROUND
.01In General. Section 710 of the
American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (P.L.
108–357) amended § 45 to add open-loop
biomass to the definition of qualified
energy resources and to add open-loop
biomass facilities to the definition of qual-
ified facilities. Section 1301 of the Energy
Tax Incentives Act of 2005 (P.L. 109–58)
added “any nonhazardous lignin waste
material” to the definition of open-loop
biomass and extended the deadline for
placing open-loop biomass facilities in
service to December 31, 2007. Section
402(b) of the Gulf Opportunity Zone Act
of 2005 (P.L. 109–135) amended the def-
inition of open-loop biomass to include
“any lignin material.” As a result of these
recent amendments, the Internal Revenue
Service has received requests for guidance
on the § 45 tax credit for electricity pro-
duced from open-loop biomass.
Section 38(a) provides for a general
business tax credit that includes the
amount of the current year business credit.
Section 38(b)(8) provides that the amount
of the current year business credit includes
the renewable electricity production credit
under § 45(a).
Section 45(a) provides that the renew-
able electricity production credit for a tax-
able year is 1.5 cents (adjusted for infla-
tion) for each kilowatt hour of electricity
that the taxpayer (1) produces from qual-
ified energy resources at a qualified facil-
ity during the 10-year period beginning on
the date the facility was originally placed
in service, and (2) sells to an unrelated per-
son during the taxable year.
.02Open-Loop Biomass.(1)In Gen-
eral. Section 45(c)(1)(C) provides that the
term qualified energy resources includes
open-loop biomass. Section 45(c)(3)(A)
defines the term “open-loop biomass” to
mean:
(a) any agricultural livestock (includ-
ing bovine, swine, poultry, and sheep) ma-
nure and litter, including wood shavings,
straw, rice hulls, and other bedding mate-
rial for the disposition of manure (agricul-
tural livestock waste nutrients); or
(b) any solid, nonhazardous, cellu-
losic waste material or any lignin material
which is segregated from other waste ma-
terials and which is derived from—
(i) any of the following forest-related
resources: mill and harvesting residues,
precommercial thinnings, slash, and brush;
(ii) solid wood waste materials, includ-
ing waste pallets, crates, dunnage, man-
ufacturing and construction wood wastes,
and landscape or right-of-way tree trim-
mings; or
(iii) agricultural sources, including
orchard tree crops, vineyards, grain,
legumes, sugar, and other crop by-prod-
ucts or residues.
(2)Exclusions. The term “open-loop
biomass” does not include the following:
(a) manufacturing or construction wood
waste that has been pressure treated, chem-
ically treated, or painted;
(b) municipal solid waste as defined in
§ 45(c)(6);
(c) gas derived from the biodegradation
of solid waste;
(d) paper products that are commonly
recycled (for example, office paper, news-
paper, paperboard, and cardboard);
(e) closed-loop biomass as defined in
§ 45(c)(2); or
(f) biomass cofired with fossil fuel in
excess of the minimum amount of fossil
fuel necessary for startup and flame stabi-
lization.
.03Qualified Open-Loop Biomass
Facilities. Section 45(d)(3)(A) pro-
vides, in the case of a facility using
open-loop biomassto produce electric-
ity (an open-loop biomass facility), that
a qualified facility (a qualified open-loop
biomass facility) is any facility that is
owned by the taxpayer and that—
(i) in the case of a facility using agri-
cultural livestock waste nutrients, is orig-
inally placed in service after October 22,
2004, and before January 1, 2008, and has
a nameplate capacity rating of not less than
150 kilowatts, or
(ii) in the case of other facility, is orig-
inally placed in service before January 1,
2008.
.04Credit Rate. Section 45(b)(4)(A)
provides that the credit rate for electricity
produced at a qualified open-loop biomass
facility is one-half the amount in effect
under § 45(a)(1) for the calendar year in
which the electricity is sold.
.05Credit Period.(1)Facilities placed
in service after August 8, 2005.For
qualified open-loop biomass facilities
placed in service after August 8, 2005,
§ 45(b)(4)(B)(iii) provides that the 10-year
credit period in § 45(a)(2)(A)(ii) applies.
(2)Facilities placed in service after
October 21, 2004, and on or before Au-
gust 8, 2005. For qualified open-loop
biomass facilities placed in service after
October 21, 2004, and on or before Au-
gust 8, 2005, § 45(b)(4)(B)(i) provides
that the § 45 credit is determined by sub-
stituting the 5-year period beginning on
the date the facility was originally placed
in service for the 10-year credit period in
§ 45(a)(2)(A)(ii).
(3)Facilities placed in service be-
fore October 22, 2004. For facilities
placed in service before October 22, 2004,
§ 45(b)(4)(B)(ii) provides that the § 45
credit is determined by substituting the
5-year period beginning on January 1,
2005, for the 10-year credit period in
§ 45(a)(2)(A)(ii).
.06Credit Eligibility. If the owner
of a qualified open-loop biomass facil-
ity is not the producer of the electricity,
§ 45(d)(3)(B) provides that the person eli-
gible for the credit allowable under § 45(a)
is the lessee or the operator of such facility.
SECTION 3. RULES RELATING TO
OPEN-LOOP BIOMASS
.01Components of Facility.(1)In gen-
eral. For purposes of § 45(d)(3), an open-
loop biomass facility is a power plant con-
sisting of all components necessary for
the production of electricity from open-
loop biomass (and, if applicable, other en-
ergy sources). Thus, a qualified open-
loop biomass facility includes all burners
and boilers (whether or not burning open-
loop biomass), any handling and delivery
2006–42 I.R.B.686October 16, 2006

equipment that supplies fuel directly to and
is integrated with such burners and boilers,
steam headers, turbines, generators, and all
other depreciable property necessary to the
production of electricity. The facility does
not include (i) property used for the collec-
tion, processing, or storage of open-loop
biomass before its use in the production of
electricity, (ii) transformers or other prop-
erty used in the transmission of electricity
after its production, or (iii) ancillary site
improvements, such as roadways and fenc-
ing, that are not necessary to the produc-
tion of electricity. Each power plant that
is operated as a separate integrated unit is
treated as a separate facility for purposes
of § 45(d)(3).
(2)Cogeneration. A facility using
open-loop biomass to produce both elec-
tric energy and useful thermal energy, such
as heat or steam, through the sequential
use of energy (cogeneration) may be a
qualified open-loop biomass facility.
(3)Addition or improvement to an
existing facility. An open-loop biomass
facility will not be treated as originally
placed in service after October 22, 2004,
if more than 20 percent of the facility’s
total value (the cost of the new property
plus the value of the used property) is
attributable to property placed in service
on or before October 22, 2004. Similarly,
an open-loop biomass facility will not be
treated as originally placed in service after
August 8, 2005, if more than 20 percent
of the facility’s total value (the cost of the
new property plus the value of the used
property) is attributable to property placed
in service on or before August 8, 2005.
(4)Example. The following example
illustrates the application of section 3.01 of
this notice:
Example. A power plant using fossil fuel was
originally placed in service before October 22, 2004.
The power plant consists of a burner, a boiler, a steam
header, a turbine, and a generator. After October
22, 2004, one new burner and boiler using open-
loop biomass are added to the power plant. The new
burner and boiler are connected to the existing steam
header, turbine, and generator in the power plant.
Under section 3.01(1) of this notice, the open-loop
biomass facility consists of the entire power plant that
is operated as a separate integrated unit and includes
both the existing power plant and the new burner and
boiler. The fair market value of the existing power
plant on the date the new burner and boiler are placed
in service exceeds 20 percent of the facility’s total
value (the cost of the new burner and boiler plus the
value of the used property). Under section 3.01(3)
of this notice, the facility will not be treated as orig-
inally placed in service after October 22, 2004. Ac-
cordingly, § 45(b)(4)(B)(ii) applies and the credit pe-
riod for the facility is the 5-year period beginning on
January 1, 2005.
.02Cofiring.(1)In general. Electric-
ity produced from open-loop biomass that
is cofired with fuels other than fossil fuels
mayqualifyforthe§45credit. Electric-
ity produced from the other fuel may sepa-
rately qualify for the § 45 credit if the other
fuel meets the definition of a qualified en-
ergy resource under § 45(c) and the facility
is placed in service during the period spec-
ified in § 45(d) for that qualified energy re-
source.
(2)Cofiring with agricultural livestock
waste nutrients. If open-loop biomass
other than agricultural livestock waste
nutrients is cofired with agricultural live-
stock waste nutrients at a facility placed
in service on or before October 22, 2004,
electricity produced from the open-loop
biomass other than agricultural livestock
waste nutrients may qualify for the § 45
credit because the facility is placed in ser-
vice before January 1, 2008 (the generally
applicable placed-in-service deadline for
purposes of determining whether elec-
tricity produced from open-loop biomass
qualifies for the § 45 credit). The elec-
tricity produced fromagricultural live-
stock waste nutrients does not qualify
for the § 45 credit because the facility is
not placed in service after October 22,
2004, and before January 1, 2008 (the
placed-in-service period for purposes of
determining whether electricity produced
from agricultural livestock waste nutrients
qualifies for the § 45 credit).
(3)Cofiring with fossil fuel for startup
and flame stabilization. Electricity pro-
duced from open-loop biomass that is
cofired with fossil fuel may qualify for
the § 45 credit, but biomass will qualify
as open-loop biomass only if the amount
of fossil fuel used is the minimum nec-
essary for startup and flame stabilization.
See § 45(c)(3)(A) and section 2.02(2)(f)
of this notice. If open-loop biomass is
cofired with the minimum amount of fos-
sil fuel necessary for startup and flame
stabilization, only the electricity produced
from the open-loop biomass can qualify
for the credit. The electricity produced
from the fossil fuel used for startup and
flame stabilization does not qualify for the
credit. In addition, if biomass (other than
closed-loop biomass) is cofired with fossil
fuel in excess of the minimum amount of
fossil fuel necessary for startup and flame
stabilization, the biomass is not open-loop
biomass and the electricity produced from
the biomass does not qualify for the § 45
credit.
.03RulesRelatingToSales.(1)Si-
multaneous sale and purchase of electric-
ity. If electricity produced from open-loop
biomass at any location is sold by a tax-
payer to an unrelated person and either
the taxpayer or a related person simulta-
neously purchases electricity from an un-
related person for use at the same location,
the sale of the electricity will be treated as
a sale to an unrelated person only to the ex-
tent the amount of electricity sold exceeds
the amount of electricity purchased.
(2)Sales of commingled electricity.If
a taxpayer produces electricity from both
open-loop biomassand other fuels and
sells part or all of the electricity produced
to an unrelated party, only the applicable
percentage of the electricity sold to the
unrelated party is treated as electricity
produced from open-loop biomass. The
applicable percentage for this purpose is
the percentage of the thermal content of all
fuels used to produce the electricity that is
thermal content from open-loop biomass.
Electricity is treated as produced from
both open-loop biomass and other fuels to
the extent (i) open-loopbiomassandother
fuels are commingled during combustion,
(ii) steam produced from the combus-
tion of open-loop biomass and from the
combustion of other fuels is commingled
before or during the production of the
electricity, and (iii) electricity produced
from open-loop biomass and from other
fuels is commingled before transmission
to the purchaser.
(3)Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of section 3.03 of
this notice:
Example 1. A qualified facility at a paper mill
produces 100 kilowatt hours of electricity per day. At
all times, 25 percent of thethermal content of the fu-
els used in the facility is from open-loop biomass and
the remainder is from other fuels. The facility uses
separate boilers for the combustion of the open-loop
biomass and the combustion of other fuels, but the
steam from both boilers is commingled during the
production of electricity. The entire electric output of
the facility is sold to a public utility. Each day, simul-
taneously with the sales, 60 kilowatt hours of elec-
tricity are purchased from a public utility to operate
the facility and the paper mill. Only 40 kilowatt hours
of electricity per day (100 kilowatt hours sold minus
60 kilowatt hours purchased) will be treated as sold
to an unrelated party. In addition, only 10 kilowatt
October 16, 20066872006–42 I.R.B.

hours (25 percent of 40 kilowatt hours) per day of the
electricity sold to the unrelated party will be treated
as electricity produced from open-loop biomass.
Example 2. A qualified facility at a paper mill
produces 100 kilowatt hours of electricity per day.
The entire electric output of the facility is sold to
a public utility. Each day, simultaneously with the
sales, 120 kilowatt hours of electricity are purchased
from a public utility to operate the facility and the
paper mill. Because the amount of electricity sold
is less than the amount of electricity simultaneously
purchased, none of the electricity will be treated as
sold to an unrelated party.
.04Wood Bark And Lignin. Open-loop
biomass includes wood bark and lignin
material recovered from spent pulping
liquors.
.05No Rule Area.TheServicewill
not issue private letter rulings regarding
§ 45 as it relates to open-loop biomass. In
addition, the Service will not rule on any
issues under Subchapter K for partnerships
claiming the credit under § 45.
SECTION 4. EFFECTIVE DATE
The Internal Revenue Service and Trea-
sury Department are developing regula-
tions regarding the tax credit under § 45 of
the Internal Revenue Code for electricity
produced from open-loop biomass. This
notice provides interim guidance on which
taxpayers may rely until the regulations are
issued. The Service and Treasury Depart-
ment expect that the regulations will incor-
porate the rules set forth in this notice and
will be effective for electricity produced
after the date of publication of this notice
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
SECTION 5. DRAFTING
INFORMATION
The principal authors of this notice
are David Selig and David McDonnell
of the Office of Associate Chief Coun-
sel (Passthroughs and Special Industries).
However, other personnel from the IRS
and Treasury participated in its devel-
opment. For further information regard-
ing this notice, contact Mr. Selig or
Mr. McDonnell at (202) 622–3040 (not a
toll-free call).
Delay in the Effective Date
of New User Fee Charges for
Processing Form 8802
Notice 2006–90
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
The purpose of this notice is to an-
nounce a delay in the effective date of new
user fee charges for processing Form 8802,
Application for United States Residency
Certification. The new user fee will be
charged for all Forms 8802 received with
a postmark date on or after November 1,
2006.
SECTION 2. BACKGROUND
Form8802isusedtorequestForm
6166, a letter that the applicant may use as
proof of the applicant’s status as a resident
of the United States to claim benefits un-
deranincometaxtreatyoranexemption
from a value added tax (VAT) imposed by
a foreign country. On September 11, 2006,
the Internal Revenue Service issued Rev-
enue Procedure 2006–35, 2006–37 I.R.B.
434, which provides that the Service will
begin charging a new user fee for process-
ing Form 8802. Section 4 of Rev. Proc.
2006–35 provides that the user fee will be
charged for all Forms 8802 received with a
postmark date on or after October 2, 2006.
SECTION 3. DISCUSSION
This notice provides a delay in the ef-
fective date of new user fee charges for
processing Forms 8802. The user fee will
be charged for all Forms 8802 received
with a postmark date on or after Novem-
ber 1, 2006.
SECTION 4. EFFECT ON OTHER
DOCUMENTS
Section 4 (Effective Date) of Rev. Proc.
2006–35 is modified accordingly.
SECTION 5. EFFECTIVE DATE
This notice is effective September 28,
2006.
SECTION 6. DRAFTING
INFORMATION
The principal author of this notice is
Quyen P. Huynh of the Office of Associate
Chief Counsel (International). For further
information regarding this notice, contact
Ms. Huynh at (202) 622–3880 (not a toll-
free call).
Extension of Replacement
Period for Livestock Sold
on Account of Drought in
Specified Counties
Notice 2006–91
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
This notice provides guidance regard-
ing an extension of the replacement pe-
riod under § 1033(e) of the Internal Rev-
enue Code for livestock sold on account of
drought in specified counties.
SECTION 2. BACKGROUND
.01Nonrecognition of Gain on Invol-
untary Conversion of Livestock. Section
1033(a) generally provides for nonrecog-
nitionofgainwhenpropertyisinvolun-
tarily converted and replaced with prop-
erty that is similar or related in service or
use. Section 1033(e)(1) provides that a
sale or exchange of livestock (other than
poultry) held by a taxpayer for draft, breed-
ing, or dairy purposes in excess of the num-
ber that would be sold following the tax-
payer’s usual business practices is treated
as an involuntary conversion if the live-
stock is sold or exchanged solely on ac-
count of drought, flood, or other weather-
related conditions.
.02Replacement Period. Section
1033(a)(2)(A) generally provides that
gain from an involuntary conversion is
recognized only to the extent the amount
realized on the conversion exceeds the
cost of replacement property purchased
during the replacement period. If a sale
or exchange of livestock is treated as an
involuntary conversion under § 1033(e)(1)
and is solely on account of drought, flood,
or other weather-related conditions that re-
sult in the area being designated as eligible
for assistance by the federal government,
§ 1033(e)(2)(A) provides that the replace-
ment period ends four years after the close
of the first taxable year in which any part
of the gain from the conversion is realized.
Section 1033(e)(2)(B) provides that the
2006–42 I.R.B.688October 16, 2006

Secretary may extend this replacement pe-
riod on a regional basis for such additional
time as the Secretary determines appro-
priate if the weather-related conditions
that resulted in the area being designated
as eligible for assistance by the federal
government continue for more than three
years. Section 1033(e)(2) is effective for
any taxable year with respect to which the
due date (without regard to extensions) for
a taxpayer’s return is after December 31,
2002.
SECTION 3. EXTENSION OF
REPLACEMENT PERIOD UNDER
SECTION 1033(e)(2)(B).
Notice 2006–82, 2006–39 I.R.B. 529,
provides for extensions of the replace-
ment period under § 1033(e)(2)(B). If a
sale or exchange of livestock is treated
as an involuntary conversion on ac-
count of drought and the taxpayer’s re-
placement period is determined under
§ 1033(e)(2)(A), the replacement period
will be extended under § 1033(e)(2)(B)
and Notice 2006–82 until the end of the
taxpayer’s first taxable year ending after
the first drought-free year for the appli-
cable region. For this purpose, the first
drought-free year for the applicable region
is the first 12-month period that (1) ends
August 31; (2) ends in or after the last
year of the taxpayer’s 4-year replacement
period determined under § 1033(e)(2)(A);
and (3) does not include any weekly pe-
riod for which exceptional, extreme, or
severe drought is reported for any location
in the applicable region. The applicable
region is the county that experienced the
drought conditions on account of which
the livestock was sold or exchanged and
all counties that are contiguous to that
county.
A taxpayer may determine whether
exceptional, extreme, or severe drought
is reported for any location in the ap-
plicable region by reference to U.S.
Drought Monitor maps that are pro-
duced on a weekly basis by the Na-
tional Drought Mitigation Center. U.S.
Drought Monitor maps are archived at
www.drought.unl.edu/dm/archive.html.
In addition, Notice 2006–82 provides
that the Internal Revenue Service will
publish in September of each year a list
of counties or parishes (hereinafter “coun-
ties”) for which exceptional, extreme, or
severe drought was reported during the
preceding 12 months. Taxpayers may use
this list instead of U.S. Drought Monitor
maps to determine whether exceptional,
extreme, or severe drought has been re-
ported for any location in the applicable
region.
The Appendix to this notice contains
the list of counties for which exceptional,
extreme, or severe drought was reported
during the 12-month period ending Au-
gust 31, 2006. Under Notice 2006–82,
the 12-month period ending on August 31,
2006, is not a drought-free year for an ap-
plicable region thatincludes any county on
this list. Accordingly, for a taxpayer who
qualified for a four-year replacement pe-
riod for livestock sold or exchanged on ac-
count of drought and whose replacement
period is scheduled to expire at the end of
2006 (or, in the case of a fiscal year tax-
payer, at the end of the taxable year that in-
cludes August 31, 2006), the replacement
period will be extended under § 1033(e)(2)
and Notice 2006–82 if the applicable re-
gion includes any county on this list. This
extension will continue until the end of the
taxpayer’s first taxable year ending after a
drought-free year for the applicable region.
SECTION 4. DRAFTING
INFORMATION
The principal author of this notice is
Jeffrey Marshall of the Office of Associate
Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Account-
ing). For further information regarding
this notice, contact Mr. Marshall at (202)
622–7287 (not a toll-free call).
A
PPENDIX
Alabama
Counties of Autauga, Baldwin, Barbour, Bibb, Blount, Bullock, Butler, Calhoun, Chambers, Cherokee, Chilton, Choctaw, Clarke,
Clay, Cleburne, Coffee, Colbert, Conecuh,Coosa, Covington, Crenshaw, Cullman, Dale, Dallas, DeKalb, Elmore, Escambia,
Etowah, Fayette, Franklin, Geneva, Greene, Hale, Henry, Houston, Jefferson, Lamar, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Lee, Limestone,
Lowndes, Macon, Madison, Marengo, Marion, Marshall, Mobile, Monroe, Montgomery, Morgan, Perry, Pickens, Pike, Randolph,
Russell, St. Clair, Shelby, Sumter, Talladega, Tallapoosa, Tuscaloosa, Walker, Washington, Wilcox, and Winston.
Arkansas
Counties of Arkansas, Ashley, Baxter, Benton, Boone, Bradley, Calhoun, Carroll, Chicot, Clark, Cleburne, Cleveland, Columbia,
Conway, Craighead, Crawford, Crittenden, Cross, Dallas, Desha, Drew, Faulkner, Franklin, Fulton, Garland, Grant, Greene,
Hempstead, Hot Spring, Howard, Independence, Izard, Jackson, Jefferson, Johnson, Lafayette, Lawrence, Lee, Lincoln,
Little River, Logan, Lonoke, Madison, Marion, Miller, Mississippi, Monroe, Montgomery, Nevada, Newton, Ouachita, Perry,
Phillips, Pike, Poinsett, Polk, Pope, Prairie, Pulaski, Randolph, St. Francis, Saline, Scott, Searcy, Sebastian, Sevier, Sharp, Stone,
Union, Van Buren, Washington, White, Woodruff, and Yell.
Arizona
Counties of Apache, Cochise, Coconino, Gila, Graham, Greenlee, La Paz, Maricopa, Mohave, Navajo, Pima, Pinal, Santa Cruz,
Yavapai, and Yuma.
October 16, 20066892006–42 I.R.B.

Colorado
Counties of Adams, Alamosa, Arapahoe, Archuleta, Baca, Bent, Boulder, Broomfield, Chaffee, Cheyenne, Clear Creek, Conejos,
Costilla,Crowley,Custer,Denver,Dolores,Douglas,ElPaso,Elbert, Fremont, Gilpin, Grand, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Huerfano,
Jefferson, Kiowa, Kit Carson, La Plata, Larimer, Las Animas, Lincoln, Logan, Mineral, Moffat, Montezuma, Morgan, Otero,
Ouray, Park, Phillips, Prowers, Pueblo, Rio Grande, Saguache, San Juan, San Miguel,Sedgwick, Summit, Teller, Washington,
Weld, and Yuma.
Florida
Counties of Bay, Calhoun, Escambia, Franklin, Gadsden, Gulf, Holmes, Jackson, Liberty, Okaloosa, Santa Rosa, Walton, and
Washington.
Georgia
Counties of Baker, Baldwin, Barrow, Bartow, Ben Hill, Bibb,Bleckley, Butts, Calhoun, Carroll, Chattahoochee, Cherokee,
Clarke, Clay, Clayton, Cobb, Coweta, Crawford, Crisp, Dawson, Decatur, DeKalb, Dodge, Dooly, Dougherty, Douglas, Early,
Emanuel, Fayette, Floyd, Forsyth, Fulton, Gilmer, Glascock, Gordon, Greene, Gwinnett, Habersham, Hall, Hancock, Haralson,
Harris, Heard, Henry, Houston, Jackson, Jasper, Jeff Davis, Jefferson, Johnson, Jones, Lamar, Laurens, Lee, Lumpkin, Macon,
Madison, Marion, Meriwether, Miller, Monroe, Montgomery, Morgan, Muscogee, Newton, Oconee, Oglethorpe, Paulding, Peach,
Pickens, Pike, Polk, Pulaski, Putnam, Quitman, Rabun, Randolph, Rockdale, Schley, Seminole, Spalding, Stewart, Sumter,
Talbot, Taliaferro, Taylor, Telfair, Terrell, Toombs, Treutlen, Troup, Turner, Twiggs, Upson, Walton, Warren, Washington,
Webster, Wheeler, Wilcox, Wilkinson, and Worth.
Iowa
Counties of Adair, Adams, Appanoose, Audubon, Benton, Buena Vista, Calhoun, Carroll, Cass, Cedar, Cherokee, Clarke, Clay,
Clinton, Crawford, Dallas, Davis, Decatur, Delaware, Des Moines, Dickinson, Dubuque, Emmet, Fremont, Greene, Guthrie,
Hancock, Harrison, Henry, Humboldt, Ida, Iowa, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Johnson, Jones, Keokuk, Kossuth, Lee, Linn, Louisa,
Lucas, Lyon, Madison, Mahaska, Marion, Mills, Monona, Monroe, Montgomery, Muscatine, O’Brien, Osceola, Page, Palo Alto,
Plymouth, Pocahontas, Polk, Pottawattamie, Poweshiek, Ringgold, Sac, Scott, Shelby, Sioux, Taylor, Union, Van Buren, Wapello,
Warren, Washington, Wayne, Webster, Woodbury, and Wright.
Idaho
Counties of Bonner, Butte, Clark, Clearwater, Custer, Fremont, Idaho, Jefferson, Latah, Lemhi, Lewis, Madison, Nez Perce,
Shoshone, Teton, and Valley.
Illinois
Counties of Adams, Boone, Brown, Bureau, Calhoun, Carroll, Cass, Champaign, Christian, Cook, De Witt, DeKalb, DuPage,
Ford, Fulton, Greene, Grundy, Hancock, Henderson, Henry, Iroquois, Jersey, Jo Daviess, Kane, Kankakee, Kendall, Knox,
LaSalle, Lake, Lee, Livingston, Logan, Macon, Macoupin, Marshall, Mason, McDonough, McHenry, McLean, Menard, Mercer,
Montgomery, Morgan, Moultrie, Ogle, Peoria, Piatt, Pike, Putnam, Rock Island, Sangamon, Schuyler, Scott, Shelby, Stark,
Stephenson, Tazewell, Warren, Whiteside, Will, Winnebago, and Woodford.
Indiana
Counties of Jasper, Lake, LaPorte, Newton, Porter, and St. Joseph.
Kansas
Counties of Allen, Anderson, Atchison, Barber, Bourbon, Chautauqua, Cherokee, Cheyenne, Clark, Comanche, Cowley,
Crawford, Decatur, Doniphan, Elk, Finney, Ford, Gove, Graham, Grant, Gray, Greeley, Greenwood, Hamilton, Harper, Haskell,
Hodgeman, Jewell, Johnson, Kearny, Kingman, Kiowa, Labette, Lane, Leavenworth,Linn, Logan, Meade, Miami, Montgomery,
Morton, Neosho, Ness, Norton, Phillips, Pratt, Rawlins, Scott,Seward, Sheridan, Sherman, Smith, Stanton, Stevens, Sumner,
Thomas, Wallace, Wichita, Wilson, Woodson, and Wyandotte.
Kentucky
Counties of Adair, Allen, Anderson, Barren, Bath, Bell, Bourbon, Boyd, Boyle, Breathitt, Butler, Carter, Casey, Clark, Clay,
Clinton, Cumberland, Edmonson, Elliott, Estill, Fayette, Fleming, Floyd, Garrard, Grayson, Green, Greenup, Hardin, Harlan,
Harrison, Hart, Jackson, Jessamine, Johnson, Knott, Knox, Larue, Laurel, Lawrence, Lee, Leslie, Letcher, Lewis, Lincoln,
Logan, Madison, Magoffin, Marion, Martin, Mason, McCreary, Menifee, Mercer, Metcalfe, Monroe, Montgomery, Morgan,
Nelson, Nicholas, Owsley, Perry, Pike, Powell, Pulaski, Robertson, Rockcastle, Rowan, Russell, Scott, Simpson, Taylor, Warren,
Washington, Wayne, Whitley, Wolfe, and Woodford.
2006–42 I.R.B.690October 16, 2006

Louisiana
Parishes of Acadia, Allen, Ascension, Assumption, Avoyelles, Beauregard, Bienville, Bossier, Caddo, Calcasieu, Cameron,
Catahoula, Claiborne, Concordia, DeSoto, East Baton Rouge, East Carroll, East Feliciana, Evangeline, Grant, Iberia, Iberville,
Jefferson Davis, Jefferson, LaSalle, Lafayette, Lafourche, Lincoln, Livingston, Madison, Morehouse, Natchitoches, Orleans,
Ouachita, Plaquemines, Pointe Coupee, Rapides, Red River, Richland, Sabine, St. Bernard, St. Charles, St. Helena, St. James,
St. John the Baptist, St. Landry, St. Martin, St. Mary, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa, Terrebonne, Union, Vermilion, Vernon,
Washington, Webster, West Baton Rouge, West Carroll, and West Feliciana.
Michigan
Counties of Alger, Allegan, Baraga, Barry, Berrien, Branch, Calhoun, Cass, Charlevoix, Cheboygan, Chippewa, Delta, Dickinson,
Emmet, Gogebic, Houghton, Ionia, Iron, Kalamazoo, Kent, Keweenaw, Luce, Mackinac, Marquette, Menominee, Muskegon,
Newaygo, Ontonagon, Ottawa, Presque Isle, St. Joseph, Schoolcraft, and Van Buren.
Minnesota
Counties of Aitkin, Anoka, Becker, Beltrami, Benton, Big Stone, Carlton, Carver, Cass, Chippewa, Chisago, Clay, Clearwater,
Cook, Crow Wing, Douglas, Grant, Hennepin, Hubbard, Isanti, Itasca, Kanabec, Kandiyohi, Kittson, Koochiching, Lac qui Parle,
Lake, Lake of the Woods, Mahnomen, Marshall, McLeod, Meeker, Mille Lacs, Morrison, Norman, Otter Tail, Pennington,
Pine, Polk, Pope, Ramsey, Red Lake, Rock, Roseau, St. Louis, Sherburne, Stearns, Stevens, Swift, Todd, Traverse, Wadena,
Washington, Wilkin, Wright, and Yellow Medicine.
Missouri
Counties of Adair, Andrew, Atchison, Audrain, Barry, Barton, Bates, Benton, Boone, Buchanan, Caldwell, Callaway, Camden,
Carroll, Cass, Cedar, Chariton, Christian,Clark, Clay, Clinton, Cole, Cooper, Dade, Dallas, Daviess, DeKalb, Douglas, Gentry,
Greene, Grundy, Harrison, Henry, Hickory, Holt, Howard, Howell, Jackson, Jasper, Johnson, Knox, Laclede, Lafayette,
Lawrence, Lewis, Lincoln, Maries, Marion, McDonald, Mercer, Miller, Moniteau, Monroe, Montgomery, Morgan, Newton,
Nodaway, Osage, Ozark, Pettis, Pike, Platte, Polk, Pulaski, Putnam, Ralls, Randolph, Ray, St. Clair, Saline, Schuyler, Scotland,
Shelby, Stone, Taney, Vernon, Webster, Worth, and Wright.
Mississippi
Counties of Adams, Alcorn, Amite, Attala, Benton, Bolivar, Calhoun, Carroll, Chickasaw, Choctaw, Claiborne, Clarke, Clay,
Coahoma, Copiah, Covington, DeSoto, Forrest, Franklin, George, Greene, Grenada, Hancock, Harrison, Hinds, Holmes,
Humphreys, Issaquena, Itawamba, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Jefferson Davis, Jones, Kemper, Lafayette, Lamar, Lauderdale,
Lawrence, Leake, Lee, Leflore, Lincoln, Lowndes, Madison, Marion, Marshall, Monroe, Montgomery, Neshoba, Newton,
Noxubee, Oktibbeha, Panola, Pearl River, Perry, Pike, Pontotoc, Prentiss, Quitman, Rankin, Scott, Sharkey, Simpson, Smith,
Stone, Sunflower, Tallahatchie, Tate, Tippah, Tishomingo, Tunica, Union, Walthall, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Webster,
Wilkinson, Winston, Yalobusha, and Yazoo.
Montana
Counties of Beaverhead, Big Horn, Blaine,Broadwater, Carbon, Carter, Cascade, Chouteau, Custer, Daniels, Dawson, Fallon,
Flathead, Gallatin, Garfield, Glacier, Hill, Jefferson, Lewis andClark, Liberty, Lincoln, McCone, Meagher, Mineral, Missoula,
Musselshell, Park, Petroleum, Phillips, Pondera, Powder River, Powell, Prairie, Ravalli, Richland, Roosevelt, Rosebud, Sanders,
Sheridan, Stillwater, Sweet Grass, Teton, Toole, Treasure, Valley, Wibaux, and Yellowstone.
Nebraska
Counties of Adams, Antelope, Arthur, Banner, Blaine, Boone, Box Butte, Boyd, Brown, Buffalo, Burt, Butler, Cass, Cedar, Chase,
Cherry, Cheyenne, Clay, Colfax, Cuming, Custer, Dakota, Dawes, Dawson, Deuel, Dixon, Dodge, Douglas, Dundy, Fillmore,
Franklin, Frontier, Furnas, Gage, Garden, Garfield, Gosper, Grant, Greeley, Hall, Hamilton, Harlan, Hayes, Hitchcock, Holt,
Hooker, Howard, Jefferson, Johnson, Kearney, Keith, Keya Paha, Kimball, Knox, Lancaster, Lincoln, Logan, Loup, Madison,
McPherson, Merrick, Morrill, Nance, Nemaha, Nuckolls, Otoe,Pawnee, Perkins, Phelps, Pierce, Platte, Polk, Red Willow,
Richardson, Rock, Saline, Sarpy, Saunders, Scotts Bluff, Seward, Sheridan, Sherman, Sioux, Stanton, Thayer, Thomas, Thurston,
Valley, Washington, Wayne, Webster, Wheeler, and York.
New Mexico
Counties of Bernalillo, Catron, Chaves, Cibola, Colfax, Curry, De Baca,Dona Ana, Eddy, Grant, Guadalupe, Harding, Hidalgo,
Lea, Lincoln, Los Alamos, Luna, McKinley, Mora, Otero, Quay, Rio Arriba, Roosevelt, San Juan, San Miguel, Sandoval,
Santa Fe, Sierra, Socorro, Taos, Torrance, Union, and Valencia.
October 16, 20066912006–42 I.R.B.

North Carolina
Counties of Alamance, Alexander, Alleghany, Anson, Ashe, Avery, Buncombe, Burke, Cabarrus, Caldwell, Caswell, Catawba,
Chatham, Clay, Cleveland, Davidson, Davie,Durham, Forsyth, Franklin, Gaston, Granville, Guilford, Halifax, Harnett, Haywood,
Henderson, Iredell, Jackson, Johnston, Lee, Lincoln, Macon, Madison, McDowell, Mecklenburg, Mitchell, Montgomery, Moore,
Nash, Northampton, Orange, Person, Polk, Randolph, Richmond, Rockingham, Rowan, Rutherford, Stanly, Stokes, Surry, Swain,
Transylvania, Union, Vance, Wake, Warren, Watauga, Wilkes, Yadkin, and Yancey.
North Dakota
Counties of Adams, Barnes, Benson, Billings, Bottineau, Bowman, Burke, Burleigh, Cass, Cavalier, Dickey, Divide, Dunn,
Eddy, Emmons, Foster, Golden Valley, Grand Forks, Grant, Griggs, Hettinger, Kidder, LaMoure, Logan, McHenry, McIntosh,
McKenzie, McLean, Mercer, Morton, Mountrail, Nelson, Oliver, Pembina, Pierce, Ramsey, Ransom, Renville, Richland, Rolette,
Sargent, Sheridan, Sioux, Slope, Stark, Steele, Stutsman, Towner, Traill, Walsh, Ward, Wells, and Williams.
Ohio
Counties of Adams, Gallia, Jackson, Lawrence, and Scioto.
Oklahoma
Counties of Adair, Alfalfa, Atoka, Beaver, Beckham, Blaine, Bryan, Caddo, Canadian, Carter, Cherokee, Choctaw, Cimarron,
Cleveland, Coal, Comanche, Cotton, Craig, Creek, Custer, Delaware, Dewey, Ellis,Garfield, Garvin, Grady, Grant, Greer,
Harmon, Harper, Haskell, Hughes, Jackson,Jefferson, Johnston, Kay, Kingfisher, Kiowa, Latimer, LeFlore, Lincoln, Logan,
Love, Major, Marshall, Mayes, McClain, McCurtain, McIntosh, Murray, Muskogee, Noble, Nowata, Okfuskee, Oklahoma,
Okmulgee, Osage, Ottawa, Pawnee, Payne, Pittsburg, Pontotoc, Pottawatomie, Pushmataha, Roger Mills, Rogers, Seminole,
Sequoyah, Stephens, Texas, Tillman, Tulsa, Wagoner, Washington, Washita, Woods, and Woodward.
Oregon
Counties of Baker, Clackamas, Crook, Deschutes, Gilliam, Grant, Hood River, Jefferson, Klamath, Lake, Lane, Linn, Marion,
Morrow, Sherman, Umatilla, Union, Wallowa, Wasco, and Wheeler.
South Carolina
Counties of Anderson, Cherokee, Chester, Chesterfield, Fairfield, Greenville, Kershaw, Lancaster, Laurens, Newberry, Oconee,
Pickens, Richland, Spartanburg, Union, and York.
South Dakota
Counties of Aurora, Beadle, Bennett, Bon Homme, Brookings, Brown, Brule, Buffalo, Butte, Campbell, Charles Mix, Clark,
Clay, Codington, Corson, Custer, Davison, Day, Deuel, Dewey, Douglas, Edmunds, FallRiver, Faulk, Grant, Gregory, Haakon,
Hamlin, Hand, Hanson, Harding, Hughes, Hutchinson, Hyde, Jackson, Jerauld, Jones, Kingsbury, Lake, Lawrence, Lincoln,
Lyman, Marshall, McCook, McPherson, Meade, Mellette, Miner, Minnehaha, Pennington, Perkins, Potter, Roberts, Sanborn,
Shannon, Spink, Stanley, Sully, Todd, Tripp, Turner, Union, Walworth, Yankton, and Ziebach.
Tennessee
Counties of Chester, Fayette, Hardeman, Hardin, Haywood, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Macon, McNairy, Shelby, Sumner, Tipton,
and Wayne.
2006–42 I.R.B.692October 16, 2006

Texas
Counties of Anderson, Andrews, Angelina, Aransas, Archer, Armstrong, Atascosa, Austin, Bailey,Bandera, Bastrop, Baylor, Bee,
Bell, Bexar, Blanco, Borden, Bosque, Bowie, Brazoria, Brazos, Brewster, Briscoe, Brooks, Brown, Burleson, Burnet, Caldwell,
Calhoun, Callahan, Cameron, Camp, Carson, Cass, Castro, Chambers, Cherokee, Childress, Clay, Cochran, Coke, Coleman,
Collin, Collingsworth, Colorado, Comal, Comanche, Concho, Cooke, Coryell, Cottle, Crane, Crockett, Crosby, Culberson,
Dallam, Dallas, Dawson, Deaf Smith, Delta, Denton, DeWitt, Dickens, Dimmit, Donley, Duval, Eastland, Ector, Edwards, El Paso,
Ellis, Erath, Falls, Fannin, Fayette, Fisher, Floyd, Foard, Fort Bend, Franklin, Freestone, Frio, Gaines, Galveston, Garza, Gillespie,
Glasscock, Goliad, Gonzales, Gray, Grayson, Gregg, Grimes, Guadalupe, Hale, Hall, Hamilton, Hansford, Hardeman, Hardin,
Harris, Harrison, Hartley, Haskell, Hays, Hemphill, Henderson, Hidalgo, Hill, Hockley, Hood, Hopkins, Houston, Howard,
Hudspeth, Hunt, Hutchinson, Irion, Jack, Jackson, Jasper, Jeff Davis,Jefferson,JimHogg,JimWells,Johnson,Jones,Karnes,
Kaufman, Kendall, Kenedy, Kent, Kerr, Kimble, King, Kinney, Kleberg, Knox, La Salle, Lamar, Lamb, Lampasas, Lavaca, Lee,
Leon, Liberty, Limestone, Lipscomb, Live Oak, Llano, Loving, Lubbock, Lynn, Madison, Marion, Martin, Mason, Matagorda,
Maverick, McCulloch, McLennan, McMullen, Medina, Menard, Midland, Milam, Mills, Mitchell, Montague, Montgomery,
Moore, Morris, Motley, Nacogdoches, Navarro, Newton, Nolan,Nueces, Ochiltree, Oldham, Orange, Palo Pinto, Panola, Parker,
Parmer, Pecos, Polk, Potter, Presidio, Rains, Randall, Reagan, Real, Red River, Reeves, Refugio, Roberts, Robertson, Rockwall,
Runnels, Rusk, San Augustine, San Jacinto, San Patricio, San Saba, Schleicher, Scurry, Shackelford, Shelby, Sherman, Smith,
Somervell, Starr, Stephens, Sterling, Stonewall, Sutton, Swisher, Tarrant, Taylor, Terrell, Terry, Throckmorton, Titus, Tom Green,
Travis, Trinity, Tyler, Upshur, Upton, Uvalde, Val Verde, Van Zandt, Victoria, Walker, Waller, Ward, Washington, Webb, Wharton,
Wheeler, Wichita, Wilbarger, Willacy, Williamson, Wilson, Winkler, Wise, Wood, Yoakum, Young, Zapata, and Zavala.
Utah
County of San Juan.
Virginia
Counties of Appomattox, Brunswick, Campbell, Carroll, Charlotte, Dinwiddie, Greensville, Halifax, Lee, Lunenburg,
Mecklenburg, Nottoway, Pittsylvania, Prince Edward, Scott, Sussex, and Wise.
Washington
Counties of Adams, Asotin, Benton, Chelan, Columbia, Douglas, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield, Grant, King, Kittitas, Klickitat, Lewis,
Lincoln, Okanogan, Pierce, Skagit, Skamania, Snohomish, Spokane, Walla Walla, Whatcom, Whitman, and Yakima.
Wisconsin
Counties of Ashland, Barron, Bayfield, Burnett, Calumet, Chippewa, Columbia, Dane, Dodge, Door, Douglas, Dunn, Florence,
Fond du Lac, Forest, Grant, Green, Iowa, Iron, Jefferson, Kenosha, Lafayette, Langlade, Lincoln, Manitowoc, Marathon,
Marinette, Milwaukee, Oconto, Oneida, Ozaukee, Polk, Price,Racine, Rock, Rusk, St. Croix, Sawyer, Sheboygan, Taylor,
Vilas, Walworth, Washburn, Washington, and Waukesha.
West Virginia
Counties of Cabell and Wayne.
Wyoming
Counties of Albany, Big Horn, Campbell, Carbon, Converse, Crook, Fremont, Goshen, Hot Springs, Johnson, Laramie, Natrona,
Niobrara, Park, Platte, Sheridan, Sublette, Sweetwater, Teton, Washakie, and Weston.
October 16, 20066932006–42 I.R.B.

Administrative Appeal of Proposed Adverse Determination of Tax-Exempt Status of Bond Issue
Rev. Proc. 2006–40
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
............................................................................................ 694
SECTION 2. BACKGROUND....................................................................................... 694
SECTION 3. SCOPE............................................................................................... 695
.01Ingeneral................................................................................................... 695
.02Appealsprocedures.......................................................................................... 695
.03Issuersastaxpayers.......................................................................................... 695
.04Bondholdersastaxpayers..................................................................................... 695
.05Conduitborrowersastaxpayers ............................................................................... 695
.06Technicaladvice............................................................................................. 695
.07Alternativedisputeresolutionprograms........................................................................ 695
SECTION 4. INITIATING THE APPEAL PROCESS................................................................... 695
.01Ingeneral................................................................................................... 695
.02Availabilityofappealrequesttoissuer ......................................................................... 695
.03Requestinganappeal ........................................................................................ 695
.04Requiredinformationandsignature............................................................................ 695
.05Responsetoanappealrequest................................................................................. 696
.06Failuretomakeappealrequest................................................................................ 696
.07Transferofcasefile.......................................................................................... 696
.08Jurisdictionovertaxmatters.................................................................................. 696
SECTION 5. RESOLVING AN APPEAL ISSUE(S)..................................................................... 696
.01Ingeneral................................................................................................... 696
.02Otherparticipantsintheappealsprocess........................................................................ 696
.03Newinformationprovided.................................................................................... 696
.04 If agreement is reached....................................................................................... 696
.05 If agreement is not reached................................................................................... 696
SECTION 6. EFFECT OF FINAL ADVERSE DETERMINATION........................................................ 696
SECTION 7. NO USER FEE......................................................................................... 697
SECTION 8. EFFECT ON OTHER DOCUMENTS..................................................................... 697
SECTION 9. EFFECTIVE DATE..................................................................................... 697
SECTION 10. REQUEST FOR COMMENTS.......................................................................... 697
DRAFTING INFORMATION........................................................................................ 697
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
This revenue procedure provides proce-
dures for an issuer of tax-exempt bonds to
request an administrative appeal to the Of-
fice of Appeals (Appeals) within the Inter-
nal Revenue Service (Service) from a pro-
posedadversedeterminationbytheSer-
vice’s Office of Tax Exempt Bonds (TEB)
of the Tax Exempt & Government Entities
Division (TE/GE) to the effect that an issue
of bonds fails to qualify for the exclusion
of the interest on the bonds from the gross
income of the owners under section 103 of
the Internal Revenue Code (the Code) and
related provisions of the Income Tax Reg-
ulations (the Regulations) (Proposed Ad-
verse Determination). This revenue proce-
dure also provides procedures for an issuer
of tax-exempt bonds to request such an ad-
ministrative appeal from a denial by TEB
of a claim for recovery of an asserted over-
payment of arbitrage rebate under section
148 of the Code (Arbitrage Rebate Claim
Denial).
SECTION 2. BACKGROUND
Prior to the enactment of the Inter-
nal Revenue Service Restructuring and
Reform Act of 1998, P.L. 105–206, 112
Stat. 685 (1998 IRS Restructuring Act),
procedures did not exist for an issuer to
appeal a Proposed Adverse Determination
by the Service that the interest on an issue
2006–42 I.R.B.694October 16, 2006

of bonds failed to qualify for the exclu-
sion from the gross income of the owners
of those bonds under section 103 of the
Code. Section 3105 of RRA 98 directs the
Service to modify its administrative pro-
cedures to allow issuers an expeditious ap-
peal of a proposed adverse determination
by the Service to Appeals with respect to
a bond issue before the Service proceeded
to tax bondholders. As a result, Rev. Proc.
99–35, 1999–2 C.B. 501, was published to
set forth procedures for issuers to appeal
a proposed adverse determination by an
Employee Plans/Exempt Organizations
Key District under the Service’s prior
organizational structure. Subsequently,
the Service updated its organizational
structure and created TEB as a separate
examination division for tax-exempt bond
matters within its updated organizational
structure. This revenue procedure modi-
fies and supersedes Rev. Proc. 99–35 to
take into account the Service’s updated
organizational structure and to apply the
revised appeal procedures to a Proposed
Adverse Determination or an Arbitrage
Rebate Claim Denial.
SECTION 3. SCOPE
.01In general. An appeal of a Pro-
posedAdverseDeterminationbyTEBis
initiated by the issuer as described in sec-
tion 4 of this revenue procedure. Any issue
raised by TEB in a Proposed Adverse De-
termination that would cause interest on a
bond issue to fail to qualify for the exclu-
sion from gross income under section 103
of the Code or any Arbitrage Rebate Claim
Denial that involves a denial by TEB of a
claim for recovery of arbitrage rebate pay-
ments under section 148 of the Code with
respect to a bond issue is appropriate for
consideration by Appeals.
.02Appeals procedures. Established
appeals procedures, including those gov-
erning submissions and taxpayer confer-
ences, apply to appeals regarding bond is-
sues. See section 601.106et seq.of the
Regulations.
.03Issuers as taxpayers.Inorderto
expeditiously conduct an examination (in-
cluding any related administrative appeal)
of a tax-exempt bond issue, an issuer is
generally treated as the taxpayer on behalf
of any unidentified beneficial owners of
the bonds comprising the issue under ex-
amination. See section5.02ofthisrevenue
procedure regarding other parties that may
participate in an Appeals proceeding.
.04Bondholders as taxpayers. TEB
must concurrently treat all identified own-
ers of the bonds as taxpayers for all as-
pects of an examination, including tax-
payer communications and the assessment
of tax on past interest paid on that bond is-
sue. The appeal rights of a bondholder are
independent and separate from the appeal
rights of an issuer described under this rev-
enue procedure.
.05Conduit borrowers as taxpayers.In
appropriate circumstances, Appeals may
consider issues relating to those raised in a
Proposed Adverse Determination with re-
spect to a bond issue which affect the tax li-
ability (other than any potential penalties)
of the borrower of bond proceeds of a con-
duit financing issue concurrently with the
issuer’s appeal. Appeals will only con-
sideranissuerelatingtotheborrower’stax
liability if the borrower is under examina-
tion with respect to the issue, the resolution
of that issue is affected by the determina-
tion of whether the interest on an issue of
bonds is excludable from gross income un-
der section 103 (e.g., issues under sections
150(b) or 168(g) of the Code), and the bor-
rower agrees to resolve the issue concur-
rently with the issuer’s appeal under this
revenue procedure. See section 5.02 of this
revenue procedure for Appeals procedures
governing the participation of parties other
than the issuer.
.06Technical advice. Revenue Proce-
dure 2006–2, 2006–1 I.R.B. 89, explains,
in part, when and how the Division Coun-
sel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt
& Government Entities) issues technical
advice memoranda to TEB and Appeals.
In accordance with section 7.02 of Rev.
Proc. 2006–2, or subsequent revenue pro-
cedure, an issuer may submit a request
to TEB or Appeals that a tax matter be
referred for technical advice in accordance
with the procedures contained therein
while the bond issue is under the jurisdic-
tion of TEB or Appeals respectively.
.07Alternative dispute resolution pro-
grams. TEB and Appeals offer certain
alternative dispute resolution and fast
track settlement programs pertaining to
the examination of bond issues. These
programs, described by revenue proce-
dure, announcement or other published
guidance, permit senior Appeals officers
to mediate or otherwise assist in the resolu-
tion of matters identified during the course
of an examination prior to the issuance of
a Proposed Adverse Determination. See
Revenue Procedure 99–28, 1999–2 C.B.
109, and Announcement 2003–36, 2003–1
C.B. 1093.
SECTION 4. INITIATING THE
APPEAL PROCESS
.01In general. Sections 4.02 through
4.06 of this revenue procedure describe
the circumstances and procedures under
which an issuer may appeal a Proposed
Adverse Determination or an Arbitrage
Rebate Claim Denial.
.02Availability of appeal request to is-
suer. An issuer is eligible to request an ap-
peal under this revenue procedure upon the
receipt from TEB of either a Proposed Ad-
verse Determination or an Arbitrage Re-
bate Claim Denial. Except as provided
in section 3.07 of this revenue procedure,
the appeal rights under this revenue proce-
dure are not available to an issuer prior to
the receipt of either such a Proposed Ad-
verse Determination or an Arbitrage Re-
bate Claim Denial.
.03Requestinganappeal. The issuer’s
appeal request must be submitted in writ-
ing to TEB within 30 days of the date of
TEB’s Proposed Adverse Determination
or Arbitrage Rebate Claim Denial. The
appeal request must include the informa-
tion listed in section 4.04 of this revenue
procedure. TEB may extend the 30-day
submission requirement following a writ-
ten request by the issuer justifying such ex-
tension.
.04Required information and signa-
ture. The appeal request must include a
detailed written response to TEB’s Pro-
posed Adverse Determination or Arbitrage
Rebate Claim Denial, including a full and
complete explanation of the issuer’s posi-
tion regarding the issue(s) in dispute. The
appeal request must include a declaration
in the following form: “Under penalties
of perjury, I declare that I have examined
this request for an appeal, including ac-
companying documents, and that, to the
best of my knowledge and belief, the facts
presented are true, correct, and complete.”
The issuer or the issuer’s authorized rep-
resentative must sign an appeal request.
October 16, 20066952006–42 I.R.B.

An issuer may designate an authorized
representative by submitting a duly exe-
cuted Form 2848,Power of Attorney and
Declaration of Representative,whenmak-
ing an appeal request under this revenue
procedure.
.05Response to an appeal request.
Upon receipt of an appeal request, TEB
will review the request to determine
whether it meets the requirements of this
revenue procedure. If the request does not
meet the requirements of this revenue pro-
cedure, TEB will notify the issuer of the
request’s deficiencies. If the request meets
the requirements of this revenue procedure
and does not contain any new information
or analysis of the taxpayer’s position, TEB
will transfer the case file to Appeals in the
mannerdescribedinsection4.07ofthis
revenue procedure. If the request meets
the requirements of this revenue procedure
but the request contains new information
or analysis of the taxpayer’s position, TEB
will notify the issuer that the new informa-
tion submitted in the request may change
the case’s outcome and requires further
discussions prior to transferring the case
file to Appeals in the manner described in
section 4.07 of this revenue procedure.
.06Failure to make appeal request.If
the issuer does not submit a written appeal
request within the time period set forth in
section 4.03 (including any filing exten-
sion granted by TEB) and in the manner
described in section 4.04 of this revenue
procedure, TEB’s Proposed Adverse De-
termination or Arbitrage Rebate Claim De-
nial shall become final.
.07Transfer of case file. Upon receipt
of an appeal request, TEB Field Opera-
tions (TEB FO) will send the case file to
TEB Compliance & Program Management
(TEB CPM) for review and transfer to Ap-
peals. To facilitate the appeals process,
TEB CPM will expeditiously review the
case file to ensure that the factual and legal
matters therein support the issues raised by
TEBFOintheProposedAdverseDetermi-
nation or Arbitrage Rebate Claim Denial.
Once the review process is complete, TEB
CPM will close the case at the examination
level and transfer the case file to Appeals.
The file should include copies of the fol-
lowing:
1. the technical advice memorandum, if
any;
2. all information received by TEB from
the issuer regarding the bond issue;
3. all work papers related to TEB’s ex-
amination of the bond issue;
4. TEB’s written Proposed Adverse
Determination or Arbitrage Rebate
Claim Denial;
5. the issuer’s written protest; and
6. TEB’s response to positions stated by
the issuer in its protest.
.08Jurisdiction over tax matters.Once
TEB CPM sends the case file to Appeals,
jurisdiction over the issues raised in the
Proposed Adverse Determination or Ar-
bitrage Rebate Claim Denial will transfer
from TEB to Appeals.Except as provided
in section 3.05 of this revenue procedure,
TEB will retain jurisdiction over all tax
matters related to the bond issue which
are not specifically raised as an issue in
the Proposed Adverse Determination (e.g.,
section 6700 penalties) or Arbitrage Re-
bate Claim Denial.
SECTION 5. RESOLVING AN APPEAL
ISSUE(S)
.01In general. In accordance with the
directive in the 1998 IRS Restructuring
Act, an appeal by an issuer under this rev-
enue procedure will be assigned to a senior
Appeals officer specializing in tax-exempt
bonds. Appeals will consider the case a
priority assignment and will resolve the
case as expeditiously as possible.
.02Other participants in the appeals
process. The issuer may authorize any
person (e.g., a borrower) to inspect or re-
ceive confidential information during the
Appeals process by submitting a duly ex-
ecuted Form 8821,Taxpayer Information
Authorization, to the Appeals officer.
.03New information provided.Ifthe
issuer provides additional information not
previously given to TEB, Appeals may for-
ward such information to TEB CPM for
comment or return jurisdiction over the
case to TEB if it determines that the sig-
nificance of any new information warrants
further case development by TEB FO.
.04If agreement is reached. If Appeals
and the issuer agree that no action is nec-
essary with respect to the issues raised in
a Proposed Adverse Determination or an
Arbitrage Rebate Claim Denial, Appeals
will provide written notification to the
issuer that the Proposed Adverse Determi-
nation or Arbitrage Rebate Claim Denial
has been withdrawn. If Appeals and the
issuer reach an agreement with respect to
the bond issue, Appeals will generally pre-
pare a closing agreement using the model
closing agreement provided in Exhibit
4.81.1–9 of the Internal Revenue Manual.
Under either scenario, Appeals will pro-
vide TEB CPM with copies of the Appeals
case memorandum and the executed clos-
ing agreement (if any), close the case at
the appeal level, and send the case file to
the Ogden Submission Processing Center.
.05If agreement is not reached.IfAp-
peals and the issuer cannot reach an agree-
ment, Appeals will provide written notifi-
cation to the issuer that TEB’s Proposed
Adverse Determination or Arbitrage Re-
bate Claim Denial has become final. Ap-
peals will send the case file (including a
copy of the Appeals case memorandum) to
TEB CPM and close the case at the appeal
level.
SECTION 6. EFFECT OF FINAL
ADVERSE DETERMINATION
A Proposed Adverse Determination be-
comes final if there is no timely appeal un-
der section 4 or if Appeals and the issuer
cannot reach agreement with respect to an
appeal under section 5.05. Once a Pro-
posed Adverse Determination becomes fi-
nal with respect to a bond issue, the interest
on those bonds will no longer be treated as
excludable from gross income under sec-
tion 103 of the Code and TEB may initi-
ate procedures to impose tax on the bond-
holders with respect to the interest on the
bonds. Once a Proposed Adverse Determi-
nation becomes final with respect to a bond
issue, TEB generally will not re-open set-
tlement negotiations with an issuer regard-
ing matters identified in the examination of
the bond issue.
2006–42 I.R.B.696October 16, 2006

SECTION 7. NO USER FEE
There is no user fee for either requesting
an appeal or executing a closing agreement
pursuant to this revenue procedure.
SECTION 8. EFFECT ON OTHER
DOCUMENTS
Revenue Procedure 99–35, 1992–2
C.B. 501, is modified and superseded.
SECTION 9. EFFECTIVE DATE
These procedures are generally effec-
tive on September 27, 2006, the date this
revenue procedure is released to the public,
with respect to Proposed Adverse Deter-
minations or Arbitrage Rebate Claim De-
nials for bond issues for which a closing
agreement has not been executed.
SECTION 10. REQUEST FOR
COMMENTS
The Service requests comments to be
taken into consideration as the Service de-
velops alternative dispute resolution pro-
grams to expeditiously resolve tax mat-
ters relating to tax-exempt bond issues dur-
ing the examination and administrative ap-
peal process. In particular, the Service is
seeking comments on how TEB and Ap-
peals may utilize mediation or other for-
mal fast-track settlement programs. Com-
ments should refer to Rev. Proc. 2006–40,
and should be submitted to:
Internal Revenue Service
SE:T:GE:TEB
1111 Constitution Ave., NW, PE–583
Washington, DC 20224
DRAFTING INFORMATION
The principal authors of this revenue
procedure are Steven A. Chamberlin of
Tax Exempt Bonds, Compliance & Pro-
gram Management (Tax Exempt & Gov-
ernment Entities) and David E. White
of the Office of Assistant Chief Coun-
sel (Exempt Organizations/Employment
Tax/Government Entities). For further
information regarding this revenue pro-
cedure, contact Mr. Chamberlin at (636)
940–6466 (not a toll-free call).
October 16, 20066972006–42 I.R.B.

Part IV. Items of General Interest
Withdrawal of Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking, Notice
of Proposed Rulemaking and
Notice of Public Hearing
Income and Currency Gain
or Loss With Respect to a
Section 987 QBU
REG–208270–86
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service
(IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Withdrawal of notice of pro-
posed rulemaking, notice of proposed rule-
making and notice of public hearing.
SUMMARY: This document contains pro-
posed regulations that provide guidance
under section 987 of the Internal Revenue
Code (Code) regarding the determination
of the items of income or loss of a tax-
payer with respect to a section 987 qual-
ified business unit (section 987 QBU) as
well as the timing, amount, character and
source of any section 987 gain or loss. It
withdraws proposed regulations under sec-
tion 987 that were published in theFed-
eral Registeron September 25, 1991 (56
FR 48457). These regulations are nec-
essary to provide guidance under section
987. Taxpayers affected by these regula-
tions are corporations and individuals with
qualified business units subject to section
987.
DATES: Written or electronic comments
must be received by December 6, 2006.
Outlines of topics to be discussed at the
public hearing scheduled for November
21, 2006, must be received by October 31,
2006.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to:
CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–208270–86), In-
ternal Revenue Service, PO Box 7604,
Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC
20044. Submissions may be sent elec-
tronically, via the IRS Internet site at
www.irs.gov/regsor via the Federal eRule-
making Portal atwww.regulations.gov
(IRS REG–208270–86).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT: Concerning the proposed
regulations, Sheila Ramaswamy at (202)
622–3870; concerning submissions of
comments, Kelly Banks at (202) 622–7180
(not toll-free numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Paperwork Reduction Act
The collection of information contained
in this notice of proposed rulemaking has
been submitted to the Office of Manage-
ment and Budget for review in accordance
with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
(44 U.S.C. 3507(d)). Comments on the
collection of information should be sent to
theOffice of Management and Budget,
Attn: Desk Officer for the Department of
Treasury, Office of Information and Reg-
ulatory Affairs, Washington, DC 20503,
with copies to theInternal Revenue Ser-
vice, Attn: IRS Reports Clearance Officer,
SE:W:CAR:MP:T:T:SP, Washington, DC
20224. Comments on the collection of in-
formation should be received by Novem-
ber 6, 2006. Comments are requested
specifically concerning:
Whether the proposed collection of in-
formation is necessary for the proper per-
formance of the functions of the Internal
Revenue Service, including whether the
information will have practical utility;
The accuracy of the estimated burden
associated with the proposed collection of
information (see below);
How the quality, utility, and clarity of
the information to be collected may be en-
hanced;
How the burden of complying with the
proposed collection of information may be
minimized, including through the appli-
cation or automated collection techniques
or other forms of information technology;
and
Estimates of capital or start-up costs
and costs of operation, maintenance, and
purchase of service to provide information.
The collection of information
in these proposed regulations is in
§§1.987–1(b)(1)(ii), 1.987–1(b)(2)(ii),
1.987–1(c)(1)(ii), 1.987–1(f), 1.987–
3(b)(1), 1.987–9, 1.987–10 and 1.987–11.
Section 1.987–1(b)(1)(ii) allows a partner
to make an election not to take section
987 gain or loss into account. Section
1.987–1(b)(2)(ii) allows a taxpayer to
make an election to group certain QBUs
with the same functional currency as a sin-
gle QBU. Sections 1.987–1(c)(1)(ii) and
–3(b)(1) allow a taxpayer to make an elec-
tion to use a convention for exchange rates.
Section 1.987–11(b) allows a taxpayer to
elect to apply these regulations to taxable
years beginning after the date of publica-
tion of a Treasury decision adopting this
rule as a final regulation in theFederal
Register. The preceding elections are to
be made pursuant to §1.987–1(f) by at-
taching a statement to the taxpayer’s tax
return describing the election to be made.
Section 1.987–9 contains recordkeeping
rules to establish a qualified business
unit’s income and section 987 gain or loss.
This collection of information is required
to establish the qualified business unit’s
income, gain, deduction or loss and assets
and liabilities as well as exchange rates
used for foreign currency translation pur-
poses. Section 1.987–10 provides rules
for transitioning to the method provided
under the new proposed regulations for
determining section 987 gain or loss and
provides certain corresponding report-
ing rules. The collection of information
contained in this regulation facilitates the
identification of the prior method used by
the taxpayer to determine section 987 gain
or loss. The collections of information
are mandatory. The likely respondents are
taxpayers with foreign qualified business
units.
Estimated total annual reporting bur-
den: 12,000.
Estimated average annual burden hours
per respondent: 12.
Estimated number of respondents:
1,000.
Estimated annual frequency of re-
sponses: annually.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor,
and a person is not required to respond to, a
collection of information unless it displays
a valid control number assigned by the Of-
fice of Management and Budget.
Books and records relating to a collec-
tion of information must be retained as
long as their contents may become mate-
rial in the administration of any internal
revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax
return information are confidential, as re-
quired by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
2006–42 I.R.B.698October 16, 2006

Background
A.Overview.
As part of the Tax Reform Act of 1986,
Public Law 99–514, 100 Stat. 2085 (Oc-
tober 22, 1986), 1986–3 C.B. Vol.1, 1, see
§601.601(d)(2), Congress enacted com-
prehensive reforms to the tax treatment of
foreign currency transactions by adding
new subpart J. Those reforms included,
among other things, the introduction of the
functional currency concept, which gener-
ally distinguishes taxpayers on the basis of
the primary currency in which they keep
their books and records and conduct their
business. Reforms also included the addi-
tion of the qualified business unit (QBU)
concept, which generally provides a basis
for allowing a taxpayer with a separate
unit that conducts business and keeps
books and records in acurrency other than
the functional currency of the taxpayer
to account for the results of operation of
the separate unit in the unit’s own func-
tional currency. Against that conceptual
background, section 988 provides rules
for the treatment of transactions in a cur-
rency other than the taxpayer’s functional
currency. Section 986 generally provides
rules for translating into U.S. dollars the
earnings and profits and foreign taxes of a
foreign corporation whose functional cur-
rency is not the U.S. dollar (dollar). Sec-
tion 987, in turn, generally provides rules
for determining and translating income
and currency gain and loss with respect to
operations of a branch whose functional
currency is other than the functional cur-
rency of the taxpayer. As discussed below,
an already complex area of law was made
even more complicated when the entity
classification rules under §301.7701–1
through 301.7701–3 (the “check the box”
regulations) were promulgated in 1997.
On September 25, 1991, the IRS and
the Treasury Department issued proposed
regulations under section 987 (the 1991
proposed regulations). See 56 FR 48457.
In light of subsequent IRS experience with
taxpayer claims of large non-economic
currency losses under section 987, the
IRS and the Treasury Department issued
Notice 2000–20, 2000–1 C.B. 851. See
§601.601(d)(2). This notice expressed
serious concern that the 1991 proposed
regulations had not fully achieved the
original goal of facilitating recognition
of true economic foreign currency gain
and loss under appropriate circumstances
and requested comments on this issue and
other matters.
This document withdraws the 1991 pro-
posed regulations and provides new pro-
posed regulations basedonthe“foreign
exchange exposure pool” method. The
IRS and the Treasury Department believe
that this method more accurately reflects
foreigncurrencygainandlossthanthe
1991 proposed regulations and does so in
a manner consistent with statutory author-
ity and legislative intent. These new pro-
posed regulations are designed to prescribe
more precisely foreign currency gain and
loss that is economically realized, while
minimizing or eliminating the realization
of non-economic currency gain and loss.
The following background discussion
describes section 987, its legislative his-
tory, the 1991 proposed regulations, No-
tice 2000–20, and the general approach
that provides the basis for the foreign ex-
change exposure pool method.
B.The Statute.
Section 987 generally provides that in
the case of a taxpayer having a QBU with
a functional currency other than that of the
taxpayer, the taxable income of the tax-
payer with respect to the QBU is deter-
mined by computing the taxable income
or loss of the QBU separately and trans-
lating such income or loss at the appropri-
ate exchange rate. Section 987 further re-
quires the taxpayer to make “proper adjust-
ments” (as prescribed by the Secretary) for
transfers of property between QBUs hav-
ing different functional currencies includ-
ing treating post-1986 remittances from
each such unit as made on apro rataba-
sis out of post-1986 accumulated earnings;
treating section 987 gain or loss as ordi-
nary income or loss; and sourcing such
gain or loss by reference to the source of
the income giving rise to post-1986 accu-
mulated earnings.
C.The Legislative History.
1.Prior law.
As described in the applicable leg-
islative history,
1
section 987 was enacted
against a background of, and partly in
reaction to, perceived shortcomings with
prevailing law. Theprevailing law at
that time was fairly limited. It consisted
primarily of two revenue rulings that pro-
vided alternative methods for calculating
branch taxable income.
Rev. Rul. 75–106, 1975–1 C.B. 31, see
§601.601(d)(2), provides for the use of a
“net worth” method. Under this method,
taxable income of a branch of a domestic
corporation engaged in business in a for-
eign country is defined generally as the
difference between the branch’s opening
and closing net worth as reflected on the
branch’s balance sheets for the taxable
year. Under this method, the branch’s bal-
ance sheet is translated into U.S. dollars.
In general, the values of current items
(such as cash or cash flows denominated
in foreign currency) are translated at the
year-end exchange rate, and the values
of historical items (such as equipment)
are translated at the exchange rate for the
period in which the item was acquired or
incurred. The translation of an item at
the year-end rate causes changes in the
item’s value due to currency fluctuations
to be taken into account annually, and
the translation of an item at the histori-
cal rate generally precludes recognition
of fluctuations in value due to changing
exchange rates. In this way, the net worth
method was able to identify items consid-
ered economically exposedtofluctuations
in exchange rates. The total change in net
worth identified by the net worth method
is equal to the sum of the operating profit
or loss of the branch and the exchange
gain or loss on current items. However,
the net worth method does not identify
separate items of income and expense be-
cause it is based solely on a balance sheet
comparison and does not use a profit and
loss statement.
Rev. Rul. 75–107, 1975–1 C.B. 32,
see §601.601(d)(2), provides for the use
of a “profit and loss” method. Under
this method, the branch computes taxable
income by translating the local currency
1
H. Rep. No. 99–426, 99
th
Cong., 1
st
Sess. (1985); 1986–3 C.B. Vol 2, 449. S. Rep. No. 99–313, 99
th
Cong., 2d Sess. (1986); 1986–3 C.B. Vol. 3, 443. H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 99–841, 99
th
Cong., 2d Sess. (1986); 1986–3 C.B. Vol. 4, 659. Later citations are to the Cumulative Bulletin. See §601.601(d)(2).
October 16, 20066992006–42 I.R.B.

profit and loss statement (adjusted for U.S.
tax principles) into dollars. Any portion
of the profit and loss remitted to the home
office during the year is translated at the
exchange rate on the date of the remit-
tance, and the remainder is translated at
the year-end exchange rate. No exchange
gain or loss is recognized on a remittance.
The net worth method of Rev. Rul.
75–106 and the profit and loss method of
Rev. Rul. 75–107 eachsuffered from in-
firmities. The net worth method resulted in
the realization of foreign currency gain and
loss that was not consistent with the gen-
eral realization principles of the Code; it
also failed to accurately characterize items
of income, gain, deduction or loss of the
branch. The profit and loss method, in
turn, did not take into account foreign cur-
rency gain and loss inherent in the assets
and liabilities on the balance sheet as part
of such method. Both methods failed to
account for foreign currency gain or loss
in the event of a remittance.
The legislative history states that un-
der section 987, a taxpayer with a QBU
whose functional currency is other than
the functional currency of the taxpayer
will be required to use a profit and loss
method, rather than the net worth method
(as this method was understood at the
time). House Report (1986–3 C.B. Vol.
2, 479); Senate Report (1986–3 C.B. Vol.
3, 470); and Conference Report (1986–3
C.B. Vol. 4, 675). See §601.601(d)(2).
However, this legislative history is not
properly read as an explicit rejection of
the net worth method in its entirety. In-
stead, it is more accurately viewed as
a rejection of certain aspects of the law
prevailing at that time. Importantly, the
method provided in section 987 as enacted
actually represents a blend of the sepa-
rate methods, as it has aspects of both a
net worth method and a profit and loss
method. It also has at least one feature
absent from each method—that is, section
987 includes the remittance recognition
concept. Consistent with a profit and loss
method, sections 987(1) and (2) generally
determine the items of income or loss
of a QBU based on its profit and loss
statement as determined in its functional
currency. Such items are then translated
into the taxpayer’s functional currency at
the appropriate rate.
2
Consistent with a
net worth method, section 987(3) requires
that exchange gain or loss be computed
with respect to certain branch assets and
liabilities (as prescribed by the Secretary).
Unlike either method, section 987(3)(A)
provides that exchange gain or loss is rec-
ognized upon a remittance.
The blending of features of both a profit
and loss method and of a net worth method
in section 987 is significant. Together with
more specific principles identified in the
legislative history, this blending of meth-
ods informs the Congressionally stated
preference for the profit and loss method.
TheHouseReportstates:
A profit and loss method can be viewed
as being more consistent with the func-
tional currency concept than a net
worth method. Under a profit and
loss method, the functional currency
is used as the measure of income or
loss, so that earnings determined for
U.S. tax purposes would bear a close
relation to taxable income computed by
the foreign jurisdiction. In contrast, a
net worth method takes unrealized ex-
change gains and losses into account.
Further, a profit and loss method min-
imizes the accounting procedures that
otherwise would be required to make
the item-by-item translations under a
net worth method. Finally, in the case
of a branch, the net worth method as
applied under present law fails to char-
acterize accurately items of income
or loss that are subject to special U.S.
tax rules. For example, although there
are limitations on the deductibility of
long-term capital losses, such a loss
incurred by a branch would be given
tax effect because it would be reflected
as an adjustment to the balance sheet.
House Report at 469.
The House and Senate reports are gen-
erally uniform in describing Congressional
intent with regard to the computations re-
quired under section 987 as illustrated by
the Senate Report.
Under the bill, a taxpayer with a branch
whose functional currency is a currency
other than the U.S. dollar will be re-
quired to use the profit and loss method
to compute branch income. Thus, the
net worth method will no longer be an
acceptable method of computing in-
come or loss of a foreign branch for tax
purposes, and onlyrealized exchange
gains and losses on branch capital will
be reflected in taxable income.
For each taxable year, the taxpayer will
compute income or loss separately for
each qualified business unit in the busi-
ness unit’s functional currency, con-
verting this amount to U.S. dollars us-
ing the weighted average exchange rate
for the taxable period over which the
income or loss accrued. This amount
will be included in income without re-
duction for remittances from the branch
during the year. The committee antici-
pates that regulations will provide rules
that will limit the deduction of branch
losses to the taxpayer’s dollar basis in
the branch (that is, the original dol-
lar investment plus subsequent capital
contributions and unremitted earnings).
A taxpayer will recognize exchange
gain or loss on remittances (without
regard to whether or when the remit-
tances are converted to dollars), to the
extent the value of the currency at the
time of the remittance differs from the
value when earned. Remittances of for-
eign branch earnings (and interbranch
transfers involving branches with dif-
ferent functional currencies) after 1986
will be treated as paidpro rataout of
post-1986 accumulated earnings of the
branch. The committee anticipates
that, for purposes of calculating ex-
change gain or loss on remittances, the
value of the currency will be deter-
mined by translating the currency at
the rate in effect on the date of remit-
tance. Exchange gains and losses on
such remittances will be deemed to be
ordinary and domestic source.
Senate Report (1986–3 C.B. Vol. 3, 470).
Importantly, the Conference Report modi-
fies the House and Senate reports by stat-
ing that a remittance by a QBU “will trig-
ger exchange gain or loss inherent in accu-
mulated earnings or branch capital.” Con-
ference Report, 1986–3 C.B. Vol. 4, 675.
From section 987 and the foregoing leg-
islative history, several principles emerge:
1. A branch profit and loss computation
is required in order to properly charac-
terize items of branch income or loss,
2
Section 989(b)(4) provides that, “except as provided in regulations,” the appropriate exchange rate is the average exchange rate for the taxable yearoftheQBU.
2006–42 I.R.B.700October 16, 2006

which is taken into account in the year
earned.
2. Exchange gain or loss is recognized
upon a remittance, in an amount pre-
scribed by the Secretary.
3. Both branch earnings and branch cap-
ital can give rise to exchange gain or
loss under section 987.
4. Regulations under section 987 should
seek to minimize complexity regard-
ing item-by-item translations.
5. The currency gain or loss taken into
account under section 987 is only the
economic gain or loss “inherent in”
the assets and liabilities of a QBU.
2.Relationship between section 986(c)
and 987.
Comments to the IRS and the Treasury
Department have suggested that the com-
putation under section 987 of exchange
gain or loss for a branch is intended to
operate in the same manner as the com-
putation under section 986(c) of certain
exchange gain or loss of a foreign cor-
poration. In general, section 986(c) pro-
vides for the recognition of exchange gain
or loss only with respect to distributions
of previously taxed earnings and profits
(as described in section 959 or 1293(c)).
The Conference Report includes the fol-
lowing general statement about the trans-
lation rules:
The same translation rule applies to the
earnings and profits of a foreign corpo-
ration and the income or loss of a branch
or other QBU. An entity that uses a
nonfunctional currency to measure the
results of operation is required to use
a profit and loss method to translate
income or loss into functional curren-
cy. . . . These translation rules apply
without regard to the form of enterprise
through which the taxpayer conducts
business (e.g., sole proprietorship, part-
nership, or corporation) as long as such
form of enterprise rises to the level of a
QBU.
Conference Report, 1986–3 C.B. Vol. 4,
670. See §601.601(d)(2). The suggestion
in comments is to apply this general prin-
ciple such that section 987 would require
the recognition of exchange gain or loss
only with respect to branch earnings and
not with respect to contributed capital.
Despite the broad statements of princi-
ple quoted above, Congress provided more
specific guidance regarding the treatment
of branches in this regard. The Conference
Report states that a remittance by a QBU
“will trigger exchange gain or loss inher-
ent in accumulated earnings or branch cap-
ital.” Conference Report, 1986–3 C.B. Vol.
4, 675. See §601.601(d)(2). Similarly,
despite the stated requirement that QBUs
must use a notional profit and loss method
to determine branch taxable income, the
specific method actually provided in sec-
tion 987 and described in the legislative
history represents a blend of a net worth
method and a profit and loss method. Ac-
cordingly, the IRS and the Treasury De-
partment believe that the more specific
statements made by Congress regarding
the treatment of branch exchange gain or
loss reflect an intention that the method-
ologies of section 986(c) and section 987
not be identical.
D.The 1991 Proposed Regulations.
The 1991 proposed regulations provide
generally that the net income of a QBU
having a functional currency different than
the taxpayer is determined annually. Such
determination is based on the profit and
loss appearing on the QBU’s books and
records, adjusted to conform to U.S. tax
principles, and translated into the func-
tional currency of the taxpayer using the
weighted average exchange rate for the
taxable year. The 1991 proposed regula-
tions also provide for the recognition of ex-
change gain or loss upon a remittance from
the QBU’s equity pool. In general, the eq-
uity pool consists of the undistributed capi-
tal and earnings of the QBU, determined in
the QBU’s functional currency. The 1991
proposed regulations also provide for a ba-
sis pool, which consists of the basis of the
capital and earnings in the equity pool, ex-
pressed in the functional currency of the
taxpayer. The portion of the basis pool,
expressed in the functional currency of the
taxpayer, that is attributable to a remittance
is generally determined according to the
following formula:
Amount remitted in the QBU’s functional currency
Equity pool in the QBU’s functional currency reduced by prior
remittances
×
Basis pool in the taxpayer’s functional currency reduced
by prior remittances
Section 987 gain or loss is the difference
between the value of the remittance from
the QBU translated into the taxpayer’s
functional currency at the spot rate on
the date the remittance is made, less the
basis associated with the remittance as
determined above. One important conse-
quence of the equity pool paradigm is that
all branch equity gives rise to exchange
gain or loss, regardless of whether or not
that equity is held in a form that actually
exposes the QBU’s owner to currency
fluctuations (compare assets such as cash
or indebtedness to assets such as equip-
ment).
Under the 1991 proposed regulations,
a taxpayer must determine the source and
character of section 987 gain or loss for all
purposes of the Code,including sections
904(d), 907, and 954, by using the same
method the taxpayer uses to allocate and
apportion its interest expense under sec-
tion 861, with certain modifications.
E.Concerns Regarding the 1991 Proposed
Regulations; Notice 2000–20.
Effective January 1, 1997, the IRS
and the Treasury Department issued the
check the box regulations implementing
new elective entity-classification rules.
These regulations made it possible for
certain entities with a single owner to be
treated for federal income tax purposes as
an entity disregarded as separate from its
owner (a disregarded entity or DE). As a
result, businesses that had previously op-
erated through subsidiaries could operate
through structures treated for tax purposes
as branches. The effect of the check the
box regulations was adramatic increase in
the number of branches resulting from DE
elections that are subject to section 987.
This increase has greatly exacerbated the
already existing problems of the 1991 pro-
October 16, 20067012006–42 I.R.B.

posed regulations, especially the ability of
taxpayers to trigger non-economic losses
(and the corresponding trap for the unwary
taxpayer with non-economic gains).
As indicated above, the equity pool par-
adigm in the 1991 proposed regulations
imputes currency gain or loss to all equity
of a QBU whether or not the assets of the
QBU are economically exposed to changes
in the value of the functional currency of
the QBU. The IRS has faced many cases
in which taxpayers have claimed substan-
tial non-economic exchange losses largely
on the basis of the 1991 proposed regu-
lations. An example may be instructive.
Assume that a domestic corporation (US
Corp) with the dollar as its functional cur-
rency forms a foreign corporation in Coun-
try X and then elects under the check the
box regulations to treat that corporation as
a DE. The DE conducts mineral extrac-
tion and owns all the necessary equipment.
The equipment owned by the DE was con-
tributed by US Corp. The DE has no em-
ployees and contracts with a subsidiary of
US Corp for the employees needed in the
business of extraction. US Corp, as the en-
tity’s sole owner, claims that the DE is a
QBU for purposes of section 987. The DE
has minimal financial assets and conducts
no activities other than mineral extraction.
US Corp claims that the DE’s functional
currency is Country X currency. A de-
cline in the value of Country X currency
relative to the dollar does not produce any
economic loss for US Corp because the
assets of the DE are not financial assets
subject to currency fluctuation. Neverthe-
less, US Corp claims under the 1991 pro-
posed regulations that the equity of the
DE, which consists almost exclusively of
equipment, gives rise to a substantial non-
economic exchange loss and that terminat-
ing the DE (for example, by another check
the box election) triggers recognition of
such loss. Taxpayers have claimed similar
results under other fact patterns. The IRS
and the Treasury Department have serious
concerns about these types of transactions.
Although the foregoing example con-
cerns the claiming of non-economic losses,
the equity pool approach in the 1991 pro-
posed regulations can also give rise to non-
economic gains. Recently, the value of the
U.S. dollar has declined against many for-
eign currencies. It is likely that under these
circumstances, taxpayers subject to section
987 may have large non-economic gains
built into the equity pool. The IRS and
the Treasury Department believe that Con-
gress did not intend for section 987 to gen-
erate non-economic foreign currency gains
or losses.
In light of the entity-classification rules
and the potential for the equity pool para-
digm to generate non-economic currency
gains and losses, the IRS and the Trea-
sury Department issued Notice 2000–20,
2000–1 C.B. 851. See §601.601(d)(2).
Among other things, the notice indicated
that the IRS and the Treasury Department
were concerned that the proposed regula-
tions may not have achieved their original
goal of recognizing economic exchange
gains and losses under appropriate circum-
stances. The notice requested comments
on this and other issues.
Several comments were received in re-
sponse to the notice and raised a number
of important points. Two of those com-
ments suggested replacing the equity pool
paradigm in the 1991 proposed regulations
with a paradigm that recognizes exchange
gain or loss only on the earnings of a QBU
and not its capital. As described above,
the IRS and the Treasury Department be-
lieve that such an approach is inconsistent
with Congressional intent as expressed in
the legislative history to section 987. An
earnings-only approach also would fail to
address the core problem of distinguishing
between items that economically give rise
to exchange gain and loss and those that
do not. Additionally, an earnings-only ap-
proach would produce different results for
QBUs with the same net assets, depending
upon whether the net assets were funded
with capital or earnings. Finally, an earn-
ings-only approach fails to take into ac-
count any foreign currency exposure on
capital and so could disadvantage banks
and other financial institutions, much of
whose QBUs’ capital may be subject to
such exposure.
F.The Foreign Exchange Exposure Pool
Method.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that Congress did not intend sec-
tion 987 to permit the largely uninhibited
recognition of non-economic exchange
gain or loss. The 1991 proposed regu-
lations, together with the check the box
regulations, have combined to permit tax-
payers to trigger non-economic losses with
relative ease. Accordingly, the 1991 pro-
posed regulations are withdrawn and are
replaced with new proposed regulations
that adopt the “foreign exchange expo-
sure pool method.” In general, the foreign
exchange exposure pool method provides
that the income of a QBU that is subject
to section 987 (“section 987 QBU”) is
determined by reference to the items of
income, gain, deduction and loss booked
to the QBU in its functional currency, ad-
justed to reflect U.S. tax principles. With
certain exceptions, items of income, gain,
deduction and loss of a section 987 QBU
are translated into the functional currency
of the QBU’s owner at the average ex-
change rate for the year. However, the
basis of historic assets and deductions for
depreciation, depletion, and amortization
of such assets are translated at the historic
exchange rate. Translating these items at
the historic exchange rate differs from the
approach taken in the 1991 proposed reg-
ulations, which instead uses the average
exchange rate. Although using the average
exchange rate for translating such items
might be simpler than using the historic
exchange rate, it leads to the generation of
non-economic foreign currency gains or
losses described in this preamble.
The foreign exchange exposure pool
method uses a balance sheet approach to
determine exchange gain or loss, which is
then recognized upon a remittance. Use of
a balance sheet approach allows taxpayers
and the IRS to distinguish between those
items whose value fluctuates with respect
to changes in the functional currency of
the owner and those which do not. Under
this method, exchange gain or loss with
respect to “marked items” is identified
annually but is pooled and deferred until
a remittance is made. The IRS and the
Treasury Department believe that section
988(c) identifies the items that should be
treated as giving rise to exchange gain or
loss for purposes of section 987. Accord-
ingly, a marked item is generally defined
as an asset or liability that would generate
section 988 gain or loss if such asset or
liability were held or entered into directly
by the owner the section 987 QBU.
When a section 987 QBU makes a re-
mittance, a portion of the pooled and de-
ferred exchange gain or loss is recognized.
In general, the amount taken into account
is an amount equal to the product of the
owner’s portion of the section 987 QBU’s
2006–42 I.R.B.702October 16, 2006

net unrecognized exchange gain or loss,
multiplied by the owner’s remittance pro-
portion. The owner’s remittance propor-
tion generally is equal to the quotient of the
amount of the remittance, divided by the
aggregate basis of the section 987 QBU’s
gross assets (as reflected on its year-end
balance sheet), without reduction for the
remittance.
The source and character of exchange
gain or loss recognized under section 987
for all purposes of the Code, including sec-
tions 904(d), 907 and 954, is determined
by reference to the source and character of
the income derived from the section 987
QBU’s assets.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that the foreign exchange exposure
pool method is consistent with section 987
and legislative intentfor several reasons.
First, the foreign exchange exposure pool
method uses a profit and loss statement to
determine the items of income, gain, de-
duction and loss of a section 987 QBU in
its functional currency. This allows proper
characterization of items of income, gain,
deduction and loss. Second, exchange
gain or loss must be taken into account
only with respect to items of branch cap-
ital and earnings whose value fluctuates
with changes in exchange rates by refer-
ence to the owner’s functional currency.
This comports both with Congressional
intent that taxpayers recognize exchange
gain or loss (but only economic exchange
gain or loss) inherent in branch capital and
branch earnings and with authority granted
under section 987(3) to identify appropri-
ate translation rates. Third, exchange gain
or loss is recognized under section 987
only upon a remittance. Finally, the for-
eign exchange exposure pool method is an
appropriate interpretation of the “blended”
approach of section 987—that is, it incor-
porates certain aspects of the profit and
loss method and the net worth method.
Explanation of Provisions
A.Section 1.987–1 Scope, Definitions and
Special Rules.
1.Scope in general.
The proposed regulations provide rules
for determining the section 987 taxable in-
come or loss of a taxpayer with respect to
a section 987 QBU as well as the timing,
amount, character, and source of section
987 gain or loss recognized with respect
to such QBU. The proposed regulations do
not apply to banks, insurance companies,
and similar financial entities (including,
solely for this purpose, leasing companies,
finance coordination centers, regulated in-
vestment companies, and real estate in-
vestment trusts). The IRS and the Treasury
Department plan to apply the foreign ex-
change exposure pool method adopted in
the proposed regulations to such entities in
subsequent guidance but believe it is ap-
propriate to request comments regarding
how the rules of the proposed regulations
need to be precisely tailored to address is-
sues unique to financial entities. Finan-
cial entities are urged to make necessary
comments to help tailor the planned exten-
sion of the foreign exchange exposure pool
method to such entities.
Specifically, in the context of banks,
the IRS and the Treasury Department re-
quest comments on whether special rules
are needed for the global dealing of cur-
rencies and securities. Comments are also
requested on the relationship of sections
987 and 988 for banks. Finally, com-
mentsarerequestedonwhethertheuse
of exchange rate conventionsisappropri-
ate for banks and finance entities and, if
so, how such conventions should be deter-
mined. In the context of insurance compa-
nies, the IRS and the Treasury Department
request comments on the proper treatment
of insurance reserves, surplus, and invest-
ment assets held by the separate trades
or business of an insurance company. In
particular, comments are requested on the
proper treatment of stock held in separate
accounts of a section 987 QBU of a life in-
surance company and the related insurance
reserves established for those separate ac-
counts. In the context of leasing com-
panies, comments are requested regarding
the treatment of stock in other leasing com-
panies recorded on the books and records
of a section 987 QBU and how the rules
of sections 986 and 987 can be reconciled
if stock is treated as a “marked asset” in
this setting. Until regulations are issued
applying the foreign exchange exposure
pool method to financial entities, such en-
tities must comply with section 987 under
a reasonable method, consistently applied.
For this purpose, reasonable methods in-
clude using the method described in the
1991 proposed regulations and a method
that imputes section 987 gain or loss to
earnings but not capital.
The proposed regulations also do not
apply to trusts, estates and S corporations.
The IRS and the Treasury Department plan
to apply the foreign exchange exposure
pool method adopted in the proposed reg-
ulations to such entities but believe it is
appropriate to request comments regarding
how the rules of the proposed regulations
should be applied to such entities. The IRS
and the Treasury Department request com-
ments regarding whether principles similar
to those applied to partnerships should ap-
ply to these entities.
2.Taxpayers subject to section 987 and
related definitions.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that section 987 should only ap-
ply where an individual or corporation
(whether foreign or domestic) has activ-
ities that constitute a trade or business
under §1.989(a)–1(c) and the trade or
business has a functional currency differ-
ent from the individual or corporation. In
such cases, the individual or corporation
will be subject to the rules of the proposed
regulations if the individual or corporation
is the owner of a section 987 QBU. A sec-
tion 987 QBU is defined in §1.987–1(b)(2)
as an eligible QBU that has a functional
currency different from its owner.
An eligible QBU is defined in
§1.987–1(b)(3) of the proposed regula-
tions. Generally, an eligible QBU is an
activity of an individual, corporation, part-
nership or DE that is a trade or business
as defined in §1.989(a)–1(c); maintains
separate books and records as defined in
§1.989(a)–1(d) and assets and liabilities
used in conducting such activities are re-
flected on such books and records; and the
activities are not subject to the dollar ap-
proximate separate transaction (DASTM)
rules of §1.985–3. A corporation is not an
eligible QBU. An individual is not a QBU
under §1.989(a)–1(b)(2)(i) and therefore
cannot be an eligible QBU. In addition,
and as discussed in this preamble, neither
a partnership nor a DE is an eligible QBU.
In the case of ownership other than
through a partnership (that is, direct own-
ership), the individual or corporation is
treated as the owner of an eligible QBU
if the individual or corporation is the tax
owner of the assets and liabilities of the el-
October 16, 20067032006–42 I.R.B.

igible QBU. For purposes of determining
direct ownership, an individual or corpo-
ration will be treated as a direct owner
of the assets and liabilities of an eligible
QBU if it owns a DE that holds an eligi-
ble QBU. In such case, because the DE
is not recognized as a separate entity, it
cannot be a QBU under section 989 and,
therefore, is not treated as an eligible QBU
under the proposed regulations. However,
the activities of the DE, which are treated
for purposes of the Code as carried on
directly by its owner, can qualify as an
eligible QBU of the DE’s owner.
With respect to partnerships, the IRS
and the Treasury Department recognize
that issues often arise as to whether the
international tax provisions of the Code
operate on an aggregate or an entity basis.
The legislative history of subchapter K of
chapter 1 of the Code provides that, for
purposes of interpreting Code provisions
outside of that subchapter, a partnership
may be treated as either an entity separate
from its partners or an aggregate of its
partners, depending on which character-
ization is more appropriate to carry out
the purpose of the particular section under
consideration. H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 2543,
83rd Cong. 2d. Sess. 59 (1954).
In the case of section 987, the calcu-
lations under the foreign exchange expo-
sure pool method would differ dramati-
cally based on whether an aggregate or
an entity approach is adopted. For exam-
ple, if the foreign exchange exposure pool
method is applied at the entity level, the
partnership will make the method’s cal-
culations by reference to the partnership’s
functional currency. Under this approach,
any foreign currency gain or loss will be
an item of the partnership and will be al-
located among the partners in accordance
with the partnership agreement, to the ex-
tent such allocation is consistent with the
provisions of subchapter K. If, in the al-
ternative, the foreign exchange exposure
pool method is applied under an aggregate
approach, each partner will make its own
foreign exchange exposure pool calcula-
tions by reference to the partner’s func-
tional currency and such amounts will not
be subject to separate allocation under sub-
chapter K.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that, on balance, an aggregate ap-
proach is more appropriate for section 987
purposes. Applying the foreign exchange
exposure pool method directly at the part-
ner level will more appropriately preserve
the correct amounts of exchange gain or
loss. In addition, such approach will mea-
sure the foreign currency exposure by ref-
erence to the functional currencies of the
persons who generally bear the economic
risk from such exposure. As a result, the
proposed regulations provide that for pur-
poses of applying the foreign exchange ex-
posure pool method each individual or cor-
poration that is a partner in a partnership
will be considered to own indirectly an el-
igible QBU consisting of a portion of the
assets and liabilitiesof the partnership al-
located to it under §1.987–7. If such eli-
gible QBU has a different functional cur-
rency from the partner and therefore is a
section 987 QBU, the foreign exchange ex-
posure pool method is applied with respect
to those assets and liabilities. In addition,
the proposed regulations provide rules for
converting the items of section 987 tax-
able income or loss of a section 987 QBU
into the functional currency of the partner
(when necessary), and rules coordinating
this aggregate approach with other provi-
sions of subchapter K.
Section 1.987–1(b)(2)(ii) allows an
owner to elect to treat certain section 987
QBUs with the same functional currency
as a single section 987 QBU. The pur-
pose of this rule is to simplify section
987 calculations by reducing the number
of interbranch transactions that would be
considered as “transfers” of assets and
liabilities. This election applies only to
certain section 987 QBUs of the owner.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
request comments regarding whether such
election should be available to treat section
987QBUsofownersthataremembersof
a consolidated group as a single section
987 QBU and how this should be techni-
cally effectuated.
Section 1.987–1(b)(5) provides that
the term “owner” for section 987 pur-
poses does not include an eligible QBU
or section 987 QBU of an owner. Under
this rule, a tiered ownership structure of
eligible QBUs and/or section 987 QBUs
will not be respectedas distinct tiers of
QBUs for purposes of section 987. Rather,
tiers of eligible and/or section 987 QBUs
will be treated as a “flat” structure, with
each QBU in the tier considered as owned
directly by the ultimate non-QBU owner.
For example, if a domestic corporation
is the holder of the interests in a section
987 DE (section 987 DE1) and that DE
owns the interests in another section 987
DE (section 987 DE2) for purposes other
than U.S. tax law, the structure will not
be treated as a tier of QBUs for purposes
of section 987. Rather, the domestic cor-
poration will be considered the direct
holder of the interests in the section 987
branches of section 987 DE1 and DE2.
This flat structure,which is consistent
with the general approach taken in the
proposed dual consolidated loss regula-
tions (REG–102144–04, 2005–25 I.R.B.
1297 [70 FR 29868–29907]), is expected
to be easier to administer for both tax-
payers and the IRS and to provide more
appropriate results under the section 987
rules.
3.De minimis rule for certain indirectly
owned section 987 QBUs.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
recognize that it may be administratively
burdensome for taxpayers to apply certain
aspects of the proposed regulations to sec-
tion 987 QBUs indirectly owned through
relatively small interests in partnerships.
As a result, the proposed regulations pro-
vide ade minimiselection for certain in-
directly owned section 987 QBUs. Un-
der this rule, an individual or corporation
that owns a section 987 QBU indirectly
through a partnership may elect not to take
into account the section 987 gain or loss
of such section 987 QBU, provided such
individual or corporation owns, directly or
indirectly, less than five percent of the sec-
tion 987 partnership. Constructive owner-
ship rules apply for purposes of determin-
ing whether the less than five percent own-
ership threshold is satisfied.
Thisde minimisexception only applies
to recognition of section 987 gain or loss
with respect to a section 987 QBU. Thus,
owners of section 987 QBUs that qualify
under thede minimisexception must com-
ply with all other aspects of the proposed
regulations, including the requirement to
take into account the section 987 taxable
income or loss with respect to such section
987 QBUs.
An individual or corporation that qual-
ifies for the election (that is, because they
owned less than five percent of a section
987 partnership) subsequently may fail to
qualify as a result of an increase in their
2006–42 I.R.B.704October 16, 2006

interest in a section 987 partnership. In
such a case, taxpayers must begin taking
into account the section 987 gain or loss
with respect to section 987 QBUs owned
through such partnerships. Similarly, tax-
payers that were required to take into ac-
count section 987 gain or loss with re-
spect to an indirectly owned section 987
QBU may reduce their ownership such that
they become eligible for thede minimisex-
ception and, as a result, may elect to no
longer take into account section 987 gain
or loss. The IRS and the Treasury Depart-
ment recognize that transition issues will
arise when interests in section 987 partner-
ships change such that individuals or cor-
porations no longer qualify (or are able to
qualify) for thede minimisexception. The
IRS and the Treasury Department are con-
sidering such transition rules and request
comments as to their application.
4.Exchange rates.
Section 1.987–1(c)(1)(i) defines the
spot rate as the rate determined under
the principles of §1.988–1(d)(1), (2)
and (4) on the relevant day. Section
1.987–1(c)(1)(ii) allows taxpayers to elect
to use spot rate conventions that rea-
sonably approximate the spot rate on a
particular day. It is anticipated that tax-
payers will be able to conform the spot rate
convention for section 987 to the spot rate
conventions used under FAS 52 for finan-
cial accounting purposes. This is intended
to simplify the calculations required under
section 987.
In a similar attempt to simplify calcu-
lations, §1.987–1(c)(2) defines the yearly
average exchange rate as an average ex-
change rate for the taxable year computed
under any reasonable method that is con-
sistently applied.
Finally, §1.987–1(c)(3) defines the his-
toric exchange rate by reference to the spot
rate on the day that assets are transferred
to (or acquired by) the section 987 QBU,
or on the day that liabilities are assumed
(or entered into) by the section 987 QBU.
The reference to the spot rate as defined
in §1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii) allows taxpay-
ers to elect to use spot rate conventions for
these purposes.
5.Definitions of a section 987 marked
item and a section 987 historic item.
The definitions of a section 987 marked
item and a section 987 historic item are
central to the foreignexchange exposure
pool method. When taken into account in
the context of the calculation of net un-
recognized section 987 gain or loss un-
der §1.987–4, the definitions distinguish
those items that generate section 987 gain
or loss from those that do not. The IRS
and the Treasury Department believe that
section 988 identifies those items properly
treated as giving rise to exchange gain or
loss for purposes of section 987. Thus, a
marked item as defined in §1.987–1(d) is
an asset or liability reflected on the books
and records of the section 987 QBU that
both (1) would generate section 988 gain
or loss if held or entered into directly by
the owner of the section 987 QBU and
(2) is not a section 988 transaction to the
section 987 QBU. It is important to ex-
clude section 988 transactions of a section
987 QBU because section 988 already re-
quires the section 987 QBU to recognize
gain or loss from such transactions. Thus,
treating such transactions as marked items
for purposes of section 987 would result
in double counting. Marked items give
rise to exchange gain or loss under sec-
tion 987. Historic items, which are defined
in §1.987–1(e) as items other than marked
items, do not give rise to exchange gain or
loss under section 987.
6.Elections under section 987.
Section 1.987–1(f) provides rules for
making elections under section 987. In
general, the elections made under section
987 must be made by the owner of the sec-
tion 987 QBU. The elections must be made
with respect to a section 987 QBU for the
first taxable year in which the election is
relevant, and must be made by attaching
a statement to a timely filed tax return for
such taxable year. Elections under section
987 are treated as methods of accounting
and are governed by the general rules re-
garding changes in methods of accounting.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that a reasonable cause standard
should be applied to determine whether
taxpayers that fail to make a timely elec-
tion are eligible for an extension of time
to file elections pursuant to §1.987–1(f)
of the proposed regulations. As a result,
extensions of time under §§301.9100–1
through 301.9100–3 will not be granted for
filings under the proposed regulations. See
§301.9100–1(d).
Under the reasonable cause standard, if
an owner that is permitted to file an elec-
tion under the proposed regulations fails
to make such a filing in a timely manner,
the owner is considered to have satisfied
the timeliness requirement with respect to
such filing if it demonstrates, to the satis-
faction of the Area Director, Field Exam-
ination, Small Business/Self Employed or
the Director, Field Operations, Large and
Mid-Size Business (Director) having ju-
risdiction of the taxpayer’s return for the
taxable year, that such failure was due to
reasonable cause and not willful neglect.
Once the owner becomes aware of the fail-
ure, the owner must demonstrate reason-
able cause and must satisfy the filing re-
quirement by attaching the election to an
amended tax return (that amends the tax
return to which the election should have
been attached). A written statement must
be included that explains the reasons for
the failure to comply.
In determining whether the taxpayer
has reasonable cause, the Director shall
consider whether the taxpayer acted rea-
sonably and in good faith. Whether the
taxpayer acted reasonably and in good
faith will be determined after considering
all the facts and circumstances. The Direc-
tor shall notify the person in writing within
120 days of the filing if it is determined
that the failure to comply was not due to
reasonable cause or if additional time will
be needed to make such determination.
If the Director fails to notify the owner
within 120 days of the filing, the owner
shall be considered to have demonstrated
to the Director that such failure was due to
reasonable cause and not willful neglect.
The proposed regulations provide that
elections under section 987 cannot be re-
voked without the consent of the Commis-
sioner. In addition, the proposed regula-
tions provide that the Commissioner will
consider allowing revocation of such an
election if the taxpayer demonstrates sig-
nificantly changed circumstances, or other
circumstances that demonstrate a substan-
tial non-tax business reason for such revo-
cation. Finally, the IRS and the Treasury
Department are considering an exception
to the general revocation rule where a sec-
October 16, 20067052006–42 I.R.B.

tion 987 QBU is acquired in certain trans-
actions that do not result in the termination
of such QBU. Comments are requested as
to whether such an exception is warranted
and, if so, the appropriate scope of such an
exception.
B.Section 1.987–2 Attribution of Items
to an Eligible QBU; the Definition of a
Transfer, and Related Rules.
1.Attribution of items to an eligible QBU.
i.Overview.
A section 987 QBU is not itself a tax-
payer and does not have its own taxable
income. Items of income, gain, deduction
and loss must nonetheless be attributed
to such section 987 QBU for purposes of
determining the owner’s taxable income.
The items of income, gain, deduction and
loss attributed to a section 987 QBU are
generally determined in the functional
currency of the section 987 QBU and then
translated into the functional currency
of the owner. The aggregate translated
amount is the section 987 taxable income
or loss of the section 987 QBU. Thus, at-
tribution rules are necessary to determine
which items of income, gain, deduction
and loss are attributed to the section 987
QBU.
Under section 987(3), assets and liabil-
ities must be attributed to a section 987
QBU in order to determine the amount of
section 987 gain or loss of such QBU. In
some cases, a section 987 QBU of a tax-
payer will not be held through an entity
separate from the taxpayer that can legally
own assets and incur liabilities. In addi-
tion, not all the assets and liabilities of an
entity that is separate from the taxpayer
may be attributable to a section 987 QBU
for purposes of section 987. Moreover, as-
sets and liabilities may constitute a section
987 QBU of a taxpayer even when such as-
sets and liabilities are owned or incurred
by separate legal entities. As a result, as-
sets and liabilities of the taxpayer (or of en-
tities owned by the taxpayer that are not
themselves taxpayers) must be attributed
to the section 987 QBU.
Neither section 987 nor the underlying
legislative history provides explicit rules
for attributing a taxpayer’s items of in-
come, gain, deduction, or loss to a section
987 QBU to determine the QBU’s section
987 taxable income or loss. Similarly, no
explicit rules are provided in the statute
or legislative history for attributing a tax-
payer’s assets or liabilities to a section 987
QBU to determine the section 987 gain or
loss of such QBU.
Other provisions of the Code provide
various methods for attributing or allo-
cating a taxpayer’s assets and liabilities,
or items of income, gain, deduction and
loss (items) for particular purposes. These
provisions provide complex rules for mak-
ing such determinations and, in many
cases, require a detailed analysis of var-
ious factors and relationships involving
income, assets, and activities of the tax-
payer. For example, section 864(c) and the
regulations thereunder provide rules for
determining the income, gain, deduction,
or loss of a nonresident alien individual or
foreign corporation which are treated as
effectively connectedwith the conduct of a
trade or business within the United States.
Other examples are §§1.882–5, 1.861–8
and 1.861–9T through 1.861–13T. These
regulations provide rules for the allocation
and apportionment of expenses, losses,
and other deductions of a taxpayer. Fi-
nally, section 884(c)(2) and §1.884–1(d)
and (e) provide rules for determining U.S.
assets and U.S. liabilities of a foreign cor-
poration for purposes of the branch profits
tax. As discussed below, the IRS and the
Treasury Department do not believe these
complex methodologies are appropriate
for purposes of section 987.
ii.Books and records method — general
rule.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that items should be attributed to
an eligible QBU (and, if all or a portion
of such eligible QBU has a different func-
tional currency than its owner, to a sec-
tion 987 QBU of such owner) to the ex-
tent they are reflected on the books and
records of the eligible QBU (books and
records method). The IRS and the Trea-
sury Department believe that using a books
and records method for attributing items
under section 987 is consistent with other
provisions of the Code involving foreign
currency transactions. For example, it is
consistent with the requirement under sec-
tion 989(a) that a QBU maintain books
and records separate from the taxpayer.
It is also consistent with the requirement
under section 985(b)(1) that, in order to
have a functional currency other than the
dollar, a QBU must keep its books and
records in such currency. Moreover, the
IRS and the Treasury Department believe
the books and records method is adminis-
trable for both taxpayers and the Commis-
sioner. This is the case because the books
and records method should be consistent
with the taxpayer’s accounting treatment
of the items and, unlike the methods dis-
cussed above, it does not require a com-
plex and factually intensive analysis of the
circumstances and activities of the eligible
QBU.
For the reasons described above, the
proposed regulations adopt a books and
records method for allocating items to an
eligible QBU. The proposed regulations
provide that, subject to certain exceptions,
items are attributable to an eligible QBU to
the extent they are reflected on the separate
set of books and records of such eligible
QBU, as defined in §1.989(a)–1(d). The
proposed regulations make clear that these
rules apply solely for purposes of section
987. Thus, for example, the attribution
rules contained in the proposed regulations
do not apply for purposes of allocating and
apportioning interest expense under sec-
tion 864(e).
iii.Exception for non-portfolio stock,
interests in partnerships and certain
acquisition indebtedness.
As discussed above, the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe that the as-
sets and liabilities reflected on the books
and records of an eligible QBU are a rea-
sonable approximation of the assets and li-
abilities that are used in the trade or busi-
ness of the eligible QBU and, therefore,
should be taken into account for purposes
of section 987. However, the IRS and
the Treasury Department believe that cer-
tain assets and liabilities should not be at-
tributed to an eligible QBU, even if such
assets and liabilities are reflected on the
books and records of such QBU. The IRS
and the Treasury Department believe that
non-portfolio stock and interests in part-
nerships (and liabilities to acquire such as-
sets), even if reflected on the books and
records of the eligible QBU, should not
be attributed to such QBU for purposes
of section 987. This is consistent with
the principle stated above that a section
2006–42 I.R.B.706October 16, 2006

987 QBU cannot be an owner of another
section 987 QBU. Excluding non-portfo-
lio stock is also consistent with the princi-
ple that non-portfolio stock cannot be used
in, or held for the use in, the conduct of a
trade or business in the United States. See
§1.864–4(c)(2)(iii).
As a result, the proposed regula-
tions provide that stock of a corporation
(whether domestic or foreign) and an
interest in a partnership (whether domes-
tic or foreign) are not considered to be
on the books and records of an eligible
QBU. The proposed regulations provide
an exception, however, for portfolio stock
where the owner of the eligible QBU owns
(directly or constructively) less than ten
percent of the total voting power or value
of the stock of such corporation. The
proposed regulations also provide that in-
debtedness incurred to acquire stock or a
partnership interest that is not treated as
being reflected on the books and records
of an eligible QBU should similarly be
excluded from the books and records. Fi-
nally, the proposed regulations provide
that items of income, gain, deduction and
loss arising from ownership of stock, a
partnership interest, or related acquisition
indebtedness that is excluded from the
general books and records rule, shall sim-
ilarly not be treated as being on the books
and records of the eligible QBU.
iv.Coordination with source rules under
section 988.
Section 988(a)(3) provides that the
source of gain or loss recognized under
section 988(a)(1) is determined by refer-
ence to the residence of the taxpayer or
the QBU of the taxpayer on whose books
the asset, liability, or item of income or
expense is properly reflected. Section
1.988–4(b)(2) provides that, in general,
the determination of whether an asset,
liability, or item of income or expense is
properly reflected on the books of a QBU
is a question of fact. The regulations under
section 988 further provide that such items
are presumed not to be properly reflected
on the books and records for this purpose
if inconsistent booking practices are em-
ployed with respect to the same or similar
items. Finally, the regulations provide that
if such items are not properly reflected on
the books of the QBU, the Commissioner
may allocate the item between or among
the taxpayer and its QBUs to properly
reflect the source (orrealization) of ex-
change gain or loss.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that rules for determining whether
items are properly reflected on the books
of a QBU for purposes of sourcing section
988 gain or loss should be consistent with
the rules for attributing items to an eligible
QBU under section 987. As a result, the
proposed regulations modify the sourcing
rules in the section 988 regulations to pro-
vide that the principles of §1.987–2(b) ap-
ply in determining whether an asset, liabil-
ity, or item of income or expense is prop-
erly reflected on the books of a QBU.
2.Certain assets and liabilities of
partnerships and DEs not attributable to
an eligible QBU.
Section 988 applies to certain trans-
actions described in section 988(c) if the
transaction is denominated (or determined
by reference to) a currency that is not
the functional currency of the taxpayer or
QBU of the taxpayer. Thus, in order to
determine if a transaction is subject to sec-
tion 988, it must be determined whether a
transaction is attributable to the taxpayer
or a QBU of the taxpayer.
Under the current section 989 regula-
tions, a partnership is a QBU even if it does
not have activities that constitute a trade
or business (“per seQBU”). As a result,
a partnership may have a functional cur-
rency different than its partners and section
988 is applied at the partnership level with
respect to section 988 transactions prop-
erly attributable to the partnership. These
regulations propose to amend section 989
to provide that a partnership is no longer
aper seQBU of its partners, but instead
the activities of such partnership may be
treated as a QBU.
As discussed above, the IRS and the
Treasury Department will generally apply
either an entity or an aggregate approach
with respect to partnerships depending on
which approach more appropriately carries
out the purpose of the particular Code sec-
tion under consideration. Following the
amendments made by the proposed regu-
lations, and because only certain activities
of a partnership (and not the partnership it-
self) can qualify as a section 987 QBU, the
IRS and the Treasury Department believe
that it is appropriate, in cases where an as-
set or liability of a partnership is not re-
flected on the books and records of an eli-
gible QBU of the partnership, to determine
whether section 988 applies by reference
to the functional currencies of the partners.
The IRS and the Treasury Department be-
lieve that this rule will have limited appli-
cation and will apply, for example, where
the only activity of a partnership is the in-
currence of a liability used to acquire stock
that is held by the partnership. The pro-
posed regulations provide examples illus-
trating the application of this rule.
As discussed above, the proposed reg-
ulations provide that a DE itself is not an
eligible QBU and, instead, certain activi-
ties of the DE will be treated as an eligi-
ble QBU of the owner to the extent a sep-
arate set of books and records with respect
to such activities are maintained. Thus, an
issue similar to that discussed above with
respect to partnerships will arise where the
DE is the local law owner of certain assets
or the local law obligor on certain liabili-
ties, which are not reflected on the books
and records of an eligible QBU held by the
DE. The proposed regulations provide that
the determination of whether section 988
(rather than section 987) applies with re-
spect to transactions involving assets and
liabilities of a DE that are not attributable
to an eligible QBU is determined by ref-
erence to the functional currency of the
owner of such DE.
3.Definition of a transfer.
i.Overview.
Section 987(3) provides, in part, that
taxable income of a taxpayer shall be de-
termined by making proper adjustments
(as prescribed by the Secretary) for trans-
fers of property between qualified business
units of the taxpayer having different func-
tional currencies. Similarly, the legislative
history to section 987 refers to contribu-
tions to, and remittances from, QBUs. See,
H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 841, 99th Cong. 2d.
Sess. II 673–76 (1986). However, neither
the statute nor the legislative history de-
fines the terms “transfer,” “contribution,”
or “remittance.”
As noted above, section 987 QBUs can
be divisions of an owner that have no le-
gal distinction separate from their owner.
Section 987 QBUs can also be owned in-
directly through partnerships, where they
October 16, 20067072006–42 I.R.B.

have legal distinction separate from their
owners. Moreover, as a result of the entity
classification regulations, a section 987
QBU held through a DE can have legal
distinction separate from its owner, even
though the section 987 QBU is treated as
a division of the owner for federal income
tax purposes. As a result, assets and liabil-
ities can be transferred between an owner
and a section 987 QBU in a manner that
has legal significance (that is, a distribu-
tion from a section 987 partnership), or
in a manner that has no legal significance
because the transfers are simply between
divisions of the same legal entity (that is, a
transfer involving divisions of a taxpayer
that is reflected through accounting en-
tries).
ii.Disregarded transactions.
The definition of a transfer under the
proposed regulations includes transactions
that are regarded for both legal and tax
purposes, and transactions that are re-
garded for legal purposes, but disregarded
as transactions for tax purposes (“disre-
garded transactions”). For this purpose,
the term disregarded transaction is treated
as including the recording of an asset or
liability on one set of books and records, if
the recording is the result of such asset or
liability being removed from another set
of books and records of the same person
or entity (including a DE or partnership).
The proposed regulations provide that
an asset or liability is treated as transferred
to or from a section 987 QBU if, as a re-
sult of a disregarded transaction, such asset
or liability is reflected, or is not reflected,
respectively, on the books and records of
the section 987 QBU. For example, if an
owner of a section 987 DE loans cash to
the section 987 QBU held by the section
987 DE, the loan is disregarded for Federal
income tax purposes. However, as a result
of such disregarded transaction, the loaned
cash is reflected on the books and records
of the section 987 QBU and, therefore, is
treated as transferred to such section 987
QBU.
iii.Certain contributions to, and
distributions from, partnerships.
The proposed regulations also provide
that transfers to and from section 987
QBUs include certain contributions of as-
sets to, or distributions of assets from, a
section 987 partnership. For example, an
asset contributed by a partner to a section
987 partnership is treated as transferred to
an indirectly owned section 987 QBU of
the partner if the asset is reflected on the
section 987 QBU’s books and records fol-
lowing such contribution. The proposed
regulations provide similar rules for as-
sumptions of liabilities between a section
987 partnership and its partners.
iv.Certain acquisitions and dispositions
of interests in DEs and partnerships.
The proposed regulations also provide
that transfers to or from a section 987 QBU
may occur as a result of certain acquisi-
tions (including by contribution) and dis-
positions of interests in DEs and partner-
ships. For example, if a partner in a sec-
tion 987 partnership sells a portion of its
interest in such partnership, the sale results
in a transfer from the partner’s indirectly
owned section 987 QBU to the extent as-
sets and liabilities are not reflected on the
books and records of such QBU as a result
of such sale.
v.Change in form of ownership.
The owner of a section 987 QBU can
change its form of ownership in all or a
portion of such section 987 QBU. Such
changes in form of ownership often occur
in a manner that does not affect the opera-
tion of the eligible QBU (or its status as an
eligible QBU), but rather only changes the
owner’s interest in its section 987 QBU.
For example, a direct owner of a section
987 QBU that is owned through a section
987 DE can change to being an indirect
owner of all or a portion of such section
987QBU,iftheinterestsinthesection987
DE are transferred to a partnership.
Changes in form of ownership of a sec-
tion 987 QBU can occur through actual
or deemed transactions involving the sec-
tion 987 QBU itself, or actual or deemed
transactions involving interests in a sec-
tion 987 DE or section 987 partnership that
owns such QBU. For example, certain con-
versions of DEs to partnerships, or part-
nerships to DEs, result in deemed transac-
tions pursuant to Rev. Ruls. 99–5, 1999–1
C.B. 434, and 99–6, 1999–1 C.B. 432. See
§601.601(d)(2). Deemed transactions with
respect to partnerships also occur pursuant
to section 708(b) and the regulations there-
under.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that changes in form of owner-
ship should result in a transfer only to
the extent such change affects the assets
and liabilities attributable to the section
987 QBU of the owner. As a result, the
proposed regulations provide that a mere
change in form of ownership of a section
987 QBU does not result in a transfer to
or from the section 987 QBU. Instead, the
proposed regulations provide that the de-
termination of whether a transfer has oc-
curred in such cases should be made under
the general transfer rules, discussed above.
Moreover, the proposed regulations clar-
ify that deemed transactions (for example,
pursuant to Rev. Ruls. 99–5 and 99–6)
shall not be taken into account for purposes
of determining whether there is a transfer.
vi.General tax law principles.
The proposed regulations clarify that
general tax law principles, including the
circular cash flow, step-transaction, and
substance-over-form doctrines apply for
purposes of determining whether there is
a transfer of an asset or liability to or from
a QBU. For example, if a shareholder of
a corporation that directly owns a section
987QBUtransferspropertytothecor-
poration and the property is recorded on
the books and records of the corporation’s
section 987 QBU, the shareholder is first
treated as transferring the property to the
corporation, and then the corporation is
treated as transferring the property to the
section 987 QBU in a disregarded trans-
action.
4.Adjustments to items reflected on the
books and records.
As noted above, a section 987 QBU
of a taxpayer may not be an entity sepa-
rate from the taxpayer that can legally own
assets and incur liabilities. As a result,
recording(orfailingtorecord)anasset
or liability on the books and records may,
other than for purposes of section 987,
have little significance for tax or legal pur-
poses. In addition, transfers between sec-
tion 987 QBUs of the same owner that are
divisions of the same legal entity may have
no legal significanceand are accomplished
only through journal entries on the books
and records of such section 987 QBUs. As
a result, the IRS and the Treasury Depart-
ment are concerned that, in certain circum-
2006–42 I.R.B.708October 16, 2006

stances, transfers to or from a section 987
QBU may be structured solely to achieve
advantages under section 987, especially
given that such transfers may have little
or no significance from a legal or business
perspective.
In Notice 2000–20, the IRS and the
Treasury Department expressed similar
concerns in connection with taxpayers
taking positions that certain contributions
and distributions triggered foreign cur-
rency losses prematurely with respect to
transactions that were undertaken for tax
purposes, but lacked meaningful non-tax
economic consequences. The notice pro-
vided that the IRS and the Treasury De-
partment believe that circular cash flows
and similar transactions lacking economic
substance will not result in recognition of
foreign currency losses under general tax
principles because such transactions are
not properly treated as transfers or remit-
tances under section 987.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
continue to be concerned about transac-
tions that are undertaken for tax purposes
and lack meaningful non-tax economic
consequences. As a result, the proposed
regulations provide the Commissioner the
ability to allocate assets and liabilities, and
items of income, gain, deduction and loss,
where a principal purpose of recording (or
failing to record) an item on the books and
records of an eligible QBU (including an
eligible QBU owned indirectly through a
partnership) is the avoidance of U.S. tax
under section 987. The proposed regu-
lations also provide various factors that
indicate whether recording (or failing to
record) an item on books and records has
as a principal purpose the avoidance of
U.S. tax under section 987. For example,
factors indicating that such tax avoidance
was not a principal purpose of recording
(or not recording) an item include doing
so for a substantial andbona fidebusiness
purpose, or in a manner that is consis-
tent with the economics of the underlying
transaction.
5.Translation of items transferred to a
section 987 QBU.
The proposed regulations provide trans-
lation rules for the transfer of assets and
liabilities to a section 987 QBU. Under
the proposed regulations, if an asset or
a liability is transferred to a section 987
QBU, such items are translated into the
QBU’s functional currency at the spot rate
on the day of transfer. No translation is re-
quired for assets or liabilities denominated
in the functional currency of the section
987 QBU.
The proposed regulations provide spe-
cial rules for items transferred to a section
987 QBU where such items are denomi-
nated in (or determined by reference to) the
owner’s functional currency. Such items
are not translated and instead are carried
on the balance sheet in the owner’s func-
tional currency since no foreign currency
exposure with respect to the owner is cre-
ated by such items.
6.Interaction with other foreign currency
provisions.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
are considering whether the attribution and
transfer rules provided under the proposed
regulations should apply with respect to
other foreign currency provisions in the
Code. For example, the IRS and the Trea-
sury Department are considering whether
the attribution rules under the proposed
regulations should apply to determine the
functional currency of a QBU under sec-
tion 985. As a result, comments are re-
quested on the interaction of these rules
with other foreign currency provisions.
C.Section 1.987–3 Determination of the
items of section 987 taxable income or
loss of an owner of a section 987 QBU.
In general, the term “section 987 tax-
able income” refers to the items of in-
come, gain, deduction or loss attributed to
the section 987 QBU under §1.987–2(b),
translated into the functional currency of
the owner. The allocation of expenses
such as interest under other provisions are
not taken into account for this purpose.
Section 987 taxable income is calculated
by determining each item of income, gain,
deduction or loss in the section 987 QBU’s
functional currency under §1.987–3(a),
and then translating those items into the
owner’s functional currency using the
exchange rates provided in §1.987–3(b).
Items of income, gain, deduction or loss
of a section 987 QBU that are denomi-
nated in (or determined by reference to)
the functional currency of the owner are
not translated and are not treated as sec-
tion 988 transactions to the section 987
QBU. Transactions denominated in (or
determined by reference to) a currency
that is neither the functional currency of
the owner nor of the section 987 QBU are
subject to the generally applicable rules
under section 988 determined with respect
to the functional currency of the section
987 QBU.
When basis recovery is required with
respect to an historic asset, either in com-
puting gain or loss on the sale or exchange
of such asset, or in determining cost recov-
ery deductions (such as depreciation or de-
pletion), the proposed regulations require
the use of the historical exchange rate as-
sociated with the particular asset. Thus, for
example, where a section 987 QBU sells an
historic asset, the amount realized will be
translated into the owner’s functional cur-
rency using the yearly average exchange
rate (or, if properly elected, the spot rate),
but the adjusted basis will be translated us-
ing the historic exchange rate associated
with that asset. The use of different ex-
change rates for amount realized and ad-
justed basis is designed to more closely re-
flect the economic gain or loss to the owner
of the section 987 QBU than the 1991 pro-
posed regulations. The same is true for
depreciation or other cost recovery deduc-
tions that are claimed with respect to his-
toric assets of a section 987 QBU.
Special translation rules are provided
with respect to the disposition of marked
assets (other than functional currency cash
of the section 987 QBU). Generally, the
amount realized and basis are translated at
the same exchange rates. The purpose of
these special rules is to assure that foreign
currency gain or loss (as opposed to gain
or loss not related to movements in ex-
change rates) is reflected through the bal-
ance sheet calculations of §1.987–4 and
not through the profit and loss calcula-
tions of §1.987–3. Cash is not included
in these special rules because the disposi-
tion of cash cannot generate profit or loss
to the section 987 QBU for purposes of
§1.987–3.
D.Section 1.987–4 Determination of net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of
a section 987 QBU.
Section 1.987–4 provides the mechan-
ics for determining “net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss” and, when com-
October 16, 20067092006–42 I.R.B.

bined with §1.987–5, form the mathemati-
cal core of the foreign exchange exposure
pool method. In summary, §1.987–4 uses
a balance sheet to distinguish the items of
a section 987 QBU that give rise to sec-
tion 987 gain or loss (section 987 marked
items) from those that do not (section
987 historic items).This approach avoids
the distortions caused by the 1991 pro-
posed regulations that impute section 987
gain or loss to all assets of a section 987
QBU, even those assets the value of which
does not fluctuate with currency move-
ments. Generally, annual comparison of
the change in the value of section 987
marked items on the opening and closing
balance sheets due to changes in exchange
rates gives rise to unrecognized section
987 gain or loss. This unrecognized sec-
tion 987 gain or loss is aggregated with
similar amounts determined for prior years
(to the extent not previously taken into ac-
count) and is taken into account by the
owner under the rules of §1.987–5 upon a
remittance by the section 987 QBU.
Under §1.987–4(a) and (b), net unrec-
ognized section 987 gain or loss is com-
puted annually and is equal to the sum of
the “unrecognized section 987 gain or loss
for the current taxable year” and the “net
accumulated unrecognized section 987
gain or loss for all prior taxable years.”
A section 987 QBU’s net accumulated
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss for
all prior taxable years is the aggregate of
the unrecognized section 987 gain or loss
determined under §1.987–4(d) for all prior
taxable years (to which these regulations
apply) reduced by the amounts taken into
account under §1.987–5upon a remittance
for all such taxable years. For section 987
QBUs in existence prior to the effective
date of these regulations, a section 987
QBU’s net accumulated unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss includes amounts
taken into account under the transition
rules of §1.987–10.
Unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss is determined under a seven step
calculation. Under the first step in
§1.987–4(d)(1), the “owner functional cur-
rency net value” of the section 987 QBU
is determined under §1.987–1(e) at the
close of the taxable year in the functional
currency of the owner. This is a balance
sheet calculation under which the basis
(or amount, in the case of a liability) of
each section 987 marked item is translated
into the owner’s functional currency at the
spot rate on the last day of the taxable year.
Section 987 historic items are translated
into the owner’s functional currency at
the historic exchange rate and, therefore,
do not give rise to exchange gain or loss.
The amount of liabilities determined in the
owner’s functional currency is subtracted
from the value of the assets determined in
the owner’s functional currency to result
in the owner functional currency net value
of the section 987 QBU at the close of
the taxable year. The owner functional
currency net value of the section 987 QBU
at the close of the preceding taxable year
is subtracted from the owner functional
currency net value of the section 987 QBU
at the close of the current taxable year to
yield the change in owner functional cur-
rency net value of the section 987 QBU for
the taxable year expressed in the owner’s
functional currency.
Generally, three components are re-
flected in the change in owner functional
currency net value of the section 987 QBU
for a taxable year. First, taxable income
or loss of the section 987 QBU will result
in increases or decreases in net assets,
and will therefore affect net value. Sec-
ond, transfers of assets or liabilities to
or from the section 987 QBU will affect
net value. Finally, any remaining change
in net value (as measured in the owner’s
functional currency) results from changes
in the value of the section 987 QBU’s
marked assets and liabilities. In order to
isolate the change in value due to foreign
currency movements with respect to sec-
tion 987 marked assets and liabilities, the
other changes must be reversed out. That
is the function of steps 2 through 7 of
§1.987–4(d).
The unrecognized section 987 gain
or loss when aggregated with similar
amounts for prior years (that were not pre-
viously taken into account) yields a pool
of “net unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss” all or part of which is to be triggered
upon a remittance or termination.
E.Section 1.987–5 Recognition of Section
987GainorLoss.
Section 1.987–5 of the proposed regula-
tions provides the method for determining
the amount of section 987 gain or loss a
taxpayer must recognize in a taxable year.
Generally, the amount of section 987 gain
or loss recognized in a taxable year equals
the net unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss of the section 987 QBU determined
under §1.987–4 on the last day of such tax-
able year, multiplied by the owner’s remit-
tance proportion. The pool of net unrec-
ognized section 987 gain or loss includes
both unrecognized section 987 gain or loss
on marked items for the current year and
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss on
marked items for prior years (that has not
yet been taken into account). A portion
of the §1.987–4 pool of unrecognized sec-
tion 987 gain or loss is triggered by a net
transfer or “remittance” to the owner by a
section 987 QBU during the owner’s tax-
able year. Generally, the owner’s remit-
tance proportion is equal to the quotient
of the amount of the remittance divided by
the aggregate adjusted basis of the section
987 QBU’s gross assets (as reflected on its
year end balance sheet), without reduction
for the remittance.
The 1991 proposed regulations define
a remittance as the amount of any trans-
fer from a QBU branch to the extent the
amount of transfers during the year does
not exceed the year end balance of the
equity pool. Transfers are limited in the
1991 proposed regulations by a daily net-
ting rule that takes into account only the
amount of property distributed from the
QBU branch that exceeds the amount of
property transferred by the taxpayer to the
QBU branch in a single day. The IRS
and the Treasury Department believe that
the daily netting rule of the 1991 proposed
regulations is not easily administered and
causes distortions in the amount of a remit-
tance. For example, taxpayers have taken
the position that a remittance followed a
short time later by an equal contribution
to a QBU branch can trigger recognition
of section 987 gain or loss even though
there has been no economic change in po-
sition of the QBU branch. The IRS and
the Treasury Department believe this ap-
proach is inappropriate and provides in-
centives for circular cash flows used to
manipulate amounts of remittances. This
daily netting rule is eliminated in the pro-
posed regulations to reduce administrative
burdens on both the IRS and taxpayers, and
to eliminate both taxpayer favorable and
taxpayer unfavorable distortions that it can
create.
Section 1.987–5(c) of the proposed
regulations defines a remittance as the
2006–42 I.R.B.710October 16, 2006

excess of total transfers from the section
987 QBU to the owner determined in the
owner’s functional currency on an annual
basis over total transfers from the owner
to the section 987 QBU determined on
an annual basis. Solely for purposes of
determining the amount of a remittance
under §1.987–5(c), the amount of liabil-
ities transferred from the owner to the
section 987 QBU is treated as a transfer
of assets from the section 987 QBU to the
owner. Similarly, the amount of liabilities
transferred from the section 987 QBU to
the owner is treated as a transfer of assets
from the owner to the section 987 QBU.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
recognize that section 987 QBUs actively
engaged in business may have a significant
number of transactions that are treated as
transfers to and from the owner pursuant
to § 1.987–2(c). It is anticipated that the
annual netting rule will help to reduce
complexity and administrative burden for
taxpayers and the IRS by treating the net
amount of transfers as a single annual
remittance. For purposes of determining
the annual remittance, only assets and lia-
bilities considered transferred pursuant to
§1.987–2(c) will be taken into account.
The remittance is divided by the total
adjusted basis of section 987 gross assets,
expressed in the functional currency of the
owner, reflected on the section 987 QBU
balance sheet pursuant to §1.987–2 (in-
creased by the amount of the remittance) to
determine the remittance proportion. The
IRS and the Treasury Department consid-
ered a number of different measures for de-
termining the amount of section 987 gain
or loss triggered upon a remittance. The
adjusted basis of gross section 987 QBU
assets was selected as the measure because
it avoids administrative concerns raised by
alternative methodsand limits the poten-
tial volatility associated with the recogni-
tion of section 987 gain or loss. In par-
ticular, the adjusted basis of gross section
987 QBU assets measure avoids the sig-
nificant administrative burdens associated
with a section 987 QBU accumulated earn-
ings approach that would require taxpayers
to maintain post-1986 accumulated earn-
ings pools for each section 987 QBU. The
IRS and the Treasury Department also con-
sidered the use of net section 987 QBU as-
sets as a potential measure. Although the
net section 987 QBU assets measure does
not raise the same administrative burdens
as an earnings based approach, the IRS
and the Treasury Department were con-
cerned about the volatility of recognizing
section 987 gain or loss using a net as-
set measure. For example, if a section
987 QBU’s gross assets are equal to its li-
abilities, section 987 gain or loss would
be deferred. On the other hand, a small
amount of income could increase section
987 QBU net assets slightly above zero
and all accumulated section 987 gains or
losses could be triggered with a very small
remittance. The IRS and the Treasury De-
partment believe that gross assets is a rea-
sonable proxy for post-1986 accumulated
earnings in this context, can be adminis-
tered relatively easily, and will reduce the
volatility and potential for distortion de-
scribed in this preamble.
F.Section 1.987–6 Character and Source.
Section 987(3)(B) requires that a tax-
payer make proper adjustments (as pre-
scribed by the Secretary) for certain trans-
fers of property between QBUs of the tax-
payer, including treating section 987 gain
or loss as ordinary income or loss and
sourcing such gain or loss by reference to
the source of income giving rise to post-
1986 accumulated earnings. Section 987
is silent on the method of characterizing
section 987 gain or loss for purposes of
the Code. Nevertheless, the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe that it is nec-
essary to characterize section 987 gain or
loss for the proper operation of certain
other sections of the Code. For exam-
ple, the character of section 987 gain must
be determined for purposes of determin-
ing whether all or a portion of such gain
qualifies as subpart F income under sec-
tion 954. This characterization is neces-
sary to prevent section 987 from being
used as a vehicle to avoid the rules of sec-
tion 954(c)(1)(D) with respect to certain
section 988 transactions. In addition, sec-
tion 987 gain or loss must be characterized
for purposes of determining the foreign tax
credit limitation under section 904(d). As
a result, and pursuant to sections 987(3)
and 989(c)(5), the proposed regulations
characterize section 987 gain or loss for all
purposes of the Code, including for pur-
poses of sections 904(d), 907 and 954.
In accordance with section 987(3)(B),
§1.987–6(a) provides that section 987 gain
or loss is ordinary income or loss. More-
over, the IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that rules governing the source and
character of section 987 gain or loss for
other Code sections should be consistent.
The IRS and the Treasury Department are
concerned, however, that sourcing and
characterizing section 987 gain or loss by
reference to post-1986 accumulated earn-
ings would give rise to substantial com-
plexity by requiring taxpayers to track the
earnings of section 987 QBUs in section
904(d) categories over prolonged periods.
The compliance burden would be consid-
erable for taxpayers with large numbers
of section 987 QBUs. Accordingly, the
IRS and the Treasury Department believe
that it is appropriate to use the average tax
book value of assets in the year of remit-
tance as determined under §1.861–9T(g)
as a proxy for post-1986 accumulated
earnings in the context of section 987.
3
In
the context of section 987, use of a single
year’s assets should generally reflect the
activities of a section 987 QBU that give
rise to a section 987 QBU’s accumulated
earnings and will significantly minimize
complexity. The tax book value method
set forth in §1.861–9T(g) as applied to
section 987 QBUs has been amended to
provide greater consistency with the pro-
posed regulations. The modified gross
income method described in §1.861–9T(j)
cannot be used to characterize section 987
gain or loss as the IRS and the Treasury
Department believe that gross income
earned in a single year is not a sufficient
proxy for accumulated earnings.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
recognize that the characterization rule
contained in the proposed regulations
applies to provisions other than the inter-
national tax rules. In addition, the IRS
and the Treasury Department recognize
that special considerations may arise in
connection with applying this characteri-
zation rule to various domestic provisions.
For example, special considerations may
arise when characterizing section 987 gain
or loss for rules that apply to regulated
investment companies (RICs) and real
3
Notably, because section 987 gain or loss may be derived from assets acquired with earnings and capital of a section987 QBU (or from liabilities enteredintobytheQBU),usingpost-1986
accumulated earnings to characterize exchange gain or loss under section 987 may not reflect all items giving rise to such gain or loss.
October 16, 20067112006–42 I.R.B.

estate investment trusts (REITs). The IRS
and the Treasury Department are study-
ing the application of the characterization
rules to these other provisions and re-
quest comments. As a result, the proposed
regulations reserve on the method for char-
acterizing and sourcing section 987 gain
or loss for purposes of RICs and REITs.
G.Section 1.987–7 Partnership Rules.
1.Scope.
Section 1.987–7 provides rules for de-
termining a partner’s share of the assets
and liabilities of an eligible QBU held in-
directly through a section 987 partnership.
It also provides rules coordinating the ap-
plication of section 987 with subchapter K
of chapter 1 of the Code.
2.Allocation of assets and liabilities.
In order to apply the foreign exchange
exposure pool method at the partner level,
as discussed above, each partner must de-
termine its share of the assets and liabilities
of an eligible QBU and, to the extent appli-
cable, a section 987 QBU owned indirectly
through the section 987 partnership. Sec-
tion 1.987–7 provides a general rule that
requires the allocation of the assets and li-
abilities of the partnership’s eligible QBUs
to the partners in a manner that is consis-
tent with the manner in which the partners
have agreed to share the economic benefits
and burdens corresponding to such assets
and liabilities, taking into account the rules
and principles of sections 701 through 761
and the regulations thereunder, including
section 704(b) and §1.701–2.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that this general rule is appropri-
ate because it will allocate the assets and
liabilities consistent with the partners’
economic arrangement. The IRS and the
Treasury Department recognize that any
rule which attempted to allocate the as-
sets and liabilities without regard to such
economic arrangement would have the
effect of distorting each partner’s section
987 gain or loss attributable to its section
987 QBU and, as a result, would be in-
appropriate. Moreover, the IRS and the
Treasury Department are concerned that
taxpayers could attempt to inappropriately
shift a partner’s share of the underlying
assets and liabilities of a section 987 QBU
owned indirectly through a section 987
partnership to distort the partner’s section
987 gain or loss. As a result, the Com-
missioner may review such allocations to
ensure that they are consistent with the
economic arrangement of the partners and
the principles of subchapter K of Chapter 1
of the Code and the applicable regulations,
including section 704(b) and §1.701–2.
Moreover, the IRS and the Treasury De-
partment are considering whether it would
be appropriate, when these regulations are
finalized, to provide a safe harbor. Under
such a safe harbor, the assets and liabili-
ties of an eligible QBU would be deemed
to be allocated in a manner which appro-
priately reflects each partner’s share of the
economic benefits and burdens if certain
conditions are satisfied. For example, the
safe harbor could provide that the assets
and liabilities are deemed to be allocated
in a manner consistent with each partner’s
share of the underlying economic benefits
and burdens provided the assets, to the ex-
tent of a partner’s share of partnership cap-
ital, are allocated in accordance with such
capital and any excess assets (assets in ex-
cess of partnership capital) are allocated
consistent with the manner in which the
partners have agreed to share the economic
burden of the liabilities incurred to acquire
such assets. The IRS and the Treasury De-
partment request comments as to whether
a safe harbor should be included and, if so,
what form such safe harbor should take.
3.Coordination with subchapter K.
A partner must take into account its
share of the items of income, gain, deduc-
tion, or loss of its section 987 QBU owned
indirectly through a partnership and, un-
der §1.987–3, must convert such items into
its functional currency. In addition, a part-
ner must take into account any section 987
gain or loss of the section 987 QBU de-
termined in the partner’s functional cur-
rency. In both situations, the partner’s ad-
justed basis in its partnership interest must
be adjusted in order to avoid the duplica-
tion of income or loss attributable to the
section 987 QBU. Section 1.987–7 pro-
vides a rule regarding the appropriate ad-
justments which must be made to the part-
ner’s adjusted basis in the section 987 part-
nership to ensure that no such duplication
occurs.
A partner is also required under sec-
tion 752 to adjust its basis in its interest
in the section 987 partnership to take into
account liabilities of the section 987 part-
nership. As a result, the proposed regu-
lations provide rules for determining the
appropriate adjustments to such basis re-
quired under section 752 in the case of an
increase or a decrease in such partner’s
share of the liabilities of the partnership re-
flected on the books and records of a sec-
tion 987 QBU. In addition, the proposed
regulations provide rules for determining
the amount of such liability, as determined
in the partner’s functional currency, which
must be taken into account on the sale or
exchange of a partnership interest under
section 752(d).
The proposed regulations also clarify,
consistent with section 985(a), that a part-
ner’s adjusted basis in its partnership in-
terest is determined in the functional cur-
rency of the partner. Moreover, the pro-
posed regulations provide that the fluctua-
tions between the partner’s functional cur-
rency and the functional currency of the
section 987 QBU do not affect such part-
ner’s adjusted basis in its partnership in-
terest. Instead, such fluctuations are taken
into account under the foreign exchange
exposure pool method of §1.987–4.
4.Comments.
The proposed regulations do not ad-
dress the adjustments which would occur
under section 752 when there is an as-
sumption by a partnership of a partner’s li-
ability that is denominated in a functional
currency different from the partner and
which, as a result, is subject to section
988 in the hands of the partner. In such
cases, the partner will be deemed to re-
ceive a distribution of money, under sec-
tion 752(b), regardless of whether, follow-
ing the assumption, the liability is reflected
on the books and records of the partner-
ship’s qualified business unit. In such
cases, it is unclear whether the amount of
the distribution should be determined by
reference to the spot rate (on the date of
assumption) or the historic exchange rate
(on the date the liability was originally in-
curred by the partner). In addition, this
issue raises concerns as to how section
988 would operate upon such assumption.
The IRS and Treasury Department request
comments on this issue and whether provi-
sions should be included in section 988 to
better coordinate the operation of section
2006–42 I.R.B.712October 16, 2006

987 and section 988 inthis context. In ad-
dition, comments are requested on whether
provisions should be included in section
988 in order to coordinate the aggregate
approach, adopted in these proposed reg-
ulations, with respect to certain assets and
liabilities that are not reflected on an eligi-
ble QBU of the partnership.
In addition to the issues specifically ad-
dressed in the proposed regulations, the
IRS and the Treasury Department request
comments on additional provisions which
should be included to coordinate the pro-
visions of section 987 with subchapter K
of chapter 1 of the Code. Specifically,
comments are requested as to how capi-
tal accounts maintained under section 704
should be adjusted to take into account sec-
tion 987 gain or loss. In addition, com-
ments are requested as to whether section
987 loss should be subject to the limita-
tion provided under section 704(d) and, if
so, how such limitation might be applied.
Finally, comments are requested as to any
other provisions of subchapter K of chap-
ter 1 of the Code on which guidance should
be provided.
H.Section 1.987–8 Termination of a
Section 987 QBU.
1.General termination rules.
The proposed regulations set forth
circumstances in which a section 987
QBU will terminate. For purposes of
§1.987–5, a termination of a section 987
QBU is treated as a remittance of all the
gross assets of the section 987 QBU to
its owner. The termination rules recog-
nize that an owner carries on a trade or
business through its section 987 QBU
and when the owner stops conducting that
trade or business through its section 987
QBU, any section 987 gain or loss should
be recognized in full. Thus, a termination
generally occurs when: (1) the activities
of the section 987 QBU cease; (2) substan-
tially all of the assets (as defined in section
368(a)(1)(C)) of the section 987 QBU are
transferred to its owner; or (3) the owner
of the section 987 QBU ceases to exist.
In addition, a termination occurs when a
foreign corporation that is a controlled for-
eign corporation (CFC) that is the owner of
a section 987 QBU ceases to be a CFC be-
cause at that point any section 987 gain or
loss cannot be subpart F income and may
be deferred indefinitely.
2.Exceptions for certain section 381
transactions.
Section 987 gain or loss generally arises
during the period that an owner has a sec-
tion 987 QBU. The section 987 gain or
loss is analogous in some respects to a tax
attribute under section 381. As a result,
the proposed regulations provide that a ter-
mination does not generally occur when
other tax attributes under section 381 are
carried over in a liquidation under section
332 or an asset reorganization under sec-
tion 368(a). However, inbound and out-
bound liquidations and reorganizations ter-
minate a section 987 QBU because these
transactions materially change the circum-
stances in which section 987 gain or loss is
taken into account.
3.Treatment of inbound liquidations and
inbound asset reorganizations.
Although the proposed regulations
treat inbound liquidations under section
332 and inbound asset reorganizations un-
der section 368(a) as terminations, the IRS
and the Treasury Department are consider-
ing whether such treatment is appropriate
in all cases.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that the better view, taking into ac-
count various policies, is to support the
treatment of inbound transactions as ter-
minations. For example, such treatment
may prevent the importation of a tax at-
tribute that was generated offshore. Con-
cerns over such attribute importation are
similar to those that were addressed in
§1.367(b)–3(e) and (f) and section 362(e).
In addition, treating inbound asset transac-
tions as terminations is consistent with the
results that would obtain if the foreign cur-
rency gain or loss attributable to the QBU
were taken into account under section 988,
rather than section 987.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
acknowledge, however, that other policies
may support the position that such inbound
transactions should not be terminations.
One of the reasons the proposed regula-
tions treat certain section 381 transactions
as terminations is because amounts taken
into account under section 987 (that is, sec-
tion 987 taxable income or loss, and sec-
tion987gainorloss)generallybecome
subject to a lesser degree of U.S. taxa-
tion after the section 381 transaction than
was the case before the transaction (that is,
when the section 987 QBU goes from be-
ing owned by a domestic corporation to be-
ing owned by a foreign corporation). This
is not the case in certain inbound transac-
tions because amountstaken into account
under section 987 are generally subject to
a greater degree of U.S. taxation after the
inbound transaction (when the section 987
QBU is owned by a domestic corporation)
than was the case before the transaction
(when the section 987 QBU was owned by
a foreign corporation).
The IRS and the Treasury Department
request comments on whether it is appro-
priate to treat these inbound asset trans-
actions as terminations. Such comments
should take into account the policy con-
cerns discussed in this preamble.
4.Section 351 exchanges and transactions
within a consolidated group.
The proposed regulations provide that
a termination occurs when the owner of
a section 987 QBU transfers the QBU to
another corporation in exchange for stock
in a transaction qualifying under section
351. The termination occurs because the
owner no longer has a section 987 QBU.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
are studying ways to apply the intercom-
pany transaction rules of §1.1502–13 to
section 987 transactions within a consol-
idated group. For example, the IRS and
the Treasury Department are considering
whether transfers qualifying under section
351 which would trigger a remittance or
termination under the proposed regula-
tions should qualify for deferral under
§1.1502–13. The IRS and the Treasury
Department request comments on the
interplay between §1.1502–13 and the
proposed regulations and the timing of the
inclusion of the deferred section 987 gain
or loss.
I.Section 1.987–9 Recordkeeping Rules.
Given the detailed nature of the calcu-
lations required under these regulations,
§1.987–9 articulates the records that tax-
payers must keep. A taxpayer must keep
such records as are sufficient to establish
the section 987 QBU’s section 987 tax-
able income or loss, its section 987 gain
or loss, and the transition method used for
October 16, 20067132006–42 I.R.B.

section 987 QBUs under §1.987–10. Sec-
tion 1.987–9(b) lists supplemental records
that must be maintained.
J.Section 1.987–10 Transition Rules.
The transition rules of §1.987–10 apply
to a taxpayer that is the owner of a sec-
tion 987 QBU on the transition date. Such
a taxpayer must transition to the foreign
exchange exposure pool method of these
regulations whether or not such taxpayer
made determinations required under sec-
tion 987 in prior years. A taxpayer that
failed to make required determinations un-
der section 987 in prior years or that used
an unreasonable method in prior years can
only use the fresh start transition method of
§1.987–10(c)(4) as described in this pre-
amble. Generally, use of the 1991 pro-
posed section 987 regulations method (see,
Examples 1 and 3 of §1.987–10(d)) or an
“earnings only” section 987 method (see,
Example 2 of §1.987–10(d)) will be con-
sidered a reasonable method for purposes
of §1.987–10. However, for example, the
recognition of section 987 gain or loss with
respect to stock under any method, where
the gain or loss does not reflect economic
gain or loss derived from the movements
in exchange rates, will be carefully scruti-
nized by the IRS and may be considered
unreasonable based on the facts and cir-
cumstances of the particular case.
The transition date is the first day of
the first taxable year to which these section
987 regulations apply.
Comments are requested on the applica-
tion of these transition rules to partnerships
which were, under the current proposed
regulations, treated as qualified business
units for purposes of section 987. Com-
ments are also requested on the treatment
of qualified business units of such partner-
ships.
Generally, §1.987–10(c) allows a tax-
payer to transition to the foreign exchange
exposure pool method set forth in these
regulations under one of two methods (the
“deferral transition method” or the “fresh
start transition method”). Under the con-
formity rules of §1.987–10(c)(2), this elec-
tion must be applied with respect to all
members that file a consolidated return
with the taxpayer and any controlled for-
eign corporation as defined in section 957
in which the taxpayer owns more than 50
percent of the voting power or stock (as de-
termined in section 957(a)). This confor-
mity rule is necessary to prevent taxpay-
ers and certain related entities from taking
inconsistent positions with respect to qual-
ified business units which have unrecog-
nized section 987 gains and losses. The
IRS and the Treasury Department request
comments on concerns that may arise by
the inclusion of certain controlled foreign
corporations in the conformity rule.
Under the deferral transition method of
§1.987–10(c)(3), section 987 gain or loss
is determined under the taxpayer’s prior
section 987 method on the transition date
as if all qualified business units of the tax-
payer terminated on the last day of the
taxable year preceding the transition date.
The deemed termination is solely for pur-
poses of measuring section 987 gain or
loss in order to transition to the foreign
exchange exposure pool method and does
not apply for any other purpose. Section
987 gain or loss determined on the deemed
termination is not immediately recognized.
Rather, it is deferred by treating it as net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of
the relevant section 987 QBU. Such gain
or loss will be recognized under the remit-
tance rules of §1.987–5 for periods after
the transition date. The owner of a qual-
ified business unit that is deemed to ter-
minate under these rules is treated as hav-
ing transferred all of the assets and lia-
bilities attributable to the qualified busi-
ness unit to a new section 987 QBU on
the transition date. In order to avoid dou-
ble counting, §1.987–10(c)(3)(ii) provides
that the exchange rates used to determine
the amount of an asset or liability trans-
ferred from the owner to the new section
987 QBU on the transition date (that is, for
purposes of making later calculations un-
der §1.987–4) is determined with reference
to the historic exchange rates on the day
the asset was acquired or liability entered
into by the qualified business unit deemed
terminated. That exchange rate is then ad-
justed to take into account an allocation of
section 987 gain or loss determined under
the deferral transition method. If the tax-
payer is not able to trace an historic ex-
change rate to a particular asset or liability,
then the exchange rate must be determined
under a reasonable allocation method, con-
sistently applied, that takes into account an
allocation of the aggregate basis and an al-
location of the deferred section 987 gain or
loss.
Under the fresh start transition method
of §1.987–10(c)(4), on the transition date
all qualified business units of the taxpayer
subject to section 987 are deemed termi-
nated on the last day of the taxable year
preceding the transition date. As under
the deferral transition method, this deemed
termination is solely for purposes of tran-
sitioning to the foreign exchange expo-
sure pool method under section 987 and
does not apply for any other purpose. Un-
der the fresh start transition method, no
section 987 gain or loss is determined or
recognized on such deemed termination.
Rather, the exchange rates used to deter-
mine the total amount of assets and liabil-
ities deemed transferred from the owner
to the section 987 QBU for the section
987 QBU’s first taxable year are deter-
mined solely with reference to the his-
toric exchange rates on the day the as-
sets were acquired or liabilities entered
into by the qualified business unit that was
deemed terminated. Like the deferral tran-
sition method, if the taxpayer is not able
to trace an exchange rate to a particular
asset or liability, then the exchange rate
must be determined under a reasonable al-
location method, consistently applied, that
takes into account the aggregate basis of
the QBU’s assets (and amount of liabili-
ties). The fresh start method is designed to
prevent recognition of non-economic cur-
rency gain or loss with respect to unremit-
ted assets that are attributable to the quali-
fied business unit. In the first taxable year
when the foreign exchange exposure pool
method applies, the deemed contribution
of marked assets to a section 987 QBU at
the historic exchange rate when originally
acquired potentially gives rise to section
987 gain or loss while the historic assets
(also translated at the historic exchange
rate) will not.
The transition method adopted by
the taxpayer must be disclosed in ac-
cordance with the rules provided in
§1.987–10(c)(6).
Proposed Effective Date
These regulations are proposed to be ef-
fective as follows. These regulations shall
generally apply to taxable years beginning
one year after the first day of the first tax-
able year following the date of publication
of a Treasury decision adopting this rule
as a final regulation in theFederal Regis-
2006–42 I.R.B.714October 16, 2006

ter. A taxpayer may elect to apply these
regulations to taxable years beginning af-
ter the date of publication of a Treasury de-
cision adopting this rule as a final regula-
tion in theFederal Register. Such elec-
tion is binding on all members that file a
consolidated return with the taxpayer and
any controlled foreign corporation, as de-
fined in section 957, in which the taxpayer
owns more than 50 percent of the voting
power or stock (as determined in section
957(a)). Pending finalization, the IRS and
the Treasury Department would consider
positions consistent with these proposed
regulations to be reasonable constructions
of the statute.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this notice
of proposed rulemaking is not a signifi-
cant regulatory action as defined in Exec-
utive Order 12866. Therefore, a regula-
tory assessment is not required. It has also
been determined thatsection 553(b) of the
Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C.
chapter 5) does not apply to these regula-
tions. It is hereby certified that the collec-
tion of information contained in this regu-
lation will not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities. Accordingly,a regulatory flexi-
bility analysis is not required. The pro-
posed section 987 regulations will gener-
ally only affect large United States corpo-
rations with business units operating in for-
eign jurisdictions. Thus, the number of af-
fected small entities will not be substantial
and any economic impact on those entities
in complying with the collection of infor-
mation would be minimal. Pursuant to sec-
tion 7805(f) of the Internal Revenue Code,
this notice of proposed rulemaking will be
submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advo-
cacy of the Small Business Administration
for comment on its impact on small busi-
nesses.
Comments and Public Hearing
Before the proposed regulations are
adopted as final regulations, considera-
tion will be given to any written (a signed
original and eight (8) copies) or electronic
comments that are submitted timely to the
IRS. The IRS and the Treasury Depart-
ment request comments on the clarity of
the proposed rules and how they can be
made easier to understand. All comments
will be available for public inspection and
copying.
A public hearing has been scheduled for
November 21, 2006, beginning at 10 a.m.
in the Auditorium, Internal Revenue Ser-
vice, New Carrollton Federal Building,
5000 Ellin Road, Lanham, MD 20706. In
addition, all visitors must present photo
identification to enter the building. Be-
cause of access restrictions, visitors will
not be admitted beyond the immediate
entrance area more than 30 minutes before
the hearing starts. For information about
having your name placed on the building
access list to attend the hearing, see the
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CON-
TACT section of this preamble.
The rules of 26 CFR 601.601(a)(3) ap-
ply to the hearing. Persons who wish to
present oral comments must submit elec-
tronic or written comments by December
6, 2006 and an outline of the topics to
be discussed and time to be devoted on
each topic (a signed original and eight (8)
copies) by October 31, 2006. A period of
10 minutes will be allotted to each person
for making comments. An agenda show-
ing the scheduling of the speakers will be
prepared after the deadline for receiving
outlines has passed. Copies of the agenda
will be available free of charge at the hear-
ing.
Drafting Information
The principal authors of the proposed
regulations are Jeffrey Dorfman and
Theodore Setzer of the Office of Asso-
ciate Chief Counsel (International).
*****
Withdrawal of Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking
Accordingly, under the authority of 26
U.S.C. 7805, the notice of proposed rule-
making (REG–208270–86) that was pub-
lished in theFederal Registeron Septem-
ber 25, 1991 (56 FR 48457) is withdrawn.
Proposed Amendment to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is proposed
to be amended as follows:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for
part 1 continues to read in part as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 987, 989(c), 6601
and7805***
Par. 2. Section 1.861–9T is amended as
follows:
1. Paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(A)(1) is revised.
2. Paragraph (g)(2)(vi) is added.
The revisions read as follows:
§1.861–9T Allocation and apportionment
of interest expense (temporary).
*****
(g) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii)* * *(A) * * *
(1)Section 987 QBU. In the case of
a section 987 QBU, the tax book value
shall be determined by applying the rules
of paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (3) of this sec-
tion to the beginning of year and end of
year functional currency amount of as-
sets. The beginning of year functional
currency amount of assets shall be de-
termined by reference to the functional
currency amount of assets computed un-
der §1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B) and (e) on the
last day of the preceding taxable year. The
end of year functional currency amount of
assets shall be determined by reference to
the functional currency amount of assets
computed under §1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(A) and
(e) on the last day of the current taxable
year. The beginning of year and end of
year functional currency amount of assets,
as so determined within each grouping
must then be averaged as provided in
paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section.
*****
(vi)Effective date. Generally, para-
graph (g)(2)(ii)(A)(1) of this section shall
apply to taxable years beginning one year
after the first day of the first taxable year
following the date of publication of a
Treasury decision adopting this rule as a
final regulation in theFederal Register.
If a taxpayer makes an election under
§1.987–11(b), then the effective date of
paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(A)(1)ofthissection
with respect to the taxpayer shall be con-
sistent with such election.
*****
Par. 3. Section 1.985–1 is amended as
follows:
October 16, 20067152006–42 I.R.B.

1. Paragraph (d)(2), second sentence;
and paragraph (f),Example 9andExample
10(i), ninth sentence are revised.
2. Paragraph (f),Example 11is re-
moved.
3. Paragraph (f),Example 12is redes-
ignated asExample 11.
4. Paragraph (g) is added.
The revisions and addition read as fol-
lows:
§1.985–1 Functional currency.
*****
(d) * * *
(2) * * *The amount of income or loss
or earnings and profits (or deficit in earn-
ings and profits) of each QBU in its func-
tional currency shall then be translated into
the foreign corporation’s functional cur-
rency under the principles of section 987.
*****
(f)Examples.***
Example (9). (i) The facts are the same as inEx-
ample (7). In addition, assume that in 1987 branch
A has items of earnings of 100 FC and branch B has
items of earnings of 100 LC as determined under sec-
tion 987. S translates branch A’s and branch B’s items
of earnings and profits into its functional currency un-
der the principles of section 987.
Example (10). (i) * * * Assume that B’s items of
income of 200 DCs when properly translated under
the principles of section 987 is equal to 100LCs. * * *
*****
(g)Effective date. Generally, the re-
visions to the second sentence of para-
graph (d)(2),Example 9,andExample 10
shall apply to taxable years beginning one
year after the first day of the first taxable
year following the date of publication of
a Treasury decision adopting this rule as
a final regulation in theFederal Regis-
ter. If a taxpayer makes an election un-
der §1.987–11(b), then the effective date of
these revisions with respect to the taxpayer
shall be consistent with such election.
Par. 4. Section 1.985–5 is revised to
read as follows:
§1.985–5 Adjustments required upon
change in functional currency.
(a)In general. This section applies in
the case of a taxpayer, qualified business
unit (QBU) or section 987 QBU as defined
in §1.987–1(b)(2) changing from one func-
tional currency (old functional currency)
to another functional currency (new func-
tional currency). A taxpayer, QBU, or
section 987 QBU subject to the rules of
this section shall make the adjustments set
forth in the 3-step procedure described in
paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section.
Except as otherwise provided in this sec-
tion, the adjustments shall be made on
the last day of the taxable year ending
before the year of change as defined in
§1.481–1(a)(1). Gain or loss required to
be recognized under paragraphs (b), (d)(2),
(e)(2), and (e)(4)(iii) of this section is not
subject to section 481and, therefore, the
full amount of the gain or loss must be in-
cluded in income or earnings and profits
on the last day of the taxable year end-
ing before the year of change. Except as
provided in §1.985–6, a QBU or section
987 QBU with a functional currency for
its first taxable year beginning in 1987 that
is different from the currency in which it
had kept its books and records for United
States accounting and tax accounting pur-
poses for its prior taxable year shall apply
the principles of this section for purposes
of computing the relevant functional cur-
rency items, such as earnings and profits,
basis of an asset, and amount of a liabil-
ity, as of the first day of a taxpayer’s first
taxable year beginning in 1987. However,
a QBU that changes to the dollar pursuant
to §1.985–1(b)(2) after 1987 shall apply
§1.985–7.
(b)Step 1 Taking into account exchange
gain or loss on certain section 988 trans-
actions. The taxpayer, QBU or section
987 QBU shall recognize or otherwise take
into account for all purposes of the Inter-
nal Revenue Code the amount of any un-
realized exchange gainor loss attributable
to a section 988 transaction (as defined in
section 988(c)(1)(A), (B), and (C)) that,
after applying section 988(d), is denomi-
nated in terms of or determined by refer-
ence to the new functional currency. The
amount of such gain or loss shall be deter-
mined without regard to the limitations of
section 988(b) (that is, whether any gain or
loss would be realized on the transaction as
a whole). The character and source of such
gain or loss shall be determined under sec-
tion 988.
(c)Step 2 Determining the new func-
tional currency basis of property and the
new functional currency amount of liabil-
ities and any other relevant items. Except
as otherwise provided in this section, the
new functional currency adjusted basis of
property and the new functional currency
amount of liabilities and any other relevant
items (for example, items described in sec-
tion 988(c)(1)(B)(iii)) shall equal the prod-
uct of the amount of the old functional cur-
rency adjusted basis or amount multiplied
by the new functionalcurrency/old func-
tional currency spot exchange rate on the
last day of the taxable year ending before
the year of change (spot rate).
(d)Step 3A Additional adjustments that
are necessary when a QBU or section
987 QBU changes functional currency
—(1)QBU changing to a functional cur-
rency other than the owner’s functional
currency—(i)Rule. IfaQBUorsection
987 QBU changes to a functional cur-
rency other than the owner’s functional
currency, the owner and section 987 QBU
shall make the adjustments set forth in
either paragraph (d)(1)(ii) or (d)(1)(iii) of
this section for purposes of section 987.
(ii)Wherepriortothechangethesec-
tion987QBUandownerhaddifferent
functional currencies. If the section 987
QBU and the owner had different func-
tional currencies prior to the change, the
owner and section 987 QBU shall make
the following adjustments in the year of
change.
(A)Determining the owner functional
currency net value of the section 987
QBU under §1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B)—(1)
Historic items. For purposes of deter-
mining the owner functional currency net
value of the section 987 QBU for the year
of change under §1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B),
the owner or section 987 QBU shall first
translate the section 987 historic items
from the QBU’s old functional currency
into its owner’s functional currency using
the historic exchange rate as defined in
§1.987–1(c)(3). The owner or section 987
QBU shall then translate the section 987
historic items as defined in §1.987–1(e)
from the owner’s functional currency into
the QBU’s new functional currency using
the spot exchange rate between the section
987 QBU’s new functional currency and
the owner’s functionalcurrency on the last
day of the taxable year ending before the
year of change.
(2)Marked items. For purposes
of determining the owner functional
currency net value of the section 987
QBU for the year of change under
§1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B), the owner or sec-
tion 987 QBU shall translate the section
987 QBU’s section 987 marked items as
defined in §1.987–1(d) from the section
2006–42 I.R.B.716October 16, 2006

987 QBU’s old functional currency into
the QBU’s new functional currency using
the new functional currency/old functional
currency spot exchange rate on the last day
of the taxable year ending before the year
of change.
(B)Net unrecognized section 987 gain
or loss. No adjustment to the owner’s net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss is
necessary.
(iii)WherepriortothechangetheQBU
and the taxpayer had the same functional
currency.IfaQBUwiththesamefunc-
tional currency of the taxpayer is changing
to a new functional currency different from
the taxpayer, and as a result of the change
the taxpayer will be an owner of a section
987 QBU (see §1.987–1), the taxpayer and
section 987 QBU shall become subject to
section 987 for the year of change and sub-
sequent years.
(2)Section 987 QBU changing to the
owner’s functional currency. If a section
987 QBU changes its functional currency
to its owner’s functional currency, the sec-
tion 987 QBU shall be treated as if it ter-
minated on the last day of the taxable year
ending before the year of change. See
§§1.987–5 and 1.987–8 for the effect of a
termination.
(e)Step 3B Additional adjustments
that are necessary when a taxpayer/owner
changes functional currency(1)Corpora-
tions. The amount of a corporation’s new
functional currency earnings and prof-
its and the amount of its new functional
currency paid-in capital shall equal the
product of the old functional currency
amounts of such items multiplied by the
spot rate. The foreign income taxes and
accumulated profitsor deficits in accu-
mulated profits of a foreign corporation
that were maintained in foreign currency
for purposes of section 902 and that are
attributable to taxable years of the foreign
corporation beginning before January 1,
1987, also shall be translated into the new
functional currency at the spot rate.
(2)Collateral consequences to a United
States shareholder of a corporation chang-
ing to the United States dollar as its
functional currency. A United States
shareholder (within the meaning of sec-
tion 951(b) or section 953(c)(1)(A)) of
a controlled foreign corporation (within
the meaning of section 957 or section
953(c)(1)(B)) changing its functional cur-
rency to the dollar shall recognize foreign
currency gain or loss computed under
section 986(c) as if all previously taxed
earnings and profits, if any, (including
amounts attributable to pre–1987 taxable
years that were translated from dollars
into functional currency in the foreign
corporation’s first post-1986 taxable year)
were distributed immediately prior to the
change. Such a shareholder shall also
recognize gain or loss attributable to the
corporation’s paid-in capital to the same
extent, if any, that such gain or loss would
be recognized under the regulations under
section 367(b) if thecorporation was liq-
uidated completely.
(3)Taxpayers that are not corporations.
[Reserved].
(4)Adjustments to a section 987 QBU’s
balance sheet and net accumulated unrec-
ognized section 987 gain or loss when
an owner changes functional currency(i)
Owner changing to a functional currency
other than the section 987 QBU’s func-
tional currency. If an owner changes to
a functional currency that differs from
the functional currency of its section 987
QBU, the owner shall make the following
adjustments in the year of change.
(A)Determining the owner functional
currency net value of the section 987 QBU
under §1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B)—(1)Historic
items. For purposes of determining the
owner functional currency net value of the
section 987 QBU for the year of change
under §1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B), the owner
shall first translate the QBU’s section 987
historic items into the owner’s old func-
tional currency at the historic exchange
rate as defined in §1.987–1(c)(3). The
owner shall then translate the section
987 historic items into its new functional
currency using the new functional cur-
rency/old functional currency spot rate
on the last day of the taxable year ending
before the year of change.
(2)Marked items. For purposes
of determining the owner functional
currency net value of the section 987
QBU for the year of change under
§1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B), the owner or section
987 QBU shall translate the QBU’s sec-
tion 987 marked items from the owner’s
old functional currency into the owner’s
new functional currency using the new
functional currency/old functional cur-
rency spot exchange rate on the last day of
the taxable year ending before the year of
change.
(B)Translation of net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss. The owner shall
translate any net unrecognized section 987
gain or loss determined under §1.987–4
from its old functional currency into its
new functional currency using the new
functional currency/old functional cur-
rency spot exchange rate on the last day of
the taxable year ending before the year of
change.
(ii)Taxpayer with the same functional
currency as its QBU changing to a dif-
ferent functional currency. If a taxpayer
with the same functional currency as its
QBU changes to a new functional currency
and as a result of the change the taxpayer
will be an owner of a section 987 QBU
(see §1.987–1), the taxpayer and section
987 QBU shall become subject to section
987 for the year of change and subsequent
years.
(iii)Owner changing to the same func-
tional currency as the section 987 QBU.If
an owner changes to the same functional
currency as its section 987 QBU, such sec-
tion 987 QBU shall be treated as if it termi-
nated on last day of the taxable year ending
before the year of change. See §§1.987–5
and 1.987–8 for the effect of a termination.
(f)Examples. The provisions of this
section are illustrated by the following ex-
ample:
Example. S, a calendar year foreign corporation,
is wholly owned by domestic corporation P. The
Commissioner granted permission to change S’s
functional currency from the LC to the FC beginning
January 1, 1993. The LC/FC exchange rate on De-
cember 31, 1992, is 1 LC/2 FC. The following shows
how S must convert the items on its balance sheet
from the LC to the FC.
October 16, 20067172006–42 I.R.B.

1:2
LCFC
Assets:
Cash on hand40,00080,000
Accounts Receivable10,00020,000
Inventory100,000200,000
100,000 FC Bond (100,000 LC historical basis)
fn1 50,000
100,000
Fixed assets:
Property200,000400,000
Plant
500,000
1,000,000
Accumulated Depreciation(200,000)(400,000)
Equipment1,000,0002,000,000
Accumulated Depreciation(400,000)(800,000)
Total Assets1,300,0002,600,000
Liabilities:
Accounts Payable
50,000
100,000
Long-term
Liabilities
400,000800,000
Paid-in-Capital800,0001,600,000
Retained Earnings
fn2 50,000
100,000
Total Liabilities and Equity1,300,0002,600,000
fn1 Under paragraph (b) of this section, S will recognize a 50,000 LC loss (100,000 LC basis – 50,000 LC value) on the bond resulting from the change in
functional currency. Thus, immediately before the change, S’s basis in the FC bond (taking into account the loss) is 50,000 LC.
fn2 The amount of S’s LC retained earnings reflects the 50,000 LC loss on the bond.
(g)Effective date. Generally, this reg-
ulation shall apply to taxable years begin-
ning one year after the first day of the first
taxable year following the date of publica-
tion of a Treasury decision adopting this
rule as a final regulation in theFederal
Register. If a taxpayer makes an election
under §1.987–11(b), then the effective date
of this regulation with respect to the tax-
payer shall be consistent with such elec-
tion.
Par. 5. Sections 1.987–1 through
1.987–4 and §§1.987–6 through 1.987–11
are added and §1.987–5 is revised to read
as follows:
§1.987–1 Scope, definitions and special
rules.
(a)In general. These regulations pro-
vide rules for determining the taxable in-
come or loss of a taxpayer with respect to a
section 987 qualified business unit (section
987 QBU) as defined in paragraph (b)(2)
of this section. Further, these regulations
provide rules for determining the timing,
amount, character and source of section
987 gain or loss recognized with respect to
a section 987 QBU. This section addresses
the scope of these regulations and provides
certain definitions and special rules. Sec-
tion 1.987–2 provides rules for attribut-
ing assets and liabilities and items of in-
come, gain, deduction, and loss to an eli-
gible QBU and a section 987 QBU. It also
provides rules regarding transfers and the
translation of items transferred to a section
987 QBU. Section 1.987–3 provides rules
for determining and translating the section
987 taxable income or loss of a taxpayer
with respect to a section 987 QBU. Sec-
tion 1.987–4 provides rules for determin-
ing net unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss. Section 1.987–5 provides rules re-
garding the recognition of section 987 gain
or loss. Section 1.987–6 provides rules re-
garding the character and source of sec-
tion 987 gain or loss. Section 1.987–7
provides rules with respect to partnerships
and rules necessary to coordinate the pro-
visions of section 987 with subchapter K.
Section 1.987–8 provides rules regarding
the termination of a section 987 QBU. Sec-
tion 1.987–9 provides rules regarding the
recordkeeping required under section 987.
Section 1.987–10 provides transition rules.
Section 1.987–11 provides the effective
date of these regulations.
(b)Scope of section 987 and defini-
tions—(1)Taxpayers subject to section
987—(i)In general. Except as provided
in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this
section, an individual or corporation is
subject to section 987 if such person is an
owner (as defined in paragraphs (b)(4) and
(5) of this section) of an eligible QBU (as
defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section)
that is a section 987 QBU (as defined in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section). Such
individual or corporation, and any section
987 QBU owned by such person, must
comply with these regulations.
(ii)De minimis rule for certain indi-
rectly owned section 987 QBUs.Anin-
dividual or corporation that owns a sec-
tion 987 QBU indirectly through a sec-
tion 987 partnership may elect not to ap-
ply these regulations for purposes of tak-
ing into account the section 987 gain or
loss of such section 987 QBU if the in-
dividual or corporation owns, directly or
indirectly, less than five percent of either
the total capital or the total profits inter-
est in the section 987 partnership as deter-
mined on the date of acquisition of such
interest or on the date such interest is in-
creased or decreased. For purposes of this
paragraph (b)(1)(ii), ownership of a capi-
tal or profits interest in a partnership shall
be determined in accordance with the rules
for constructive ownership of stock pro-
vided in section 267(c), other than sec-
tion 267(c)(3). See §1.987–3 for purposes
of determining the section 987 taxable in-
come or loss attributable to such section
987 QBU.
2006–42 I.R.B.718October 16, 2006

(iii)Inapplicability to certain entities.
These regulations do not apply to banks,
insurance companies and similar financial
entities (including, solely for purposes of
section 987, leasing companies, finance
coordination centers, regulated invest-
ment companies and real estate investment
trusts). Further, these rules do not apply to
trusts, estates and S corporations.
(2)Definition of a section 987
QBU—(i)In general. A section 987
QBU is an eligible QBU, as defined in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section, that has
a functional currency different from its
owner. The functional currency of an
eligible QBU shall be determined under
§1.985–1, taking into account all of the
QBU’s activities before the application of
§1.987–7.
(ii)Section 987 QBU grouping elec-
tion—(A)In general. Except as provided
in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(B)(1) through (3)
of this section, an owner may elect pur-
suant to paragraph (f) of this section to
treat, solely for purposes of section 987,
all section 987 QBUswith the same func-
tional currency asa single section 987
QBU.
(B)Special grouping rules for section
987 QBUs owned indirectly through a
partnership—(1)In general.Anowner
may elect to treat all section 987 QBUs
with the same functional currency owned
indirectly though a single section 987 part-
nership as a single section 987 QBU.
(2)Election not available to group sec-
tion 987 QBUs owned indirectly through
different partnerships. An owner cannot
elect to treat multiple section 987 QBUs
with the same functional currency as a sin-
gle section 987 QBU if such QBUs are
owned indirectly through different section
987 partnerships.
(3)Election not available to group sec-
tion 987 QBUs owned directly and indi-
rectly. An owner cannot elect to treat
multiple section 987 QBUs with the same
functional currency owned directly, and in-
directly through a section 987 partnership,
as a single section 987 QBU.
(3)Definition of an eligible QBU—(i)
In general.Thetermeligible QBUmeans
activities of an individual, corporation,
partnership, or an entity disregarded as
an entity separate from its owner for U.S.
Federal income tax purposes (DE), if—
(A) The activities constitute a trade or
business as defined in §1.989(a)–1(c);
(B) A separate set of books and records
is maintained as defined in §1.989(a)–1(d)
with respect to the activities, and assets
and liabilities used in conducting such ac-
tivities are reflected on such books and
records under §1.987–2(b); and
(C) The activities are not subject to the
Dollar Approximate Separate Transactions
Method (DASTM) rules of §1.985–3.
(ii)Exclusion of DEs and certain
QBUs. A DE itself is not an eligible
QBU (even though a DE may have activ-
ities that qualify as an eligible QBU). In
addition, an eligible QBU shall include
a QBU defined in §1.989(a)–1(b) only if
the requirements contained in paragraphs
(b)(3)(i)(A) through (C) of this section are
satisfied with respect to such QBU. Thus,
for example, neither a corporation nor a
partnership itself is an eligible QBU (even
though a corporation and a partnership
may have activities that qualify as an el-
igible QBU).
(4)Definition of the term “owner”.For
purposes of section 987, only an individual
or corporation may be an owner of an el-
igible QBU. An individual or corporation
is an owner of an eligible QBU if—
(i)Direct ownership. The individual or
corporation is the tax owner of the assets
and liabilities of an eligible QBU as de-
fined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section; or
(ii)Indirect ownership. In the case of
an individual or corporation that is a part-
ner in a partnership, the individual or cor-
poration is allocated, under §1.987–7, all
or a portion of the assets and liabilities of
an eligible QBU of such partnership.
(5)Exception with respect to an eligible
QBU or section 987 QBU of an owner.The
termownerfor section 987 purposes does
not include an eligible QBU or a section
987 QBU of an owner. For example, a sec-
tion 987 branch, as defined in paragraph
(b)(6)(i) of this section is not an owner of
another section 987 branch, regardless of
its functional currency.
(6)Other definitions. Solely for pur-
poses of section 987, the following defini-
tions shall apply.
(i)Section 987 branch. A section 987
branch is an eligible QBU of an individ-
ual, partnership, DE, or corporation, all or
a portion of which is a section 987 QBU.
Assets and liabilities of an eligible QBU of
a partnership that are allocated to a part-
ner under §1.987–7 are considered to be a
section 987 QBU of such partner, provided
such partner has a functional currency dif-
ferent from that of such eligible QBU.
(ii)Section 987 partnership. A section
987 partnership is a partnership that has
one or more section 987 branches.
(iii)Section 987 DE. A section 987 DE
isaDEthathasoneormoresection987
branches.
(7)Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of paragraph (b) of
this section. Except as otherwise provided,
the following facts are assumed for pur-
poses of these examples. X is a domes-
tic corporation, has the U.S. dollar as its
functional currency, and uses the calendar
year as its taxable year. Business A and
Business B are eligible QBUs, maintain
books and records that are separate from
the books and records of the entity that
owns such eligible QBUs, and have the
euro and the Japanese yen, respectively, as
their functional currencies. Finally, DE1
and DE2 are entities that are disregarded as
entities separate fromtheir owner for U.S.
tax purposes, have no assets or liabilities,
and conduct no activities.
Example 1.(i)Facts. X owns Business A and
the interests in DE1. DE1 maintains a separate set
of books and records that are kept in British pounds.
DE1 owns British pounds and 100% of the stock of a
foreign corporation, FC. DE1 is liable on a pound-de-
nominated obligation to a lender that was incurred to
acquire the stock of FC. The FC stock, the pounds,
and the liability incurred to acquire the FC stock are
recorded on DE1’s separate books and records. DE1
has no other assets or liabilities and conducts no ac-
tivities (other than holding the FC stock and servicing
its liability).
(ii)Analysis. (A) Pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i)
of this section, X is the direct owner of Business A
because it is the tax owner of the assets and liabilities
of such business. Because Business A is an eligible
QBU with a functional currency that is different from
the functional currency of its owner, X, Business A is
a section 987 QBU, as defined in paragraph (b)(2) of
this section. As a result, X and its section 987 QBU,
Business A, are subject to section 987.
(B) Holding the stock of FC and pounds, and ser-
vicing a single liability, does not constitute a trade or
business within the meaning of §1.989(a)–1(c). Be-
cause the activities of DE1 do not constitute a trade or
business within the meaning of §1.989(a)–1(c), such
activities are not an eligible QBU. In addition, pur-
suant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, DE1 is
not an eligible QBU. As a result, neither DE1 nor its
activities qualify as a section 987 QBU of X. There-
fore, neither the activities of DE1 nor DE1 are subject
to section 987. For the foreign currency treatment of
payments on DE1’s pound-denominated liability, see
§§1.987–2(b)(4) and 1.988–1(a)(4).
Example 2.(i)Facts. X owns the interests in
DE1. DE1 owns Business A and the interests in DE2.
The only activities of DE1 are Business A activities
and holding the interests in DE2. DE2 owns Busi-
October 16, 20067192006–42 I.R.B.

ness B and Business C. For purposes of this example,
Business B does not maintain books and records that
are separate from its owner, DE2. Instead, the ac-
tivities of Business B are reflected on the books and
records of DE2, which are maintained in Japanese
yen. In addition, Business C has the U.S. dollar as
its functional currency, maintains books and records
that are separate from thebooks and records of DE2,
and is an eligible QBU.
(ii)Analysis. (A) Pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii)
of this section, DE1 and DE2 are not eligible QBUs.
Pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, the
Business B and Business C activities of DE2, and
the Business A activities of DE1, are eligible QBUs.
Moreover, pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) this section,
DE1 is not the owner of the Business A, Business
B, or Business C eligible QBUs, and DE2 is not the
owner of the Business B or Business C eligible QBUs.
Instead, pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this sec-
tion, X is the direct owner of the Business A, Busi-
ness B, and Business C eligible QBUs.
(B) Because Business A and Business B are eli-
gible QBUs with functional currencies that are differ-
ent than the functional currency of X, Business A and
Business B are section 987 QBUs as defined in para-
graph (b)(2) of this section. Therefore, X, and these
QBUs, are subject to section 987. Under paragraph
(b)(6)(iii) of this section, DE1 and DE2 are section
987 DEs.
(C) The Business C eligible QBU has the same
functional currency as X.Therefore, the Business C
eligible QBU is not a section 987 QBU. As a result, X
is not subject to section 987 with respect to its Busi-
ness C eligible QBU.
Example 3.(i)Facts. X owns DE1. DE1 owns
Business A and Business B. For purposes of this ex-
ample, assume Business B has the euro as its func-
tional currency.
(ii)Analysis. (A) Pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii)
of this section, DE1 is not an eligible QBU. More-
over, pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section,
DE1 is not the owner of the Business A or Business
B eligible QBUs. Instead, pursuant to paragraph
(b)(4)(i) of this section, X is the direct owner of the
Business A and Business B eligible QBUs.
(B) Business A and Business B constitute two
separate eligible QBUs with the euro as their respec-
tive functional currency. Accordingly, Business A
and Business B are section 987 QBUs of X. X may
elect to treat Business A and Business B as a single
section 987 QBU pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A)
of this section. If such election is made, pursuant
to paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, X is the direct
owner of the Business AB section 987 QBU that in-
cludes the activities of both the Business A section
987 QBU and the Business B section 987 QBU. In
addition, pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section,
DE1 is not treated as the owner of the Business AB
section 987 QBU. X, and its AB section 987 QBU, are
subject to section 987. Under paragraph (b)(6)(iii) of
this section, DE1 is a section 987 DE.
Example 4.(i)Facts. X is a partner in P, a part-
nership. FC, a controlled foreign corporation (as de-
fined in section 957(a)) of X with the Japanese yen as
its functional currency, is the only other partner in P.
P owns DE1 and Business A. DE1 owns Business B.
(ii)Analysis. (A) Pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii)
of this section, P and DE1 are not eligible section 987
QBUs. Moreover, pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this
section, neither P nor DE1 is the owner of the Busi-
ness A eligible QBU or the Business B eligible QBU
for section 987 purposes. Instead, pursuant to para-
graph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, X and FC are indi-
rect owners of the Business A eligible QBU and the
Business B eligible QBU to the extent they are al-
located assets and liabilities of such businesses under
§1.987–7. Under paragraphs (b)(6)(ii) and (iii) of this
section, respectively, P is a section 987 partnership
andDE1isasection987DE.
(B) Because Business A and Business B are eligi-
ble QBUs with a different functional currency than X,
the portions of Business A and Business B allocated
to X under §1.987–7 are section 987 QBUs of X. As
a result, X and its section 987 QBUs are subject to
section 987.
(C) Because the Business A eligible QBU has a
different functional currency than FC, the portion of
the Business A eligible QBU that is allocated to FC
under §1.987–7 is a section 987 QBU, and FC and its
section 987 QBU are subject to section 987. How-
ever, the Business B eligible QBU has the same func-
tional currency as FC. Therefore, the portion of the
Business B eligible QBU that is allocated to FC, un-
der §1.987–7, is not a section 987 QBU. As a result,
FC is not subject to section 987 with respect to its
Business B eligible QBU.
Example 5.(i)Facts. X owns all of the interests
in DE1. DE1 owns Business A. DE1 owns all of the
interests in DE2. DE2 owns Business B. DE2 owns
all of the interests in DE3, an entity disregarded as an
entity separate from its owner. DE3 owns Business
C, which is an eligible QBU with the Russian ruble
as its functional currency.
(ii)Analysis. Pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii)
of this section, DE1, DE2 and DE3 are not eligi-
ble QBUs. Pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this
section, the Business A, Business B and Business
C activities are eligible QBUs. Moreover, pursuant
to paragraph (b)(4) of this section, X is the direct
owner of the Business A, Business B and Business C
eligible QBUs. Pursuant to paragraph (b)(5) of this
section, an eligible QBU is not an owner of another
eligible QBU. Accordingly, the Business A eligible
QBU is not the owner of the Business B eligible
QBU, and the Business B eligible QBU is not the
owner of the Business C eligible QBU. Since the
Business A, Business B, and Business C eligible
QBUs each has a different functional currency than
X, such eligible QBUs are section 987 QBUs of X.
As a result, X and its section 987 QBUs are subject
to section 987. Under paragraphs (b)(6)(iii) of this
section, DE1, DE2 and DE3 are section 987 DEs.
(c)Exchange rates. Solely for purposes
of section 987, the following definitions
shall apply.
(1)Spot rate—(i)In general. Except as
otherwise provided in this section, thespot
ratemeans the rate determined under the
principles of §1.988–1(d)(1), (2) and (4)
on the relevant day.
(ii)Electiontouseaspotratecon-
vention—(A)In general. In lieu of the
spot rate determined in paragraph (c)(1)(i)
of this section, an owner may elect un-
der paragraph (f) of this section to use a
spot rate convention that reasonably ap-
proximates the rate in paragraph (c)(1)(i)
of this section. A spot rate convention
may be determined with respect to a rate
at the beginning of a reasonable period,
the end of a reasonable period, an aver-
age of spot rates for a reasonable period,
or by reference to spot and forward rates
for a reasonable period. For example, in
lieu of the spot rate determined in para-
graph (c)(1)(i) of this section, the spot rate
for all transactions during a monthly pe-
riod can be determined pursuant to the fol-
lowing conventions: the spot rate at the be-
ginning of the current month or at the end
of the preceding month; the monthly av-
erage of daily spot rates for the current or
preceding month; or an average of the be-
ginning and ending spot rates for the cur-
rent or preceding month. Similarly, in lieu
of the spot rate determined in paragraph
(c)(1)(i) of this section, the spot rate can
be determined pursuant to an average of
the spot rate and the 30-day forward rate
on a day of the preceding month. Use of
a spot rate convention that is consistent
with the owner’s convention used for fi-
nancial accounting purposes is presumed
to reasonably approximate the rate in para-
graph (c)(1)(i) of this section. The Com-
missioner can rebut this presumption if use
of such a convention results in a significant
distortion of income or loss under the facts
and circumstances.
(B)Election does not apply with respect
to section 988 transactions. The election
to use a spot rate convention set forth in
paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) of this section does
not apply to section 988 transactions of a
section 987 QBU.
(2)Yearly average exchange rate.
Notwithstanding §1.989(b)–1, for pur-
poses of section 987, the yearly average
exchange rate is a rate determined by the
owner that represents an average exchange
rate for the taxable year (or, if the section
987 QBU is sold or terminated prior to
the close of the taxable year, such por-
tion of the taxable year) computed under
any reasonable method. For example, an
owner may determine the yearly average
exchange rate based on a daily, monthly or
quarterly averaging convention, whether
weighted or unweighted, and may take
into account forward rates for a period not
to exceed three months. The method for
determining the yearly average exchange
2006–42 I.R.B.720October 16, 2006

rate must be consistently applied by the
taxpayer.
(3)Historic exchange rate—(i)In gen-
eral. Except as otherwise provided in
these regulations, the historic exchange
rate shall be—
(A) In the case of an asset that is trans-
ferred to a section 987 QBU, the spot rate
as defined in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii)
ofthissectiononthedayoftransfer;
(B) In the case of an asset that is ac-
quired by a section 987 QBU (other than
by a transfer to a section 987 QBU de-
scribed in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this
section), the spot rate as defined in para-
graphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section on
the day the asset is acquired;
(C) In the case of a liability that is en-
teredintobyasection987QBU,thespot
rate as defined in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and
(ii) of this section on the day the liability is
entered into; and
(D) In the case of a liability that is trans-
ferred to a section 987 QBU, the spot rate
as defined in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii)
of this section on the day the liability is
transferred.
(ii)Changed functional currency.Inthe
case of a section 987 QBU that previously
changed its functional currency, §1.985–5
shall be taken into account in determining
thehistoricexchangerateforanitem.
(d)Section 987 marked item. A sec-
tion 987 marked item is an asset (section
987 marked asset) or liability (section 987
marked liability) that—
(1) Is reflected on the books and records
of a section 987 QBU under §1.987–2(b);
(2) Would be a section 988 transaction
if such item were held or entered into di-
rectly by the owner of the section 987
QBU; and
(3) Is not a section 988 transaction with
respect to the section 987 QBU.
(e)Section 987 historic item—(1)In
general. A section 987 historic item is an
asset (section 987 historic asset) or liabil-
ity (section 987 historic liability) that—
(i) Is reflected on the books and records
of a section 987 QBU under §1.987–2(b);
and
(ii) Is not a section 987 marked item as
defined in paragraph (d) of this section.
(2)Example. The following example
illustrates the application of paragraphs (d)
and (e) of this section:
Example. X is a domestic corporation with the
dollar as its functional currency. X owns all the inter-
ests in UK DE, a section 987 DE that owns a section
987 branch having the pound as its functional cur-
rency. Items reflected on the branch’s balance sheet
include £100 of cash, $25 dollars of cash, a build-
ing with a basis of £1,000, a truck with a basis of
£75, a computer with a basis of £10, a 60 day re-
ceivable for ¥15 and a note payable of £500. Under
paragraph (d) of this section, the £100 of cash and the
£500 note payable are section 987 marked items. The
other items are section 987 historic items under this
paragraph (e).
(f)Elections—(1)In general. Elections
made under section 987 shall be treated as
methods of accounting and, except as oth-
erwise provided in this paragraph (f), are
governed by the general rules concerning
changes in methods of accounting.
(2)Persons making the election—(i)In
general. Except as provided in paragraphs
(f)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section, elections
regarding section 987 shall be made by the
owner as defined in paragraph (b)(4) of
this section.
(ii)Controlled foreign corporations.
Where a section 987 QBU is held by
a controlled foreign corporation, elec-
tions shall be made in accordance with
§§1.952–2(c)(2)(iv) and 1.964–1(c) by its
controlling U.S. shareholders.
(iii)Foreign corporations that are not
controlled foreign corporations.Where
a section 987 QBU is held by a for-
eign corporation that is not a controlled
foreign corporation, elections shall be
made in accordance with the principles
of §1.964–1(c) by the majority domestic
corporate shareholders.
(3)When elections must be made.An
election under section 987 must be made
with respect to a section 987 QBU for
the first taxable year in which the election
is relevant in determining the section 987
taxable income or loss, or section 987 gain
or loss, of the section 987 QBU.
(4)Manner of making elections. Elec-
tions shall be made under section 987 by
attaching a statement to the timely filed
tax return of the owner, or other applicable
person, for the first taxable year in which
the owner intends the election to be effec-
tive. The statement must be dated and ti-
tled “Election(s) Under Section 987,” must
indicate the regulation section that autho-
rizes the election(s), and must clearly de-
scribe the election(s) being made. Each
section 987 election must remain a part of
the books and records of the taxpayer and
be available to the IRS upon request.
(5)ConsentoftheCommissioner. Elec-
tions made in accordance with the rules of
this paragraph (f) shall be considered made
with the consent of the Commissioner.
(6)Failuretomakeelection.Ifan
owner is permitted to file an election pur-
suant to this paragraph (f), but fails to
make such election in a timely manner,
the owner shall be considered to have
satisfied the timeliness requirement with
respect to such election if the owner is able
to demonstrate to the Area Director, Field
Examination, Small Business/Self Em-
ployed or the Director, Field Operations,
Large and Mid-Size Business (Director)
having jurisdiction of the taxpayer’s re-
turn for the taxable year, that such failure
was due to reasonable cause and not will-
ful neglect. The previous sentence shall
only apply if, once the owner becomes
aware of the failure, the owner attaches
the election, as well as a written statement
setting forth the reasons for the failure
to timely comply, to an amended income
tax return that amends the return to which
the election should have been attached
under the rules of this paragraph (f). In
determining whether the owner has rea-
sonable cause, the Director shall consider
whether the taxpayer acted reasonably and
in good faith. Whether the taxpayer acted
reasonably and in good faith will be deter-
mined after considering all the facts and
circumstances. The Director shall notify
the owner in writing within 120 days of the
filing if it is determined that the failure to
comply was not due to reasonable cause,
or if additional time will be needed to
make such determination. If the Director
fails to notify the owner within 120 days
of the filing, the owner shall be considered
to have demonstrated to the Director that
such failure was due to reasonable cause
and not willful neglect.
(7)Revocation of election—(i)In gen-
eral. Elections under section 987 can-
not be revoked without the consent of
the Commissioner. The Commissioner
will consider allowing the revocation of
an election if the taxpayer can demon-
strate significantly changed circumstance
or such other circumstances that in the
judgment of the Commissioner clearly
demonstrates a substantial non-tax busi-
ness reason for revoking the election.
(ii)Exception in the case of certain ac-
quisitions.[Reserved].
October 16, 20067212006–42 I.R.B.

§1.987–2 Attribution of items to a section
987 QBU; the definition of a transfer and
related rules.
(a)Scope and general principles. Para-
graph (b) of this section provides rules for
attributing assets and liabilities, and items
of income, gain, deduction, and loss, to an
eligible QBU and a section 987 QBU. As-
sets and liabilities are attributed to an el-
igible QBU, all or a portion of which is
a section 987 QBU for purposes of sec-
tion 987. Items of income, gain, deduc-
tion, and loss are attributed to an eligible
QBU all or a portion of which is a section
987 QBU for purposes of computing the
section 987 taxable income of such section
987 QBU, and of the owner of such sec-
tion 987 QBU. Paragraph (c) of this section
defines a transfer for purposes of section
987. Paragraph (d) of this section provides
translation rules for transfers to a section
987 QBU.
(b)Attribution of items to an eligible
QBU—(1)General rules. Except as pro-
vided in paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this
section, items are attributable to an eligi-
ble QBU to the extent they are reflected
on the separate set of books and records,
as defined in §1.989(a)–1(d), of the eligi-
ble QBU. For purposes of this section, the
term “item” refers to assets and liabilities,
and items of income, gain, deduction, and
loss. Items that are attributed to an eligible
QBU pursuant to this section must be ad-
justed to conform to U.S. tax principles as
provided in §1.987–4(e). These attribution
rules apply solely for purposes of section
987. For example, the allocation and ap-
portionment of interest expense under sec-
tion 864(e) is independent of the rules un-
der section 987.
(2)Exceptions for non-portfolio stock,
interests in partnerships, and certain ac-
quisition indebtedness—(i)General rule.
Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)
of this section, the following shall not be
considered to be on the books and records
of a an eligible QBU:
(A) Stock of a corporation (whether do-
mestic or foreign).
(B) An interest in a partnership
(whether domestic or foreign).
(C) A liability that was incurred to ac-
quire the stock or an interest in a partner-
ship described in paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A)
or (B) of this section, respectively.
(D) Income, gain, deduction, or loss
arising from the items described in para-
graphs (b)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this sec-
tion. For example,a section 951 inclu-
sion with respect to stock of a foreign
corporation that is described in paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(A) of this section shall not be con-
sideredtobeonthebooksandrecordsof
the eligible QBU.
(ii)Portfolio stock.Paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(A) of this section shall not apply
to stock of a corporation (whether domes-
tic or foreign) reflected on the books and
records, within the meaning of paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, of an eligible QBU
provided the owner of the eligible QBU
owns less than 10 percent of the total vot-
ing power or value of all classes of stock
of such corporation. For purposes of this
paragraph (b)(2)(ii), section 318(a) shall
be applied in determining ownership, ex-
cept that in applying section 318(a)(2)(C),
the phrase “10 percent” is used instead of
the phrase “50 percent.”
(3)Adjustments to items reflected on
the books and records—(i)General rule.
If a principal purpose of recording (or
failing to record) an item on the books
and records of an eligible QBU is the
avoidance of U.S. tax under section 987,
the Commissioner may allocate any item
between or among the eligible QBU, the
owner of such eligible QBU, and any
other persons, entities (including disre-
garded entities), or other QBUs within
the meaning of §1.989(a)–1(b) (including
eligible QBUs). A transaction may have
such a principal purpose even though the
tax avoidance purpose is outweighed by
other purposes when taken together. For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(3)(i), rele-
vant factors for determining whether such
U.S. tax avoidance is a principal purpose
of recording (or failing to record) an item
on the books and records of an eligible
QBU shall include, but are not limited to,
the factors set forth in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)
and (iii) of this section. The presence or
absence of any factor, or of a particular
number of factors, is not determinative.
Moreover, the weight given to any factor
(whether or not set forth in paragraphs
(b)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section) depends
on the particular case.
(ii)Factors indicating no tax avoid-
ance. For purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(i)
of this section, relevant factors which may
indicate that the recording (or failing to
record) an item on the books and records
of an eligible QBU does not have as a
principal purpose the avoidance of U.S.
tax under section 987 include the record-
ing (or not recording) of an item:
(A) For a significant andbona fidebusi-
ness purpose.
(B) In a manner that is consistent with
the economics of the underlying transac-
tion.
(C) In accordance with generally ac-
cepted accounting principles (or similar
comprehensive body of professional ac-
counting standards).
(D) In a manner that is consistent with
the treatment of similar items from year to
year.
(E) In accordance with accepted condi-
tions or practices in the particular trade or
business of the eligible QBU.
(F) In a manner that is consistent with
an explanation of existing internal ac-
counting policies that is evidenced by
documentation contemporaneous with the
timely filing of a return for the taxable
year.
(G) As a result of a transaction between
legal entities (that is, the transfer of an as-
set, or the assumption of a liability), even
if such transaction is not regarded for Fed-
eral tax purposes (that is, a transaction be-
tween a DE and its owner).
(iii)Factors indicating tax avoidance.
For purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this
section, relevant factors which may indi-
cate that a principal purpose of record-
ing(orfailingtorecord)anitemonthe
books and records of an eligible QBU is
the avoidance of U.S. tax under section
987 are—
(A) The presence or absence of an item
on the books and records that is disre-
garded as transitory due to a circular flow
of cash or other property;
(B) The presence or absence of an item
on the books and records that is the result
of one or more transactions that do not
have economic substance;
(C) The presence or absence of an item
on the books and records that results in the
taxpayer (or person related to the taxpayer
asdefinedinsection267(b)or707(b))
having offsetting positions in the func-
tional currency of a section 987 QBU; and
(D) The absence of any or all of the
factors listed in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A)
through (E) of this section.
2006–42 I.R.B.722October 16, 2006

(4)Assets and liabilities of a partner-
ship or DE that are not attributed to an
eligible QBU. Neither a partnership nor a
DE is an eligible QBU and, thus, cannot
be a section 987 QBU. See §1.987–1(b)(2)
and (3). As a result, a partnership or DE
may own assets and liabilities that are not
attributed to an eligible QBU (or a sec-
tion 987 QBU) as provided under this para-
graph (b) and, therefore, are not subject
to section 987. For the foreign currency
treatment of such assets or liabilities, see
§1.988–1(a)(4).
(c)Transfers to and from section 987
QBUs—(1)In general. The following
rules apply for purposes of determining
whetherthereisatransferofanassetora
liabilityfromtheownertoasection987
QBU, or from such section 987 QBU to
the owner. These rules apply solely for
purposes of section 987.
(2)Disregarded transactions—(i)Gen-
eral rule. Solely for purposes of section
987, an asset or liability shall be treated
as transferred to a section 987 QBU if, as
a result of a disregarded transaction, such
asset or liability is reflected on the books
and records of the section 987 QBU within
the meaning of paragraph (b) of this sec-
tion. Similarly, an asset or liability shall
be treated as transferred from a section
987 QBU if, as a result of a disregarded
transaction, such asset or liability is not re-
flected on the books and records of the sec-
tion 987 QBU within the meaning of para-
graph (b) of this section.
(ii)Definition of a disregarded transac-
tion. For purposes of this section, the term
disregarded transactionmeans a transac-
tion that is not regarded for U.S. Federal
tax purposes. For purposes of this para-
graph (c), a disregarded transaction shall
be treated as including the recording of an
asset or liability on one set of books and
records, if the recording is the result of
such asset or liability being removed from
another set of books and records of the
same person or entity (including a DE or
partnership).
(iii)Items derived from disregarded
transactions ignored. For purposes of
section 987, disregarded transactions shall
not give rise to items of income, gain,
deduction, or loss that must be taken into
account in determining section 987 tax-
able income or loss under §1.987–3.
(3)Transfers of assets to and from
indirectly owned section 987 QBUs—(i)
Contributions to partnerships.Solelyfor
purposes of section 987, an asset shall
be treated as transferred to an indirectly
owned section 987 QBU if, and to the ex-
tent, the asset is contributed to the section
987 partnership that carries on the sec-
tion 987 QBU provided that immediately
following such contribution, the asset is
reflected on the books and records of the
section 987 QBU within the meaning of
paragraph (b) of this section. For pur-
poses of this paragraph (c)(3)(i), deemed
contributions under section 752 shall be
disregarded.
(ii)Distributions from partnerships.
Solely for purposes of section 987, an
asset shall be treated as transferred from
an indirectly owned section 987 QBU if,
and to the extent, the section 987 part-
nership that carries on the section 987
QBU distributes the asset to a partner
provided that, immediately prior to such
distribution, the asset was reflected on
the books and records of such section 987
QBU within the meaning of paragraph
(b) of this section. For purposes of this
paragraph (c)(3)(ii), deemed distributions
under section 752 shall be disregarded.
(4)Transfers of liabilities to and from
indirectly owned section 987 QBUs—(i)
Assumptions of partner liabilities.Solely
for purposes of section 987, a liability shall
be treated as transferred to an indirectly
owned section 987 QBU if, and to the ex-
tent, the section 987 partnership assumes
such liability, provided that immediately
following such assumption, the liability is
reflected on the books and records of the
section 987 QBU within the meaning of
paragraph (b) of this section.
(ii)Assumptions of partnership liabili-
ties. Solely for purposes of section 987, a
liability shall be treated as transferred from
an indirectly owned section 987 QBU if,
and to the extent, the owner assumes such
liability of the section 987 partnership pro-
vided that immediately prior to such as-
sumption, the liability was reflected on the
books and records of the section 987 QBU
within the meaning of paragraph (b) of this
section.
(5)Acquisitions and dispositions of in-
terests in DEs and partnerships. Solely for
purposes of section 987, an asset or liabil-
ity shall be treated as transferred to a sec-
tion 987 QBU if, as a result of an acquisi-
tion (including by contribution) or disposi-
tion of an interest in a section 987 partner-
ship or section 987 DE, such asset or liabil-
ity is reflected on the books and records of
the section 987 QBU. Similarly, an asset or
liability shall be treated as transferred from
a section 987 QBU if, as a result of an ac-
quisition or disposition of an interest in a
section987partnershiporsection987DE,
the asset or liability is not reflected on the
books and records of the section 987 QBU.
(6)Changes in form of ownership.
For purposes of this paragraph (c), mere
changes in form of ownership of an el-
igible QBU shall not result in a transfer
to or from a section 987 QBU. Instead,
the determination of whether a transfer
has occurred in such case shall be made
under paragraph (c)(5) of this section. For
example, a transaction with respect to an
eligible QBU that causes a direct owner
of the eligible QBU to become an indirect
owner of such eligible QBU, shall not,
except to the extent provided in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section, result in a transfer
to or from a section 987 QBU. See for
example, Rev. Rul. 99–5, 1999–1 C.B.
434, Rev. Rul. 99–6, 1999–1 C.B. 432,
see §601.601(d)(2) of this chapter, and
section 708 and the applicable regulations.
(7)Application of general tax law prin-
ciples. General tax law principles, includ-
ing the circular cash flow, step-transaction,
and substance-over-form doctrines, apply
for purposes of determining whether there
is a transfer of an asset or liability under
this paragraph (c).
(8)Interaction with §1.988–1(a)(10).
See §1.988–1(a)(10) for rules regarding
the treatment of an intra-taxpayer transfer
of a section 988 transaction.
(9)Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of this paragraph
(c). For purposes of these examples, it is
assumed that X and Y are domestic corpo-
rations, have the dollar as their functional
currency, and use the calendar year as their
taxable year. It is also assumed that Busi-
ness A and Business B are eligible QBUs,
maintain books and records that are sep-
arate from the books and records of the
entity that owns such eligible QBUs, and
have the euro and the yen, respectively, as
their functional currencies. Finally, it is as-
sumedthatDE1andDE2areentitiesthat
are disregarded as entities separate from
their owner for U.S. tax purposes. For pur-
poses of determining whether any of the
transfers in these examples result in remit-
tances, see §1.987–5.
October 16, 20067232006–42 I.R.B.

Example 1.Transfer to a directly owned section
987 QBU.(i)Facts. X owns 100 percent of the inter-
ests in DE1. DE1 owns Business A. X owns€100 that
are not reflected on the books and records of Business
A. Business A is in need of additional capital and, as
a result, X loans the€100toDE1(tobeusedinBusi-
ness A) in exchange for a note.
(ii)Analysis. (A) The loan from X to DE1 is not
regarded for U.S. federal tax purposes and therefore
is a disregarded transaction. As a result, the Business
A note held by X, and the liability of DE1 under the
note, are not taken into account under this section.
However, the€100 of cash that was loaned from X
toDE1(andusedinBusinessA)pursuanttothenote
must be taken into account under this paragraph (c).
(B) The loan of€100 from X to DE1 is a
disregarded transaction and, as a result of such dis-
regarded transaction, the€100 is reflected on the
books and records of Business A. Therefore, there
has been a transfer of€100 from X to Business A.
See §1.988–1(a)(10)(ii) for the application of section
988 to X as a result of the loan.
Example 2.Transfer to a directly owned section
987 QBU.(i)Facts. X owns Business A and Busi-
ness B. X owns equipment that is used in Business
A and is reflected on the books and records of Busi-
ness A. Because Business A has excess manufactur-
ing capacity and X intends to expand the manufactur-
ing capacity of Business B, the equipment formerly
used in Business A discontinues being used in Busi-
ness A and begins being used in Business B. As a re-
sult of such equipment being used by Business B, the
equipment is removed from the books and records of
Business A, and is recorded on the books and records
of Business B.
(ii)Analysis. As a result of Business B using the
equipment formerly used by Business A, the equip-
ment ceases to be reflected on the books and records
of Business A, and becomes reflected on the books
and records of Business B. As a result, such entries
constitute a disregarded transaction. Therefore, there
has been a transfer of the equipment from the Busi-
ness A section 987 QBU to X, and a transfer by X of
such equipment to the Business B section 987 QBU.
Example 3.Intercompany sale of property be-
tween two section 987 QBUs.(i)Facts.Xowns
DE1 and DE2. DE1 and DE2 own Business A and
Business B, respectively. DE1 owns equipment that
is used in Business A and is reflected on the books
and records of Business A. For business reasons, DE1
sells a portion of the equipment used in Business A to
DE2forcash. ThecashusedbyDE2toacquirethe
equipment was generated by Business B and was re-
flected on Business B’s books and records. Follow-
ing the sale, the cash and equipment will be used in
Business A and BusinessB, respectively. As a re-
sult of such sale, the equipment is removed from the
books and records of Business A, and is recorded on
the books and records of Business B. Similarly, as a
result of the sale, the cash is removed from the books
and records of Business B, and is recorded on the
books and records of Business A.
(ii)Analysis. (A) The sale of equipment between
DE1 and DE2 is not regarded for Federal tax purposes
and therefore is a disregarded transaction. As a result,
such sale is not taken into account under this section
and does not give rise to an item of income, gain, de-
duction or loss pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this
section. However, the cash and equipment exchanged
by DE1 and DE2 in connection with the sale must be
taken into account under this paragraph (c).
(B) The sale of the equipment is a disregarded
transaction and, as a result of such disregarded
transaction, the equipment ceases to be reflected on
the books and records of Business A, and becomes
reflected on the books and records of Business B.
Therefore, there has been a transfer of the equipment
from DE1’s Business A section 987 QBU owned by
X to X, and a subsequent transfer of such equipment
from X to DE2’s Business B section 987 QBU,
owned by X.
(C) As a result of the sale of equipment (that is,
the disregarded transaction), the cash proceeds cease
to be reflected on the books and records of Business
B, and become reflected onthe books and records of
Business A. Therefore, there has been a transfer of
the cash from DE2’s Business B section 987 QBU
owned by X to X, and a subsequent transfer of such
cash from X to DE1’s Business A section 987 QBU,
owned by X.
Example 4.Transactions between directly and in-
directly owned section 987 QBUs.(i)Facts. X owns
50% of the interest in P, a partnership. Y owns the
other 50% interest in P. P owns 100% of the interests
in DE1 and DE2. DE1 ownsBusinessAandDE2
owns Business B. X and Y each have a 50% allocable
share of the assets and liabilities of Business A and
Business B, as determined under §1.987–7, that con-
stitute section 987 QBUs. In connection with Busi-
ness A, DE1 licenses intangible property to both DE2
and X. X enters into the license agreement in a trans-
action other than in its capacity as a partner of P and,
therefore, the license is considered as occurring be-
tween P and one who is not a partner within the mean-
ing of section 707(a). DE2 uses the intangible prop-
erty in Business B. Pursuant to the license agreement,
XandDE2paya€30 and€50 royalty, respectively,
to DE1.
(ii)Analysis. (A) The license from DE2 to DE1
is not regarded for U.S. taxpurposes and, as a result,
royalty payments under the license are disregarded
transactions. Thus, neither the payment nor the re-
ceipt of the royalty pursuant to the license agreement
gives rise to an item of income, gain, deduction or
loss pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
However, the€50 of cash that is paid from DE2 to
DE1 pursuant to the license agreement must be taken
into account under this paragraph (c).
(B) As a result of the royalty payment from DE2
to DE1,€50 ceases being reflected on the books and
records of Business B, andbecomes reflected on the
books and records of Business A. Accordingly, there
has been a transfer of€25 from the Business B sec-
tion 987 QBUs of X and Y, to X and Y, respectively.
Similarly, there has been a transfer of€25 from X and
Y to their respective Business A section 987 QBUs.
(C) The€30 royalty payment from X to DE1 is
not a disregarded transaction because it is regarded
for U.S. Federal tax purposes. As a result, it gives
rise to an item of income and deduction that must be
taken into account in computing taxable income or
loss of Business A pursuant to §1.987–3. In addition,
the payment does not give rise to a transfer as defined
in this paragraph (c).
Example 5.Acquisition of an interest in a part-
nership.(i)Facts. X owns 50% of the interest in P,
a partnership. Y owns the other 50% interest in P. P
owns Business A. X and Y each have a 50% allocable
share of the assets and liabilities of Business A as de-
termined under §1.987–7, that constitute section 987
QBUs. On December 31, year 1, Z, a domestic corpo-
ration with the dollar as its functional currency, con-
tributes cash to P in exchange for a 20% interest in P.
The cash Z contributes to P is not used in Business A
and is not reflected on Business A’s books and records
(but is instead reflected on P’s books and records).
ImmediatelyafterZ’scontributionofcashtoP,Zhas
a 20% allocable share of the assets and liabilities of
Business A as determined under §1.987–7. In addi-
tion, immediately following such contribution X and
Y each own a 40% interest in P and have a 40% allo-
cable share of the assets and liabilities of Business A,
as determined under §1.987–7, that constitute section
987 QBUs.
(ii)Analysis. (A) As a result of Z’s acquisition
of an interest in P, a section 987 partnership, 10% of
the assets and liabilities of Business A ceased being
reflected on the books and records of both X’s and
Y’s section 987 QBUs. As a result, such amounts are
treated as if they are transferred from such section 987
QBUs to X and Y.
(B) As a result of Z’s acquisition of the interest
in P, a section 987 partnership, Z was allocated 20%
of the assets and liabilities of Business A. Because Z
and Business A have different functional currencies,
Z’s portion of the Business A assets and liabilities
constitutes a section 987 QBU. Moreover, 20% of the
assets and liabilities of Business A are reflected on the
books and records of Z’s section 987 QBU as a result
of Z’s acquisition of the interest in P. Therefore, 20%
of the assets and liabilities of Business A are treated
as transferred from Zto Z’s section 987 QBU.
Example 6.ConversionofaDEtoapartnership
through a sale of an interest.(i)Facts. X owns 100%
of the interests in DE1. DE1 owns Business A. On
December 31, year 1, Y acquires 50% of the DE1
interests from X for cash. Immediately after such
acquisition, Y has a 50% allocable share of the as-
sets and liabilities of Business A as determined under
§1.987–7.
(ii)Analysis. (A) For Federal tax purposes DE1
is converted to a partnership when Y purchases the
50% interest in DE1. Y’s purchase of 50% of X’s
interest in DE1 is treated as the purchase of 50% of
Business A, which is treated as held directly by X for
Federal tax purposes. Immediately after the deemed
purchase of 50% of Business A, X and Y are treated
as contributing their respective interests in Business
A to a partnership. See Rev. Rul. 99–5 (situation 1),
(1999–1 C.B. 434). See §601.601(d)(2) of this chap-
ter. For purposes of this paragraph (c), these deemed
transactions are not taken into account.
(B) As a result of Y’s acquisition of 50% of X’s
interest in DE1, a section 987 DE, 50% of the assets
and liabilities of Business A ceased being reflected
on the books and records of X’s section 987 QBU.
As a result, such amounts are treated as if they are
transferred from X’s section 987 QBU to X.
(C) As a result of Y’s acquisition of 50% of the in-
terest in DE1, a section 987 DE, Y was allocated 50%
of the assets and liabilities of Business A. Because Y
and Business A have different functional currencies,
Y’s portion of the Business A assets and liabilities
constitutes a section 987 QBU. Moreover, 50% of the
assets and liabilities of Business A are reflected on
the books and records of Y’s section 987 QBU as a
result of Y’s acquisition of the 50% interest in DE1.
2006–42 I.R.B.724October 16, 2006

Therefore, 50% of the assets and liabilities of Busi-
ness A are treated as transferred by Y to Y’s section
987 QBU.
Example 7.Conversion of a DE to a partnership
through a contribution.(i)Facts. X owns 100% of
the interests in DE1. DE1 owns Business A. On De-
cember 31, year 1, Y contributes property to DE1 in
exchange for an interest in DE1. The property trans-
ferred by Y to DE1 is used in Business A and is re-
flected on the books and records of Business A. Im-
mediately after such contribution, X and Y each have
a 50% allocable share of the assets and liabilities of
Business A as determined under §1.987–7.
(ii)Analysis. (A) For Federal tax purposes DE1 is
converted to a partnership when Y contributes prop-
erty to DE1 in exchange for a 50% interest in DE1.
Y’s contribution is treated as a contribution to a part-
nership in exchange for an ownership interest in the
partnership. X is treated as contributing all of Busi-
ness A to the partnership in exchange for a partner-
ship interest. See Rev. Rul. 99–5 (situation 2),
(1999–1 C.B. 434). See §601.601(d)(2) of this chap-
ter. For purposes of this paragraph (c), these deemed
transactions are not taken into account.
(B) As a result of Y’s acquisition of a 50% interest
in DE1, 50% of the assets and liabilities of Business
A ceased being reflected on the books and records
of X’s section 987 QBU, and 50% of the assets con-
tributed by Y to DE1 are reflected on the books and
records of such section 987 QBU. As a result, 50% of
the Business A assets are treated as if they are trans-
ferredfromX’ssection987QBUtoX.Further,50%
of the assets contributed by Y to DE1 are treated as if
they are transferred by X to X’s section 987 QBU.
(C) Because Y and Business A have different
functional currencies, Y’s portion of the Business
A assets and liabilities (including the property con-
tributed by Y that is used in Business A) constitutes a
section 987 QBU. As a result of Y’s acquisition of a
50% interest in DE1, 50% of the assets and liabilities
of Business A are reflected on the books and records
of Y’s section 987 QBU and, therefore, are treated as
if they are transferred by Y to such section 987 QBU.
Example 8.Termination of a partnership under
section 708(b).(i)Facts. X owns 60% of the interest
in P, a partnership. Y owns the other 40% interest in P.
P owns Business A. X and Y have a 60% and 40% al-
locable share of the assets and liabilities of Business
A, respectively, as determined under §1.987–7, that
constitute section 987 QBUs. On December 31, year
1, X sells a 50% interest in P to Y. After such sale, X
and Y own 10% and 90%, respectively, in P. In ad-
dition, after such sale, X and Y have a 10% and 90%
allocable share of the assets and liabilities of Business
A, respectively, as determined under §1.987–7.
(ii)Analysis. (A) X’s sale of 50% of the interests
in P to Y causes P to terminate pursuant to section
708(b). As a result of such termination, P is treated
as if it contributes all of its assets and liabilities to
a new partnership in exchange for an interest in the
new partnership; and, immediately thereafter, P dis-
tributes 10% and 90% of the interests in the new part-
nership to X and Y, respectively, in liquidation of P.
See §1.708–1(b)(4). For purposes of this paragraph
(c), these deemed transactions are not taken into ac-
count.
(B) As a result of Y’s acquisition of a 50% inter-
est in P from X, 50% of the assets and liabilities of
Business A ceased being reflected on the books and
records of X’s section 987QBU and become reflected
on the books and records of Y’s section 987 QBU. As
a result, 50% of the Business A assets are treated as if
they are transferred fromX’s section 987 QBU to X.
Further, 50% of the Business A assets are treated as
if they are transferred by Y to Y’s section 987 QBU.
Example 9.Transfer of section 987 QBU to a
partnership.(i)Facts. X owns Business A. On De-
cember 31, year 1, X and Yform P, a partnership. X
transfers Business A to P in exchange for a 50% in-
terest in P. Y transfers property to P in exchange for
the other 50% interest in P. The property Y transfers
to P is not used in Business A and is not reflected on
the books and records of Business A (but is instead
reflected on the books and records of P). After the
formation of P, Business A continues to be an eligi-
ble QBU. In addition, after the formation of P, X and
Y each have a 50% allocable share of the assets and
liabilities of Business A, respectively, as determined
under §1.987–7.
(ii)Analysis. As a result of X contributing
Business A to P, 50% of the assets and liabilities
of Business A ceased being reflected on the books
and records of X’s section 987 QBU, and became
reflectedonthebooksandrecordsofY’ssection987
QBU. As a result, 50% of the Business A assets are
treated as if they are transferred from X’s section 987
QBU to X. Further, 50% of the Business A assets
are treated as if they are transferred from Y to Y’s
section 987 QBU.
Example 10
.Contribution of assets to a corpo-
ration.(i)Facts. X owns Business A. On December
31, year 1, X forms Z, a domestic corporation. X and
Z do not file a consolidated tax return. X contributes
50% of its Business A assets and liabilities to Z in
exchange for 100% of the stock of Z. The Z stock
is recorded on the books and records of Business A.
After the contribution, X continues to operate Busi-
ness A, and Business A continues to maintain sepa-
rate books and records from X.
(ii)Analysis. Even though the Z stock is recorded
on the books and records of Business A, it is not re-
flected on the books and records for purposes of sec-
tion 987 pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
As a result, there has been a transfer of 50% of the
assets and liabilities of Business A to X, and a subse-
quent transfer of such assets and liabilities to Z. The
answer would be the same even if X and Z filed a con-
solidated return.
Example 11.Transfers pursuant to general tax
principles.(i)Facts. X owns 100 percent of the stock
of Y. Y owns 100 percent of the interests in DE1. DE1
owns Business A. X owns€100. Because Business A
is in need of additional capital, X transfers the€100
to Y as a contribution to capital and, as a result of
such transfer, Business A records€100 on its separate
books and records. Y did not record the€100 on its
separate books and records.
(ii)Analysis. As a result of the contribution of
€100 from X to Y, the€100 is reflected on the books
and records of Business A.Pursuanttoparagraph
(c)(7) of this section, the€100 is treated as if it was
transferred first from X to Y. Therefore, the€100
recorded on the books and records of Business A
is treated as a transfer from Y to Business A, even
though there was no transaction between Y and Busi-
ness A. See also §1.988–1(a)(10)(ii) for the applica-
tion of section 988 to Y as a result of the transaction.
Example 12.Circular transfers.(i)Facts.X
owns Business A. On December 30, year 1, Business
A purports to transfer€100toX.OnJanuary2,year
2, X purports to transfer€50 to Business A. On Jan-
uary 4, year 2, X purports to transfer another€50 to
Business A. As of the end of year 1, X has an unrec-
ognized section 987 loss with respect to Business A,
such that a remittance, if respected, would result in
recognition of a foreign currency loss under section
987.
(ii)Analysis. Because the transfers by Business
A are offset by a transfer from X that occurred in
close temporal proximity, pursuant to paragraph (c)
of this section the IRS will scrutinize the transaction
and may disregard the purported transfers to and from
Business A for purposes of section 987.
Example 13.Transfers without economic sub-
stance.(i)Facts. X owns Business A and Business B.
On January 1, year 1, Business A purports to transfer
€100 to X. On January 4, year 1, X purports to transfer
€100 to Business B. The account in which Business
B deposited the€100 is used to pay the operating ex-
penses and other costs of Business A. As of the end of
year 1, X has an unrecognized section 987 loss with
respect to Business A, such that a remittance, if re-
spected, would result in recognition of a foreign cur-
rency loss under section 987.
(ii)Analysis. Because Business A continues to
have use of the transferred property, pursuant to
paragraph (c) of this section, the IRS will scrutinize
the transaction and may disregard the€100 purported
transfer from Business A to X for purposes of section
987.
Example 14.Offsetting positions in section 987
QBUs.(i)Facts. X owns Business A and Business
B. Business A and Business B each has the euro as
its functional currency. X has not made a group-
ing election under §1.987–1(b)(2)(ii). On January 1,
year 1, X borrowed€1,000 from a third party lender,
recorded the liability with respect to the borrowing on
the books and records of Business A, and recorded the
€1,000 of borrowed cash on the books and records of
Business B. On December 31, year 2, when Business
A has $100 of net unrecognized section 987 loss and
Business B has $100 of net unrecognized section 987
gain resulting from the change in exchange rates with
respect to the liability and the€1,000 cash, X termi-
nates the Business A section 987 QBU.
(ii)Analysis. Because Business A and Business
B have offsetting positions in the euro, the IRS will
scrutinize the transaction to determine if a principal
purpose of recording the euro-denominated liability
and the borrowed euros on the books and records
of Business A and Business B, respectively, was the
avoidance of tax under section 987. If such a princi-
pal purpose is present, the Commissioner may reallo-
cate the items (that is, the euros and the euro-denomi-
nated liability) between Business A, Business B, and
X, to reflect the economic substance of the transac-
tion.
Example 15.Offsetting positions with respect to
a section 987 QBU and a section 988 transaction.
(i)Facts. X owns DE1, and DE1 owns Business A.
On January 1, year 1, X borrows€1,000 from a third
party lender and records the liability with respect to
the borrowing on its books and records. X contributes
the€1,000 loan proceeds to DE1 and the€1,000 are
reflected on the books and records of Business A.
On December 31, year 2, when Business A has $100
October 16, 20067252006–42 I.R.B.

of net unrecognized section 987 loss resulting from
the€1,000 cash received from the borrowing, and the
euro-denominated borrowing, if repaid, would result
in $100 of gain under section 988, X terminates the
Business A section 987 QBU.
(ii)Analysis. Because X and Business A have
offsetting positions in euro, the Internal Revenue
Service will scrutinize the transaction to determine
whether a principal purpose of recording the bor-
rowed euros on the books and records of Business
A, or not recording the corresponding euro-denomi-
nated liability on the books and records of Business
A, was the avoidance of tax under section 987. If
such a principal purpose is present, the Commis-
sioner may reallocate the items (that is, the euros and
the euro-denominated liability) between Business
A and X to reflect the economic substance of the
transaction.
(d)Translation of items transferred to
asection987QBU—(1)In general—(i)
Assets. Except as otherwise provided in
this section, the adjusted basis of an as-
set transferred to a section 987 QBU shall
be translated into the section 987 QBU’s
functional currency at the spot rate as de-
finedin§1.987–1(c)(1)(i)and(ii)onthe
day of transfer. If the asset transferred is
denominated in (or determined by refer-
ence to) the functional currency of the sec-
tion 987 QBU (for example, cash or note
denominated in the functional currency of
the section 987 QBU), no translation is re-
quired.
(ii)Liabilities. Except as otherwise
provided in this section, a liability of the
owner that is transferred to a section 987
QBU, shall be translated into the section
987 QBU’s functional currency at the
spot rate (as defined in §1.987–1(c)(1)(i)
and (ii)) on the day of transfer. If the li-
ability transferred is denominated in (or
determined by reference to) the functional
currency of the section 987 QBU, no trans-
lation is required.
(2)Items denominated in the owner’s
functional currency. Transactions de-
scribed in section 988(c)(1)(i) and (ii) and
section 988(c)(1)(C) that are denominated
in (or determined by reference to) the
owner’s functional currency and that are
attributable to a section 987 QBU under
paragraph (b) of this section, shall not
be translated and shall be carried on the
balance sheet described in §1.987–4(e) in
the owner’s functional currency.
§1.987–3 Determination of section 987
taxable income or loss of an owner of a
section 987 QBU.
(a)Determination of the section 987
taxable income or loss of an owner of a
section 987 QBU. Except as otherwise pro-
vided in this section, the section 987 tax-
able income or loss of an owner with re-
spect to a section 987 QBU shall be de-
termined in accordance with paragraphs
(a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section.
(1)In general—(i)Determination of
each item of income, gain, deduction or
loss in the section 987 QBU’s functional
currency. Except as otherwise provided
in this section, the section 987 QBU shall
determine each item of income, gain, de-
duction or loss attributable to such QBU
under §1.987–2(b) in its functional cur-
rency under U.S. tax principles.
(ii)Translation of items into the
owner’s functional currency. The owner
shall translate each item determined under
this paragraph (a)(1) into its functional
currency as provided in paragraph (b) of
this section.
(2)Determination in the case of a sec-
tion 987 QBU owned indirectly through
a partnership—(i)In general. Except
as otherwise provided in this paragraph
(a)(2), the taxable income or loss of a sec-
tion 987 partnership, and the distributive
share of any owner that is a partner in such
partnership, shall be determined in accor-
dance with the provisions of subchapter K
of this chapter.
(ii)Determination of each item of in-
come, gain, deduction or loss in the eligi-
ble QBU’s functional currency. Except as
otherwise provided in this section, the sec-
tion 987 partnership shall determine each
item of income, gain, deduction or loss re-
flected on the books and records of each of
its eligible QBUs under §1.987–2(b) in the
functional currency of each such QBU.
(iii)Allocation of items of income, gain,
deduction or loss of an eligible QBU.The
section 987 partnership shall allocate the
items of income, gain, deduction or loss
of each eligible QBU among its partners
in accordance with each partner’s distribu-
tive share of such income, gain, deduction,
or loss as determined under subchapter K
of this chapter.
(iv)Translation of items into the
owner’s functional currency.Totheextent
such items are reflected on the books and
records of a section 987 QBU of a partner
to whom they are allocated, the partner
shall adjust the items to conform to U.S.
tax principles and translate the items into
the partner’s functional currency as pro-
vided in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b)Exchangeratestobeusedintrans-
lating items of income, gain, deduction or
loss of a section 987 QBU into the owner’s
functional currency—(1)In general.Ex-
cept as otherwise provided in this section,
theexchangeratetobeusedbyanowner
in translating an item of income, gain,
deduction, or loss of a section 987 QBU
as determined in §1.987–2(b) into the
owner’s functional currency shall be the
yearly average exchange rate as defined
in §1.987–1(c)(2) for the taxable year.
Alternatively, the owner may elect under
§1.987–1(f) to use the spot rate as defined
in §1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii) for the day
each item is properly taken into account.
(2)Exceptions—(i)Depreciation, de-
pletion, and amortization deductions.The
exchange rate to be used by the owner in
translating deductions allowable with re-
spect to section 987 historic assets (as de-
fined in §1.987–1(e)) for depreciation, de-
pletion, and amortization under the perti-
nent provisions of the Code shall be the
historic exchange rate as determined under
§1.987–1(c)(3) for the property to which
such deductions are attributable.
(ii)Gain or loss from the sale of prop-
erty. In the case of gain or loss recognized
on a sale or other disposition of property
that is reflected on the books and records of
a section 987 QBU during the taxable year,
the following exchange rates shall apply
with respect to such sale or other disposi-
tion:
(A)Amount realized—(1)In general.
Except as otherwise provided in paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A)(2),theexchangeratetobe
used in translating the amount realized of
such property shall be the rate provided
in paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the
taxable year.
(2)Certain section 987 marked assets.
In the case of a section 987 marked asset
(other than cash) that was held on the first
day of the taxable year, the exchange rate
to be used in translating the amount real-
ized shall be the rate used for such asset
in determining the owner functional cur-
rency net value of the section 987 QBU
under §1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B) for the preced-
ing taxable year. However, in the case
2006–42 I.R.B.726October 16, 2006

of a section 987 marked asset (other than
cash) transferred to the section 987 QBU
or acquired by the section 987 QBU dur-
ing the taxable year, the exchange rate
to be used in translating the amount re-
alized shall be the spot rate, as defined
in §1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii), for the day
transferred or acquired.
(B)Adjusted basis—(1)In general.
Except as otherwise provided in para-
graph (b)(2)(ii)(B)(2), the exchange rate
to be used in translating the adjusted
basis of such property shall be the his-
toric exchange rate as determined under
§1.987–1(c)(3) for such asset.
(2)Certain section 987 marked assets.
In the case of a section 987 marked as-
set (other than cash) that was held on the
first day of the taxable year, the exchange
rate to be used in translating its adjusted
basis shall be the rate used for such asset
in determining the owner functional cur-
rency net value of the section 987 QBU
under §1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B) for the preced-
ing taxable year. However, in the case
of a section 987 marked asset (other than
cash) transferred to the section 987 QBU
or acquired by the section 987 QBU dur-
ing the taxable year, the exchange rate to
be used in translating the adjusted basis of
such asset shall be the spot rate, as defined
in §1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii), for the day
transferred or acquired.
(3)Gain or loss on the sale, exchange
or other disposition of an interest in a sec-
tion 987 partnership. For purposes of de-
termining the adjusted basis of a partner’s
interest in a section 987 partnership and
computing gain or loss recognized on the
sale, exchange or other disposition of such
interest, see §1.987–7.
(c)Items of income, gain, deduction or
loss that are denominated in the functional
currency of the owner. An item of income,
gain, deduction or loss attributable to a sec-
tion 987 QBU under §1.987–2(b) that is
denominated in (or determined by refer-
ence to) the owner’s functional currency
shall not be translated and shall be taken
into account by the section 987 QBU un-
der U.S. tax principles in the owner’s func-
tional currency.
(d)Items of income, gain, deduction or
loss that are denominated in a nonfunc-
tional currency (other than the functional
currency of the owner).Anitemofin-
come, gain, deduction or loss attributable
to a section 987 QBU under §1.987–2(b)
that is denominated in (or determined by
reference to) a nonfunctional currency
(other than the owner’s functional cur-
rency) shall be translated into the section
987 QBU’s functional currency at the spot
rate as defined in §1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and
(ii) on the day such item is properly taken
into account.
(e)Section 988 transactions—(1)In
general. Except as provided in paragraph
(e)(2) of this section, section 988 shall
apply to the section 988 transactions at-
tributable to a section 987 QBU under
§1.987–2(b), and the timing of any gain or
loss shall be determined under the appli-
cable provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code. Such transactions are section 987
historic items as defined in §1.987–1(e).
(2)Certain transactions denominated
in (or determined by reference to) the
owner’s functional currency are not sec-
tion 988 transactions. Transactions de-
scribed in section 988(c)(1)(A)(i) and (ii)
and section 988(c)(1)(C) that are denom-
inated in (or determined by reference to)
the owner’s functional currency and that
are attributable to a section 987 QBU un-
der §1.987–2(b) shall not be treated as
section 988 transactions to such QBU.
Thus, no currency gain or loss shall be
recognized by a section 987 QBU under
section 988 with respect to such items.
(f)Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this section:
Example 1. (i) U.S. Corp is a domestic corpora-
tion with the dollar as its functional currency. U.S.
Corp owns French DE, a section 987 DE that has
a section 987 branch with the euro as its functional
currency. For purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of this
section, U.S. Corp uses the yearly average exchange
rate under §1.987–1(c)(2) to translate items of in-
come, gain, deduction or loss where such rate is ap-
propriate. U.S. Corp also properly elects to use a
spot rate convention under §1.987–1(c)(1)(ii) where
the spot rate is otherwise required. Under this con-
vention, items booked during a particular month are
translated at the average of the spot rates on the first
and last day of the preceding month (the “convention
rate”). Accordingly, gross sales income is translated
at the yearly average exchange rate and under para-
graph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section the basis of assets
acquired during a month is translated into dollars at
the convention rate. Assume that the yearly average
exchange rate for 2009 is€1 = $1.05. For the taxable
year 2009, French DE sells 1,200 units of inventory
for a sales price of€3 per unit. Assume that the pur-
chase price for each inventory unit is€1.50. Thus,
French DE’s dollar gross sales will be computed as
follows:
G
rossSales
Month#ofunits
€
€/$2009ave.exchangerate$
Jan100
€300
€1=$1.05$315
Feb200600
€1=$1.05
630
March00
€1=$1.05
0
April200600
€1=$1.05
630
May100300
€1=$1.05
315
June00
€1=$1.05
0
July100300
€1=$1.05
315
Aug100300
€1=$1.05
315
Sept00
€1=$1.05
0
Oct00
€1=$1.05
0
Nov100300
€1=$1.05
315
Dec300900
€1=$1.05
945
1,200
€3,600
$3,780
October 16, 20067272006–42 I.R.B.

OpeningInventoryandPurchases
Month#ofunits
€
€/$conventionexchangerate$
Opening
inventory
from2008100€150€1=$1.00$150
Purchases
Jan300
€450
€1=$1.00$450
Feb00
€1=$1.05
0
March00
€1=$1.03
0
April300
450
€1=$1.02
459
May00
€1=$1.04
0
June00
€1=$1.05
0
July300
450
€1=$1.06
477
Aug00
€1=$1.05
0
Sept00
€1=$1.06
0
Oct00
€1=$1.07
0
Nov300
450
€1=$1.08
486
Dec00
€1=$1.08
0
Total
Purchases1,200€1,800$1,872
(ii) French DE uses a first in first out method
of accounting for inventory (FIFO). Thus, for 2009,
French DE is considered to have sold the 100 units
of opening inventory ($150), the 300 units purchased
in January ($450), the 300 units purchased in April
($459), the 300 units purchased in July ($477) and
200 of the 300 units purchased in November ($324).
Thus, French DE’s cost of goods sold is $1,860.
French DE’s opening inventory for 2010 is 100 units
of inventory with a dollar basis of $162.
(iii) Accordingly, for purposes of section 987
French DE has gross income in dollars of $1,920
($3,780 – $1,860).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as inExam-
ple 1except that for purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of
this section, U.S. Corp properly elects to use a spot
rate convention under §1.987–1(c)(1)(ii) to translate
items of income, gain, deduction or loss where such
rate is appropriate. Thus, French DE’s dollar gross
sales will be computed as follows:
G
rossSales
Month#ofunits
€
€/$conventionexchangerate$
Jan100
€300
€1=$1.00$300
Feb200600
€1=$1.05
630
March00
€1=$1.03
0
April200600
€1=$1.02
612
May100300
€1=$1.04
312
June00
€1=$1.05
0
July100300
€1=$1.06
318
Aug100300
€1=$1.05
315
Sept00
€1=$1.06
0
Oct00
€1=$1.07
0
Nov100300
€1=$1.08
324
Dec300900
€1=$1.08
972
1,200
€3,600
$3,783
(ii) As inExample 1, French DE’s cost of goods
sold is $1,860.
(iii) Accordingly, for purposes of section 987
French DE has gross income in dollars of $1,923
($3,783 – $1,860).
Example 3. The facts are the same as inExample
1except that French DE sold raw land on Novem-
ber1,2009for€10,000. The yearly average rate for
2009 was€1=$1.05. The land was purchased on Oc-
tober 16, 2007 for€8,000 when the convention rate
was€1=$1.00. Under paragraph (a)(1) of this section,
French DE will determine the amount realized and
basis in euros. Under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this sec-
tion, the amount realized is translated into dollars at
the yearly average exchange rate for 2009 as provided
in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section (€10,000 x
$1.05 = $10,500) and the basis at the convention rate
for 2007 as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section and §1.987–1(c)(3) (€8,000 x $1 = $8,000).
Accordingly, the amount of gain reported by U.S.
Corp on the sale of the land is $2,500 ($10,500 –
$8,000).
Example 4. The facts are the same as inEx-
ample 3except that U.S. Corp properly elects un-
der paragraph (b)(1) of this section to use the spot
rate to translate items of income, gain, deduction or
loss. Accordingly, the amount realized will be trans-
lated at the convention rate on the day of sale. As-
sume that the convention rate for November 2009 is
€1=$1.08. Under these facts, the amount realized is
$10,800 (€10,000 x $1.08) and the basis on the day
of purchase $8,000 (€8,000 x $1.00). The amount of
gainreportedbyU.S.Corponthesaleofthelandis
$2,800 ($10,800 – $8,000).
Example 5.ThefactsarethesameasinExample
1except that on September 15, 2009, French DE pro-
vides services to an unrelated customer and receives a
cash payment of€2,000 on that day. Under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, U.S. Corp translates the€2,000
item of income into dollars at the yearly average ex-
change rate of€1= $1.05. Accordingly, U.S. Corp
will report income of $2,100 from providing services.
Example 6.ThefactsarethesameasinExample
5except that U.S. Corp properly elects under para-
graph (b)(1) of this section to use the spot rate to
translate items of income, gain, deduction or loss. As-
sume that the convention rate for September 2009 is
€1=$1.06. Under these facts, U.S. Corp translates the
2006–42 I.R.B.728October 16, 2006

€2,000 item of income into dollars at the convention
rate of€1=$1.06. Accordingly, U.S. Corp will report
income of $2,120 from providing services.
Example 7. ThefactsarethesameasinExam-
ple 1except that on March 31, 2009, French DE
incurs€500 of rental expense,€300 of salary ex-
pense and€100 of utilities expense. Under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, U.S. Corp translates these items
of expense at the yearly average exchange rate of
€1=$1.05. Accordingly the expenses are translated
as follows: rental expense of $525, salary expense of
$315 and utilities expense of $105.
Example 8.ThefactsarethesameasinExample
7except that U.S. Corp properly elects under para-
graph (b)(1) of this section to use the spot rate to
translate items of incomeand expense. Assume that
the convention rate for March 2009 is€1=$1.03. Un-
der these facts, U.S. Corp translates the€500 of rental
expense,€300 of salary expense and€100 of utilities
expense at the convention rate of€1=$1.03. Accord-
ingly, the expenses are translated as follows: rental
expense of $515, salary expense of $309 and utilities
expense of $103.
Example 9. ThefactsarethesameasinExam-
ple 1except that during 2009, French DE incurred
€100 of depreciation expense with respect to a truck.
The truck was purchased on January 15, 2008, when
the convention rate was€1=$1.02. Under paragraph
(b)(2)(i) of this section, the€100 of depreciation is
translated into dollars at the historic exchange rate.
Since U.S. Corp has properly elected to use a spot rate
convention, depreciation will be translated in accor-
dance with the convention. Accordingly, U.S. Corp
translates the€100 of depreciation to equal $102.
Example 10. (i) The facts are the same as inEx-
ample 1except that on January 12, 2009, French DE
performed services for a U.K. person and received
£10,000 in compensation. The exchange rate on Jan-
uary 12, 2009, was £1=€1.25. Under paragraph (d)
of this section, French DE will translate such income
into euros at the spot rate on January 12, 2009. Ac-
cordingly, French DE will take into account€12,500
of income from services in 2009. Under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, U.S. Corp translates the€12,500
item of income into dollars at the yearly average euro
to dollar exchange rate. Assume that such exchange
rate is€1=$1.10. Accordingly, U.S. Corp translates
the€12,500 income from services to equal $13,750.
(ii) On October 16, 2009, French DE disposes of
the £10,000 for€10,000. Under section 988(c)(1)(C),
the disposition is a section 988 transaction. Under
§1.988–2(a)(2), French DE will realize a loss of
€2,500 (
€10,000 amount realized less€12,500 basis).
Under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, U.S. Corp
translates the€2,500 loss into dollars at the yearly
average euro to dollar exchange rate. Assume that
such exchange rate is€1=$1.05. Accordingly, U.S.
Corp translates the€2,500 section 988 loss to equal
$2,625.
§1.987–4 Determination of net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of
asection987QBU.
(a)In general. The net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss of a section 987
QBU shall be determined by the owner an-
nually as provided in paragraph (b) of this
section in the owner’s functional currency.
Only assets and liabilities reflected on the
books and records of the section 987 QBU
under §1.987–2(b) shall be taken into ac-
count.
(b)Calculation of net unrecognized sec-
tion 987 gain or loss of a section 987 QBU.
Net unrecognized section 987 gain or loss
of a section 987 QBU for a taxable year
shall equal the sum of—
(1) The section 987 QBU’s net accumu-
lated unrecognized section 987 gain or loss
for all prior taxable years to which these
regulations apply as determined in para-
graph (c) of this section; and
(2) The section 987 QBU’s unrecog-
nized section 987 gain or loss for the cur-
rent taxable year as determined in para-
graph (d) of this section.
(c)Net accumulated unrecognized sec-
tion 987 gain or loss for all prior taxable
years. A section 987 QBU’s net accu-
mulated unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss for all prior taxable years is the ag-
gregate of the amounts determined under
paragraph (d) of this section for all prior
years to which these regulations apply, re-
duced by the amounts taken into account
under §1.987–5 upon a remittance for all
such prior taxable years. This amount shall
include amounts appropriately considered
as net unrecognized exchange gain or loss
under the transition rules of §1.987–10.
(d)Calculation of unrecognized section
987 gain or loss of a section 987 QBU for
a taxable year. The unrecognized section
987 gain or loss of a section 987 QBU for
a taxable year shall be determined under
paragraphs (d)(1) through (7) of this sec-
tion as follows:
(1)Step 1: Determine the change in
the owner functional currency net value
of the section 987 QBU for the taxable
year—(i)In general. The change in the
owner functional currency net value of the
section 987 QBU for the taxable year shall
equal—
(A) The owner functional currency net
value of the section 987 QBU, determined
in the functional currency of the owner un-
der paragraph (e) of this section, on the last
day of the current taxable year; less
(B) The owner functional currency net
value of the section 987 QBU, determined
in the functional currency of the owner un-
der paragraph (e) of this section on the last
day of the preceding taxable year. This
amount shall be zero in the case of the
QBU’s first taxable year.
(ii)Year section 987 QBU is terminated.
If a section 987 QBU is terminated under
the rules of §1.987–8 during an owner’s
taxable year, the owner functional cur-
rency net value of the section 987 QBU as
provided in paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) of this
section shall be determined on the day the
section 987 QBU is terminated.
(2)Step 2: Increase the aggregate
amount determined in step 1 by the assets
transferred from the section 987 QBU to
its owner—(i)In general. The aggregate
amount determined in paragraph (d)(1)
of this section shall be increased by the
total amount of assets described in para-
graph (d)(2)(ii) of this section transferred
from the section 987 QBU to the owner
during the taxable year translated into the
owner’s functional currency as provided
in paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section.
(ii)Assets transferred from the section
987 QBU to the owner during the taxable
year. The assets transferred from the sec-
tion 987 QBU to the owner for the taxable
year shall equal the aggregate of—
(A) The amount of the section 987
QBU’s functional currency and the ad-
justed basis of any section 987 marked
asset (as defined in §1.987–1(d)) trans-
ferred from the section 987 QBU to the
owner during the taxable year determined
in the functional currency of the section
987 QBU and translated into the owner’s
functional currency as provided in para-
graph (d)(2)(iii)(A) of this section; and
(B) The adjusted basis of any sec-
tion 987 historic asset (as defined in
§1.987–1(e)) transferred to the owner dur-
ing the taxable year determined in the
functional currency of the section 987
QBU and translated into the owner’s func-
tional currency as provided in paragraph
(d)(2)(iii)(B) of this section. Such amount
shall be adjusted to take into account the
proper translation of depreciation, de-
pletion and amortization as provided in
§1.987–3(b)(2)(i).
(iii)Translation of amounts transferred
from the section 987 QBU to the owner.
In the case of a transfer from the section
987 QBU to an owner of any asset the
following exchange rates shall be used:
(A) In the case of an amount described
in paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) of this sec-
tion, the spot exchange rate, as defined in
§1.987–1(c)(1), on the day of transfer.
October 16, 20067292006–42 I.R.B.

(B) In the case of a transfer of a sec-
tion 987 historic asset, the historic ex-
change rate for such asset as defined in
§1.987–1(c)(3).
(3)Step 3: Decrease the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 and 2 by
the owner’s transfers to the section 987
QBU—(i)In general. The aggregate
amount determined in paragraphs (d)(1)
and (d)(2) of this section shall be decreased
by the total amount of assets transferred
from the owner to the section 987 QBU
during the taxable year determined in
the functional currency of the owner as
provided in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this
section.
(ii)Total of all amounts transferred
from the owner to the section 987 QBU
during the taxable year.Thetotalamount
of assets transferred from the owner to the
section 987 QBU for the taxable year shall
equal the aggregate of—
(A) The total amount of functional cur-
rency of the owner transferred to the sec-
tion 987 QBU during the taxable year; and
(B) The adjusted basis, determined in
the functional currency of the owner, of
any asset transferred to the section 987
QBU during the taxable year (after taking
into account §1.988–1(a)(10)).
(4)Step 4: Decrease the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through 3 by
the amount of liabilities transferred from
thesection987QBUtotheowner.Theag-
gregate amount determined in paragraphs
(d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section shall
be decreased by the aggregate amount of
liabilities transferred from the section 987
QBU to the owner. The amount of such
liabilities shall be translated into the func-
tional currency of the owner at the spot ex-
change rate, as defined in §1.987–1(c)(1),
on the day of transfer.
(5)Step 5: Increase the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through 4 by
amount of liabilities transferred from the
owner to the section 987 QBU.Theag-
gregate amount determined in paragraphs
(d)(1) through (d)(4) of this section shall
be increased by the aggregate amount of
liabilities transferred by the owner to the
section 987 QBU. The amount of such
liabilities shall be translated into the func-
tional currency of the owner, if required,
at the spot exchange rate, as defined in
§1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii), on the day of
transfer.
(6)Step 6: Increase the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through 5 by
the section 987 taxable loss of the section
987 QBU for the taxable year. In the case
of a section 987 taxable loss of the section
987 QBU computed under §1.987–3 for
the taxable year, the aggregate amount
determined in paragraphs (d)(1) through
(d)(5) of this section shall be increased by
such section 987 taxable loss.
(7)Step 7: Decrease the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through 5
by the section 987 taxable income of the
section 987 QBU for the taxable year.In
the case of section 987 taxable income
of the section 987 QBU computed under
§1.987–3 for the taxable year, the aggre-
gate amount determined in paragraphs
(d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section shall
be decreased by such section 987 taxable
income.
(e)Determination of the owner func-
tional currency net value of a section 987
QBU—(1)In general. The owner func-
tional currency net value of a section 987
QBU on the last day of a taxable year
shall equal the aggregate amount of the
QBU’s functional currency and the basis
of each asset on the section 987 QBU’s
balance sheet on that day, less the aggre-
gate amount of each liability on the section
987 QBU’s balance sheet on that day trans-
lated, if necessary, into the owner’s func-
tional currency as provided in paragraph
(e)(2) of this section. Such amount shall
be determined as follows:
(i) The owner, or section 987 QBU on
behalf of the owner, shall prepare a balance
sheet for the relevant date from the section
987 QBU’s books and records (within the
meaning of §1.989(a)–1(d)) as recorded in
the section 987 QBU’s functional currency
showing all assets and liabilities reflected
on such books and records as provided in
§1.987–2(b). Assets and liabilities denom-
inated in the functional currency of the
owner shall be reflected on the balance
sheet in the owner’s functional currency.
(ii) The owner, or section 987 QBU on
behalf of the owner, shall make adjust-
ments necessary to conform the items re-
flected on the balance sheet described in
paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section to United
States generally accepted accounting prin-
ciples and tax accounting principles.
(iii) The owner, or section 987 QBU
on behalf of the owner, shall translate
the asset and liability amounts on the
adjusted balance sheet described in para-
graph (e)(1)(ii) of this section into the
functional currencyof the owner in accor-
dance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
Assets and liabilities denominated in the
functional currency of the owner are not
translated.
(2)Translation of balance sheet items
into the owner’s functional currency.The
amount of the section 987 QBU’s func-
tional currency, the basis of an asset, or the
amount of a liability (other than an asset or
liability reflected on the balance sheet in
the functional currency of the owner) shall
be translated as follows:
(i)Section 987 marked item. A section
987 marked item as defined in §1.987–1(d)
shall be translated into the owner’s func-
tional currency at the spot exchange rate
as defined in §1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii) on
the last day of the taxable year.
(ii)Section 987 historic item. A section
987 historic item as defined in §1.987–1(e)
shall be translated into the owner’s func-
tional currency at the historic exchange
rate as defined in §1.987–1(c)(3).
(f)Examples. The provisions of this
section are illustrated by the following ex-
amples. Unless otherwise indicated, all
items are assumed to be reflected on the
books and records, within the meaning of
§1.987–2(b), of the relevant section 987
QBU.
Example 1. (i) U.S. Corp is a calendar year do-
mestic corporation with the dollar as its functional
currency. On July 1, 2009, U.S. Corp establishes
Japan Branch that has the yen as its functional cur-
rency. Japan Branch is a section 987 QBU of U.S.
Corp. U.S.Corpproperlyelectstouseaspotrate
convention under §1.987–1(c)(1)(ii) with respect to
Japan Branch. Under this convention, the spot rate
for any transaction occurring during a month is the
spot rate on the first day of the month. U.S. Corp also
elects under §1.987–3(b)(1) to use this convention to
translate items of income, gain, deduction, or loss into
dollars. On July 1, 2009, when $1 = ¥100 (or ¥1 =
$0.01), U.S. Corp transfers $1,000 to Japan Branch
and raw land with a basis of $500. Japan Branch im-
mediately purchases ¥100,000 with the $1,000. On
the same day, Japan Branch borrows ¥10,000. As-
sume that for the taxable year 2009, Japan Branch
earns ¥2,000 per month (total of ¥12,000 for the six
month period from July 1, 2009, through December
31, 2009) for providing services and incurs ¥333.33
per month (total of ¥2,000 when rounded for the six
month period from July 1, 2009, through December
31, 2009) of related expenses. Assume that all items
of income earned and expenses incurred by Japan
Branch during 2009 are received and paid, respec-
tively, in yen. Further, assume that the ¥12,000 of
income when properly translated under the monthly
convention equals $109.08 and that the ¥2,000 of re-
lated expenses equal $18.18. Thus, Japan Branch’s
2006–42 I.R.B.730October 16, 2006

income translated into dollars equals $90.90. Assume
that the spot exchange rate on the December 1, 2009,
is $1=¥120 (¥1= $0.00833).
(ii)Underparagraph(a)ofthissection,U.S.Corp
must compute the net unrecognized section 987 gain
or loss of Japan Branch for 2009. Since this is Japan
Branch’s first taxable year, the net unrecognized sec-
tion 987 gain or loss as defined under paragraph (b)
of this section is the branch’s unrecognized section
987 gain or loss for 2009 as determined in paragraph
(d) of this section. The calculation under paragraph
(d) of this section is made as follows:
(iii)Step 1. Under paragraph (d) of this section,
U.S. Corp must determine the change in the owner
functional currency net value of Japan Branch for the
year 2009 in dollars. The change in the owner func-
tional currency net value of Japan Branch for 2009 is
equal to the owner functional currency net value of
Japan Branch determined in dollars on the last day of
2009, less the owner functional currency net value of
Japan Branch determined in dollars on the last day of
the preceding taxable year.
(A) The owner functional currency net value of
Japan Branch determined in dollars on the last day
of the current taxable year is determined under para-
graph (e) of this section. Such amount is the aggre-
gate of the basis of each asset on Japan Branch’s bal-
ance sheet on December 31, 2009, less the aggregate
of the amount of each liability on the Japan Branch’s
balance sheet on that day, translated into dollars as
provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
(B) For this purpose, Japan Branch will show the
following assets and liabilities on its balance sheet for
December 31, 2009:
(1) Cash of ¥120,000 [($1,000 transferred and
immediately converted to ¥100,000) + ¥10,000 bor-
rowed + ¥12,000 income from services – ¥2,000 of
expenses].
(2) Raw land with a basis of ¥50,000.
(3) Liabilities of ¥10,000.
(C)Underparagraph(e)(2)ofthissection,U.S.
Corp will translate these items as follows. The cash
of ¥120,000 is a section 987 marked asset and the
¥10,000 liability is a section 987 marked liability as
defined in §1.987–1(d). These items are translated
into dollars on December 31, 2009, using the spot
rate on December 1, 2009 of ¥1=$0.00833. The
raw land is a section 987 historic asset as defined in
§1.987–1(e) and is translated into the dollars at the
convention rate for the day of transfer (¥1= $0.01).
Thus, the owner functional currency net value of
Japan Branch on December 31, 2009, in dollars is
$1,416.60 determined as follows:
A
ssetAmountin¥TranslationRate
Amountin$
Cash¥120,000
4
12/01/09 spot convention rate on
12/31/09 of ¥1=$0.00833
$ 999.60
Land
¥ 50,000
$ 500.00
Historic rat
e on 7/1/09 of ¥1=$0.01
Total assets
$1,499.60
L
iabilityAmountin¥Translatio
nRate
Amountin$
Bank Loan¥ 10,00012/01/09 sp
ot convention rate on
12/31/09 of ¥1 = $0.00833$ 83.30
Total liabilities83.30
O
wnerfunctionalcurrencynetvalueofJapanBranchonDecember31,2009
indollars$1,416.30
(D)Underp
aragraph (d)(1) of this section, the
change in owner functional currency net value of
Japan Branch for 2009 is equal to the owner func-
tional cu
rrency net value of the branch determined in
dollars on December 31, 2009 ($1,416.30) less the
owner functional currency net value of the branch
determin
ed in dollars on the last day of the preceding
taxable year. Since this is the first taxable year of
Japan Branch, the owner functional currency net
value of
JapanBranchdeterminedindollarsonthe
last day of the preceding taxable year is zero under
paragraph (d)(1)(i)(B) of this section. Accordingly,
the chan
ge in owner functional currency net value of
Japan Branch for 2009 is $1,416.30.
(iv)Step 2. Under paragraph (d)(2) of this sec-
tion, t
he aggregate amount determined in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section (step 1) is increased by the total
amount of assets described in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of
this se
ction transferred from the section 987 QBU to
the owner during the taxable year translated into the
owner’s functional currency as provided in paragraph
(d)(2
)(iii) of this section. Since no such amounts were
transferred under these facts, there is no change in the
$1,416.30 determined in step 1.
(v)St
ep 3. Under paragraph (d)(3) of this sec-
tion, the aggregate amount determined in paragraphs
(d)(1)and(2)ofthissection(steps1-2)isdecreased
by the
total amount of assets transferred from the
owner to the section 987 QBU during the taxable year
as determi
ned in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section
in dollars. On July 1, 2009, U.S. Corp transferred to
Japan Branch $1,000 (which Japan Branch immedi-
ately con
verted into ¥100,000) and raw land with a
basis of $500 (equal to ¥50,000 on the day of trans-
fer). Thus, the step 2 amount of $1,416.30 is reduced
by $1,500
.00 to equal ($83.70).
(vi)Steps 4, 5 and 6. Since no liabilities
were transferred by U.S. Corp to Japan Branch
or vice v
ersa, the amount determined after applying
paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section is
($83.70). Further, paragraph (d)(6) of this section
does not
apply since Japan Branch does not have a
section 987 taxable loss.
(vii)Step 7. Under paragraph (d)(7) of this sec-
tion, th
e aggregate amount determined after applying
paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this section (steps
1–5) is decreased by the section 987 taxable income
of Japa
n Branch of $90.90. Accordingly, the unrec-
ognized section 987 loss of Japan Branch for 2009 is
$174.60 (-$83.70 – $90.90).
Exampl
e2. (i) U.S. Corp, a calendar year do-
mestic corporation with the dollar as its functional
currency, operates in the United Kingdom through
UK Bran
ch. UK Branch has the pound as its func-
tional currency and is a section 987 QBU. U.S. Corp
properly elects to use a spot rate convention under
§1.98
7–1(c)(1)(ii). Under this convention, the spot
rate for any transaction occurring during a month is
the averag
e of the pound spot rate and the 30-day
forward rate for pounds on the next-to-last Thursday
of the preceding month. Pursuant to §1.987–3(b)(1),
U.S. Corp
uses the yearly average exchange rate as
defined in §1.987–1(c)(2) to translate items of in-
come, gain, deduction, or loss into dollars for the tax-
able year
, where appropriate. The yearly average ex-
change rate for 2009 was £1 = $1.05. The closing
balance sheet of UK Branch for the prior year (2008)
reflect
ed the following assets and liabilities. With re-
spect to assets, UK Branch held—
(A) Cash of £100;
(B) Plan
t purchased in May 2007 with an adjusted
basis of £1000;
(C) A machine purchased in May 2007 with an
adjuste
d basis of £200;
(D) Inventory of 100 units manufactured in De-
cember 2008 with a basis of £100;
(E) Port
folio stock (as defined in
§1.987–2(b)(2)(ii)) in ABC Corporation pur-
chased in September 2008 with a basis of £158; and
(F) $50 a
cquired in 2008 (and held in a non-inter-
est bearing account).
With respect to liabilities, UK Branch has £50
of long-
term debt entered into in 2007 with F Bank,
an unrelated bank. The plant, machine, inventory,
stock and dollars are section 987 historic assets as de-
fined in
§1.987–1(e). The cash of £100 and long-term
debt are section 987 marked items as defined under
4
Opening cash of ¥100,000 + ¥10,000 borrowed + ¥12,000 income from services - ¥2,000 expenses.
October 16, 20067312006–42 I.R.B.

§1.987–1(d). Assume the U.S. Corp translated UK
Branch’s 2008 closing balance sheet as follows:
A
ssetsAmountin£TranslationRate
Amountin$
£Cash£ 100
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2008 £1 = $1$100.00
Plant£1,000
Historic rate–2007 May convention rate £1= $0.90$900.00
Machine£ 200
Historic rate–2007 May convention rate £1= $0.90$180.00
Stock
£158
Historic rate–2008 Sept. convention rate £1= $.95$150.00
Inventory£ 100
Historic rate–2008 Dec. convention rate £1= $1$100.00
Dollars
$50
Dollars are not translated
$ 50.00
Total assets
$1,480.00
LiabilitiesAmountin£TranslationRate
Amountin$
Bank Loan
£50
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2008 £1 = $1$ 50.00
Total liabilities
$ 50.00
2008 ending owner functional
currency net value (in dollars)$1,430
(ii) UK Branch uses the first in first out method
of accounting for inventory. In 2009, UK Branch
sold 100 units of inventory for a total of £300 and
purchased another 100 units of inventory in Decem-
ber 2009 for £100. Assume that the dollar basis of
the inventory purchased in December 2009 when
translated at the December 2009 monthly convention
rate is $110; that depreciation with respect to the
plant is £33 and for the machine £40
5
;andthatUK
Branch incurred £30 of business expenses during
2009. Assume all items of income earned and ex-
penses incurred during 2009 are received and paid,
respectively, in pounds. The yearly average ex-
change rate for 2009 is £1 = $1.05. Under §1.987–3,
UK Branch’s section 987 taxable income or loss is
determined as follows:
I
temAmountin£TranslationRate
Amountin$
Gross receipts£300
2009 yearly ave. rate £1 = $1.05$315.00
Less: COGS(£100)
Historic rate-Dec. 2008 convention rate £1= $1($100.00)
Gross income£200
$215.00
Dep: Plant(£ 33)
Historic rate-May 2007 convention rate £1= $0.90($29.70)
Machine(£ 40)
Historic rate-May 2007 convention rate £1= $0.90($36.00)
Other ex
penses
(£ 30)
2009 yea
rly ave. rate £1 = $1.05
($31.50
)
Total expenses
$97.20
Section 987 taxable income
$117.80
Accordingly, UK Branch has $117.80 of section 987 taxable income.
(iii) Assume that in December 2009, UK Branch
transferred $20 and £30 to U.S. Corp and that U.S.
Corp transferred a computer with a basis of $10 to UK
Branch. The convention exchange rate for December
2009 is £1 = $1.10. Finally, assume that U.S. Corp’s
net accumulated unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss for all prior taxable years as determined in para-
graph (c) of this section is $30.
(iv) The unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of
UK Branch for 2009 is determined as follows:
(A)Step 1: Determine the change in owner func-
tional currency net value of UK Branch. Under para-
graph (d)(1) of this section, the change in owner func-
tional currency net value for the taxable year must be
determined. This amount is equal to the owner func-
tional currency net value of UK Branch determined
under paragraph (e) of this section on the last day of
2009, less the owner functional currency net value of
UK Branch determined on the last day of 2008. The
owner functional currency net value of UK Branch on
December 31, 2009, and the change in owner func-
tional currency net value is determined as follows:
5
The depreciation assumptions are for illustrative purposes only and may not be consistent with true depreciation rates.
2006–42 I.R.B.732October 16, 2006

AssetAmountin£TranslationRate
Amountin$
Cash£240
6
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2009 £1 = $1.10$ 264.00
Plant£967
7
Historic rate-May 2007 convention rate £1= $0.90$ 870.30
Machine£160
8
Historic rate-May 2007 convention rate £1= $0.90$ 144.00
Inventory£100
Historic rate-Dec. 2009 convention rate £1 = $1.10$ 110.00
Computer£ 9
Historic rate-Dec. 2009 convention rate £1 = $1.10$ 10.00
Stock
£158
Historic rate-Sept. 2008 convention rate £1= $.95$ 150.00
Dollars
$30
9
Dollars are not translated
$ 30.00
Total assets
$1,578.30
L
iabilityAmountin£TranslationRate
Amountin$
Bank Loan
£50
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2009 £1 = $1.10$ 55.00
Total liabilities
$ 55.00
2009 ending owner
functional currency net
value (in dollars)$1,523.30
Less: 2008 ending
owner functional
currency net value
(in dollars)(
$1,430.00)
Change in owner functional
currency net value$ 93.30
(B)Step 2: Increase the aggregate amount de-
scribedinstep1byeachowner’sshareofassets
transferred by the section 987 QBU to its owners.
Under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the aggre-
gate amount determined in step 1 must be increased
by the total amount of assets described in paragraph
(d)(2)(ii) of this section transferred from UK Branch
to U.S. Corp during the taxable year, translated into
U.S. Corp’s functional currency as provided in para-
graph (d)(2)(iii) of this section. The amount of as-
setstransferredfromUKBranchtoU.S.Corpduring
2009 is determined as follows:
A
ssetAmountin£TranslationRate
Amountin$
£30 currency£30
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2009 £1 = $1.10$33.00
$20 currency$20
Dollars are not translated
$
20.00
Total
$53.00
(C)Step 3: Decrease the aggregate amount de-
scribed in steps 1 and 2 by the owner’s transfers to
the section 987 QBU. Under paragraph (d)(3) of this
section, the aggregate amount determined in steps 1
and 2 must be decreased by the total amount of all as-
sets transferred from U.S. Corp to UK Branch during
the taxable year as determined in paragraph (d)(3)(ii)
of this section. The amount of assets transferred from
U.S. Corp to UK Branch is determined as follows:
A
ssetAmountin£TranslationRate
Amountin$
Computer£9
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2009 £1 = $1.10$10.00
Total
$10.00
(D)Step 4: Decrease the aggregate amount de-
termined in steps 1 through 3 by the amount of liabil-
ities transferred by the section 987 QBU to the owner.
Under paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through 3 must be de-
creased by the aggregate amount of liabilities trans-
ferred by UK Branch to U.S. Corp. Under these facts,
such amount is $0.
(E)Step 5: Increase the aggregate amount deter-
mined in steps 1 through 4 by the amount of liabili-
ties transferred by the owner to the section 987 QBU.
Under paragraph (d)(5) of this section, the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through 4 must be in-
creased by the aggregate amount of liabilities trans-
ferred by U.S. Corp to UK Branch. Under these facts,
such amount is $0.
(F)Step 6: Increase the aggregate amount deter-
minedinsteps1through5bythesection987tax-
able loss of the section 987 QBU for the taxable year.
Under paragraph (d)(6) of this section, the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through 5 must be in-
creased by the section 987 taxable loss of UK Branch.
Since UK Branch had no such taxable loss in 2009,
paragraph (d)(6) of this section does not apply.
(G)Step 7: Decrease the aggregate amount de-
termined in steps 1 through 5 by the section 987 tax-
able income of the section 987 QBU for the taxable
year. Under paragraph (d)(7) of this section, the ag-
gregate amount determined in steps 1 through 5 must
be decreased by the section 987 taxable income of UK
6
£100 on the closing 2008 balance sheet plus £300 gross receipts less £100 inventory cost, less £30 of additional expenses, less £30 transferred to U.S.Corp.
7
£1,000 on the closing 2008 balance sheet less £33 depreciation.
8
£200 on the closing 2008 balance sheet less £40 depreciation.
9
Dollars are reduced by $20 transferred to U.S. Corp.
October 16, 20067332006–42 I.R.B.

Branch. The amount of UK Branch’s taxable income,
as determined above, is $117.80.
(v)Summary. Takingsteps1through7intoac-
count, the amount of U.S. Corp’s unrecognized sec-
tion 987 gain or loss with respect to UK Branch in
2009 is computed as follows:
S
tep
Amountin$
Balance
1
+ $ 93.30$ 93.30
2
+ $ 53.00$146.30
3
- $ 10.00$136.30
4-0
$136.30
5
+0
$136.30
6+0
$136.30
7
- $117.80$ 18.50
Thus, U.S. Corp’s unrecognized section 987 gain
in 2009 with respect to UK Branch is $18.50. As
of th
e end of 2009, before taking into account the
recognition of any section 987 gain or loss under
§1.987–5, U.S. Corp’s net unrecognized section 987
gai
n is $48.50 (i.e., $30 accumulated from prior years,
plus $18.50 in 2009).
§1.987–5 Recognition of section 987 gain
or loss.
(a)Recognition of section 987 gain or
loss by the owner of a section 987 QBU.
The taxable income of an owner of a sec-
tion 987 QBU shall include the owner’s
section 987 gain or loss recognized with
respect to the section 987 QBU for the
taxable year. For any taxable year, the
owner’s section 987 gain or loss recog-
nized with respect to a section 987 QBU
shall be equal to—
(1) The owner’s net unrecognized sec-
tion 987 gain or loss of the section 987
QBU determined under §1.987–4 on the
last day of such taxable year (or, if earlier,
on the day the section 987 QBU is termi-
nated under §1.987–8); multiplied by
(2) The owner’s remittance proportion
for the taxable year, as determined under
paragraph (b) of this section.
(b)Remittance proportion.The
owner’s remittance proportion with re-
spect to a section 987 QBU for a taxable
year is the quotient, equal to—
(1) The remittance, as determined under
paragraph (c) of this section, to the owner
from the section 987 QBU for such taxable
year; divided by
(2) The total adjusted basis of the gross
assets of the section 987 QBU as of the
end of the taxable year (or, if terminated
prior to the end of such taxable year un-
der §1.987–8, the day of termination) that
are reflected on its year-end balance sheet
(or, if terminated prior to the end of such
taxable year under §1.987–8, the balance
sheet on the day terminated), translated
into the owner’s functional currency as
provided in §1.987–4(e)(2) and increased
by the amount of the remittance.
(c)Remittance—(1)Definition.A
remittance shall be determined in the
owner’s functional currency and shall
equal the excess, if any, of—
(i) The total of all amounts transferred
from the section 987 QBU to the owner
during the taxable year, as determined in
paragraph (d) of this section; over
(ii) The total of all amounts transferred
from the owner to the section 987 QBU
during the taxable year, as determined in
paragraph (e) of this section.
(2)Day when a remittance is deter-
mined. An owner’s remittance from a sec-
tion 987 QBU shall be determined on the
last day of the owner’s taxable year (or, if
earlier, on the day the section 987 QBU is
terminated under §1.987–8).
(3)Termination. A termination of a
section 987 QBU as determined under
§1.987–8 is treated as a remittance of all
the gross assets of the section 987 QBU
to the owner on the date of such termi-
nation. See §1.987–8(d). Accordingly,
the remittance proportion in the case of a
termination is 1.
(d)Total of all amounts transferred
from the section 987 QBU to the owner
for the taxable year. For purposes of para-
graph (c)(1)(i) of this section, the total of
all amounts transferred from the section
987 QBU to the owner for the taxable year
shall be determined in the owner’s func-
tional currency under §1.987–4(d)(2) with
reference to the adjusted basis of the assets
transferred. Solely for this purpose, the
amount of liabilities transferred from the
owner to the section 987 QBU determined
under §1.987–4(d)(5) shall be treated as
atransferofassetsfromthesection987
QBU to the owner in an amount equal to
the amount of such liabilities.
(e)Total of all amounts transferred from
the owner to the section 987 QBU for the
taxable year. For purposes of paragraph
(c)(1)(ii) of this section, the total of all
amounts transferred from the owner to the
section 987 QBU for the taxable year shall
be determined in the owner’s functional
currency under §1.987–4(d)(3) with ref-
erence to the adjusted basis of the assets
transferred. Solely for this purpose, the
amount of liabilities transferred from the
section 987 QBU to the owner determined
under §1.987–4(d)(4) shall be treated as a
transfer of assets from the owner to the sec-
tion 987 QBU in an amount equal to the
amount of such liabilities.
(f)Determination of owner’s adjusted
basis in transferred assets—(1)In general.
The owner’s adjusted basis in an asset re-
ceived in a transfer from the section 987
QBU (whether or not such transfer is made
in connection with a remittance as defined
in paragraphs (c) of this section) shall be
determined under the rules prescribed in
paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(4) of this sec-
tion.
(2)Section 987 marked asset. The ba-
sis of a section 987 marked asset shall be
determined in the owner’s functional cur-
rency and shall be the same as the amount
determined under §1.987–4(d)(2)(ii)(A).
(3)Section 987 historic asset. The ba-
sis of a section 987 historic asset shall be
determined in the owner’s functional cur-
rency and shall be the same as the amount
determined under §1.987–4(d)(2)(ii)(B).
(4)Partner’s adjusted basis in dis-
tributed assets. See also section 732 and
§1.987–7 for purposes of determining an
2006–42 I.R.B.734October 16, 2006

owner’s adjusted basis of an asset dis-
tributed from a section 987 QBU owned
indirectly through a section 987 partner-
ship.
(g)Examples. The following exam-
ples illustrate the calculation of section
987 gain or loss under this section:
Example 1. (i) U.S. Corp, a calendar year domes-
tic corporation with the dollar as its functional cur-
rency, operates in the U.K. through U.K. DE, an entity
disregarded as an entity separate from its owner un-
der §§301.7701–1 through 301.7701–3 of this chap-
ter. U.K. DE has a section 987 branch (U.K. section
987 branch) with the pound as its functional currency.
During year 2, the following transfers took place be-
tween U.S. Corp and U.K. section 987 branch. On
January 5, year 2, U.S. Corp transferred to U.K. sec-
tion 987 branch $300 (which the branch used during
the year to purchase services). On March 5, year 2,
U.K. section 987 branch transferred a machine to U.S.
Corp. Assume that the pound adjusted basis of the
machine when properly translated into dollars under
§§1.987–4(d)(2)(ii)(B) and paragraph (d) of this sec-
tion is $500. On November 1, year 2, U.K. section
987 branch transferred pound cash to U.S. Corp. As-
sume that the dollar amount of the pounds when prop-
erly translated under §1.987–4(d)(2)(ii)(A) and para-
graph (d) of this section is $2,300. On December 7,
year2,U.SCorptransferredatrucktoU.K.section
987 branch with an adjusted basis of $2,000.
(ii) Assume that at the end of year 2, U.K. sec-
tion 987 branch holds assets, properly translated
into the owner’s functional currency pursuant to
§1.987–4(e)(2), consisting of a computer with a
pound adjusted basis equivalent to $500, a truck
with a pound adjusted basis equivalent to $2,000,
and pound cash equivalent to $2,850. In addition,
assume that U.K. section 987 branch has a pound
liability entered into in year 1 with Bank A. The
liability, when translated into the owner functional
currency pursuant to §1.987–4(e)(2), is equivalent to
$200. All such assets and liabilities are reflected on
the books and records of U.K. section 987 branch.
Assume that the net unrecognized section 987 gain
for U.K. section 987 branch as determined under
§1.987–4 as of the last day of year 2 is $80.
(iii) U.S. Corp’s section 987 gain with respect to
U.K. section 987 branch is determined as follows:
(A)Computation of amount of remittance.Under
paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, U.S. Corp
must determine the amount of the remittance for year
2 in the owner’s functional currency (dollars) on the
last day of year 2. The amount of the remittance for
year 2 is $500, determined as follows:
T
ransfersfromU.K.section987branchtoU.S.Corpindollars:
Machine
$500
Cash (U.K. pounds)2,300
$2,800
T
ransfersfromU.S.CorptoU.K.section987branchindollars:
Cash (U.S. dollars)
$300
Truck2,000
$2,300
C
omputationofamountofremittance:
Aggregate transfers from U.K.section 987 branch to U.S. Corp
$2,800
Less: aggregate transfers from U.S. Corp to U.K. section 987 branch
($2,300)
Totalremittance
$500
(B)Computation of branch gross assets plus
remittance. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section,
U.K. se
ction 987 branch must determine the total
basis of its gross assets that are reflected on its
year-end balance sheet translated into the owner’s
functional currency, and must increase this amount
by the amount of the remittance.
T
otalbasisofU.K.section987branch’sgrossassetsatendofyear2plusremittanceindollars:
Computer
$500
Cash (U.K. pounds)
2,850
Truck2,000
Total gross assets
$5,350
Remittance
500
Total gross assets + remittance
$5,850
(C)Computation of remittance proportion. Under
paragraph (b) of this section, U.K. section 987 branch
must compute the remittance proportion as follows:
A
mountofremittance
$500
TotalbasisofU.K.section987branch’sgrossassets
atendofYear2,increasedbyamountofremittance$5,850
R
emittance/grossassets
0.085
R
emittanceproportion
0.085
(D)Computation of section 987 gain or loss.The
amount of U.S. Corp’s section 987 gain or loss that
must be recognized with respect to U.K. section 987 branch is determined under paragraph (a) of this sec-
tion.
October 16, 20067352006–42 I.R.B.

Net unrecognized section 987 gain
$80
Remittance proportion
x0.085
U.S. Corp’s section 987 gain for Year 2:
$6.80
Example 2. U.S. Corp, a calendar year domestic
corporation with the dollar as its functional currency,
operates in th
e U.K. through U.K. DE, an entity disre-
garded as an entity separate from its owner. U.K. DE
has a section 987 branch (U.K. section 987 branch)
with the poun
d as its functional currency. During year
2, the following transfers took place between U.S.
Corp and U.K. section 987 branch. On March 1, year
2, U.S. Corp t
ransferred to U.K. section 987 branch a
computer with a basis of $100. On November 1, year
2, U.K. section 987 branch transferred pounds to U.S.
Corp. Assum
e that the dollar amount of the pounds
when properly translated under §1.987–4(d)(2)(ii)(A)
and paragraph (d) of this section is $300. On the same
day, U.K. s
ection 987 branch transferred $20 to U.S.
Corp.
(ii) Assume that at the end of year 2, U.K.
section 987 branch holds assets translated (as nec-
essary) into t
he owner functional currency pursuant
to §1.987–4(e)(2) consisting of a plant with a pound
adjusted basis equivalent $1,000, pound cash equiv-
alent to $100
, a machine with a pound adjusted basis
equivalent to $200, portfolio stock (within the mean-
ing of §1.987–2(b)(2)(ii)) in ABC Corporation with
a pound adjus
ted basis equivalent to $150, inventory
of 100 units with an aggregate pound adjusted basis
equivalent to $100 and a computer with a pound ad-
justed basi
s equivalent to $100. In addition, assume
that U.K. section 987 branch has a pound liability that
it entered into with Bank A in year 1. When properly
translate
d into dollars pursuant to §1.987–4(e)(2) the
principal amount of the liability is equal to $500. All
such assets and liabilities are reflected on the books
and records of U.K. section 987 branch. Assume that
the net unreco
gnized 987 gain for U.K. section 987
branch as determined under §1.987–4 as of the last
day of year 2 is $100.
(iii) U.S. Cor
p’s section 987 gain with respect to
U.K. section 987 branch is determined as follows:
(A)Computation of amount of remittance.Under
paragraphs (
c)(1) and (2) of this section, U.S. Corp
must determine the amount of the remittance for year
2 in the owner’s functional currency on the last day
of year 2. The
amount of the remittance for year 2 is
$220 determined as follows:
T
ransfers
fromU.K.section987branchtoU.S.Corpindollars:
Cash (U.K.
pounds)
$300
Cash (U.S. dollars)20
$320
T
ransferfromU.SCorptoU.K.section987branchindollars:
Computer
$100
Computationofamountofremittance:
Aggregate transfers from U.K.section 987 branch to U.S. Corp
$320
Less: aggr
egate transfers from U.S. Corp to U.K. branch
($100)
Totalremittance:
$220
(B)Computation of branch gross assets plus
remittance. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section,
U.K. section 987 branch must determine the total ba-
sis of its gross assets as are reflected on its year-end
balance sheet translated into dollars and must in-
crease this amount by the amount of the remittance.
T
otalpoundbasisofU.K.section987branch’sgrossassetstranslatedintodollarsatendofYear2:
Plant
$1,000
Cash (U.K. pounds)100
Inventory100
Machine200
Computer100
Portfolio Stock
150
Totalgrossassets
$1,650
Remittance220
Total
gross assets + remittance
$1,87
0
(C)C
omputation of remittance proportion. Under
paragraph (b) of this section, UK section 987 branch
must compute the remittance proportion as follows.
2006–42 I.R.B.736October 16, 2006

Amount of remittance
$220
Total basis of U.K. section 987 branch’s gross assets
at end of year 2, increased by amount of remittance$1,870
Remittance/gross assets0.118
Remittance proportion0.118
(D)Computation of section 987 gain or loss.The
amount of U.S. Corp’s section 987 gain or loss that
must be recognized with respect to U.K. section 987 branch is determined under paragraph (a) of this sec-
tion.
Net unrecognized section 987 gain
$100.00
Remittance proportionx0.118
US Corp’s section 987 gain for year 2
$11.80
§1.987–6 Character and source of section
987 gain or loss.
(a)O
rdinary income or loss. Section
987 g
ain or loss is ordinary income or loss
for
Federal income tax purposes.
(b)S
ource and character of section
987
gain or loss—(1)In general. Except
as o
therwise provided in this section, the
own
er of a section 987 QBU must deter-
min
e the source and character of section
987
gain or loss in the year of a remittance
un
der the rules of this paragraph (b) for all
pu
rposes of the Internal Revenue Code,
in
cluding sections 904(d), 907 and 954.
(2
)Method required to characterize
an
d source section 987 gain or loss.The
ow
ner must use the asset method set
fo
rth in §1.861–9T(g) to characterize and
s
ource section 987 gain or loss. The mod-
i
fied gross income method described in
§
1.861–9T(j) cannot be used.
(
3)Method required to characterize and
s
ourcesection987gainorlosswithre-
s
pect to regulated investment companies
a
nd real estate investment trusts.[Re-
s
erved].
(
c)Example. The following example
i
llustrates the application of this section.
Example. CFC is a controlled foreign corporation
as defined in section 957 with the Swiss franc (Sf)
as its functional currency. CFC holds all the interest
in a section 987 DE as defined in §1.987–1(b)(6)(iii)
that has a section 987 branch with significant op-
erations in Germany (German Branch). German
Branch has the euro as its functional currency. For
the year 2009, CFC recognizes section 987 gain of
Sf10,000 under §§1.987–4 and 1.987–5. Apply-
ing the rules of this section, German Branch has
total average assets of Sf1,000,000 which generate
income as follows: Sf750,000 of assets that gener-
ate foreign source general limitation income under
section 904(d)(1)(I), none of which is subpart F
income under section 952; and Sf250,000 of assets
that generate foreign source passive income under
section 904(d)(1)(B), all of which is subpart F in-
come.
Under paragraph (b) of this section, Sf7,500
(Sf750,000/Sf1,000,000 x Sf10,000) of the section
987 gain will be treated as foreign source general
limi
tation income which is not subpart F income and
Sf2,500 (Sf250,000/Sf1,000,000 x Sf10,000) will
be treated as foreign source passive income which
is su
bpart F income. All of the section 987 gain is
treated as ordinary income.
§1.987–7 Section 987 partnerships.
(a)In general. In the case of an owner
that is a partner in a section 987 partner-
ship, this section provides rules for deter-
mining the owner’s share of assets and lia-
bilities of a section 987 QBU owned indi-
rectly, as described in §1.987–1(b)(4)(ii),
through a section 987 partnership. In ad-
dition, this section provides rules coordi-
nating these regulations with subchapter K
of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(b)Assets and liabilities of an eligi-
ble QBU or a section 987 QBU held in-
directly through a partnership.Apart-
ner’s share of the assets and liabilities re-
flected under §1.987–2(b) on the books
and records of an eligible QBU or a section
987 QBU owned indirectly through a part-
nership shall be determined in a manner
that is consistent with the manner in which
the partners have agreed to share the eco-
nomic benefits and burdens (if any), corre-
sponding to the assets and liabilities, tak-
ing into account the rules and principles of
sections 701 through 761, and the appli-
cable regulations, including section 704(b)
and §1.701–2.
(c)Coordination with subchapter K (1)
Partner’s adjusted basis in its partnership
interest(i)In general. Except as provided
in this paragraph, a partner’s adjusted basis
in its section 987 partnership interest shall
be maintained in the functional currency
of that partner and shall not be adjusted
as a result of any fluctuations in the value
of the partner’s functional currency and
the functional currency of any section 987
QBU owned indirectly through the section
987 partnership.
(ii)Adjustments for section 987 taxable
income or loss and section 987 gain or
loss—(A)Section 987 taxable income or
loss. A partner’s share of the items of in-
come, gain, deduction or loss taken into
account in calculating section 987 taxable
income or loss of a section 987 QBU, de-
termined under §1.987–3, held indirectly
through a section 987 partnership shall be
treated as income or loss of the section 987
partnership through which the partner in-
directly owns the interest. As a result, the
partner’s allocable share of the items of in-
come, gain, deduction or loss taken into ac-
count in calculating section 987 taxable in-
come or loss of the section 987 QBU shall
be taken into account, following conver-
sion into the partner’s functional currency,
in determining the appropriate adjustments
to the partner’s adjusted basis in its part-
nership interest under section 705.
(B)Section 987 gain or loss.Solely
for purposes of determining the appropri-
ate adjustments to a partner’s adjusted ba-
sis in its interest in a section 987 partner-
ship under section 705, an individual or
corporation that owns a section 987 QBU
indirectly through a section 987 partner-
ship shall treat any section 987 gain or loss
of such section 987 QBU as gain or loss of
the section 987 partnership. Any adjust-
ments to the adjusted basis of a partner’s
interest in such section 987 partnership re-
quired under this paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of
this section shall occur prior to determin-
ing the effect under the Internal Revenue
October 16, 20067372006–42 I.R.B.

Code of any sale, exchange, distribution or
other event.
(iii)Adjustments for contributions and
distributions. For purposes of making ad-
justments to the partner’s adjusted basis in
its interest in a section 987 partnership, as
a result of any contributions or distribu-
tions (including deemed contributions and
distributions under section 752) between
the section 987 partnership and the owner
of a section 987 QBU owned indirectly
through the partnership, such amounts will
be taken into account in the owner’s func-
tional currency.
(iv)Determination of deemed distri-
butions and contributions under section
752—(A)Increase in partner’s liabilities.
For purposes of determining the amount of
any increase in a partner’s share of the lia-
bilities of the partnership, or any increase
in the partner’s individual liabilities by
reason of the assumption by such partner
of a liability of the partnership, which are
reflected on the books and records of a sec-
tion 987 QBU owned indirectly through
such partnership and which are denom-
inated in a functional currency different
from the partner’s, the amount of such
liabilities shall be translated into the func-
tional currency of the partner using the
spot rate (as defined in §1.987–1(c)(1)(i)
and (ii)) on the date of such increase.
(B)Decrease in partner’s liabilities.
For purposes of determining the amount
of any decrease in a partner’s share of the
liabilities of the partnership which were
reflected on the books and records of a sec-
tion 987 QBU owned indirectly through
such partnership and which are denom-
inated in a functional currency different
from the partner’s functional currency, the
amount of such liabilities shall be trans-
lated into the functional currency of the
partner using the historic rate (as defined
in §1.987–1(c)(3)) for the date on which
such liabilities increased the partner’s
adjusted basis in its partnership interest
under section 752.
(2)Special rule for determining gain or
loss on the sale, exchange or other dispo-
sition of an interest in a section 987 part-
nership. For purposes of determining the
amount realized by a partner in a section
987 partnership on the sale, exchange, or
other disposition of that partner’s interest
in such partnership, the amount of liabili-
ties reflected on the books and records of
a section 987 QBU (in a functional cur-
rency different from such partner) from
which that partner is relieved as a result of
such disposition, and which are included
in the amount realized pursuant to section
752(d), shall be translated into the part-
ner’s functional currency using the his-
toric exchange rate (as determined under
§1.987–1(c)(3)) for the date on which such
liabilities increased the partner’s adjusted
basis in its partnership interest under sec-
tion 752.
(d)Examples. The purpose of the fol-
lowing examples is to illustrate the appli-
cation of section 987 to partnerships and
their partners. The examples are not meant
to be a comprehensive interpretation of
the step-by-step computations involved in
computing net unrecognized section 987
gain or loss. Thus, for the sake of sim-
plicity, the examples only calculate sec-
tion 987 gain or loss by reference to certain
identified assets and liabilities, rather than
by all the assets and liabilities of the sec-
tion 987 QBU (as is required under these
regulations). See §1.987–4 and the exam-
ples therein for step-by-step computations
for determining the unrecognized section
987 gain or loss of the owner of a section
987 QBU.
Example 1.Computation of an owner’s net unrec-
ognized section 987 gain or loss.(i)Facts.PRSisa
partnership which owns QBUx, an eligible QBU, op-
erating in the United Kingdom. QBUx has the pound
as its functional currency determined under §1.985–1
taking into account all of QBUx’s activities before
application of this section. PRS has two equal part-
ners that are domestic corporations, A and B, each
with the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. The
portions of QBUx allocated to A and B under para-
graph (b) of this section are section 987 QBUs of A
and B because under §1.987–1(b)(2), such portions
are allocated from an eligible QBU with a different
functional currency than A and B, respectively. As-
sume that PRS has no items of section 987 taxable
income or loss for 2007. On January 1, 2007, A and
B each contribute $50 to PRS. PRS immediately con-
verts the $100 into £100. The £100 is reflected, in ac-
cordance with §1.987–2(b), on the books and records
of QBUx. On January 1, 2007, the spot rate is $1 = £1.
On December 31, 2007, the spot rate is $1.50 = £1.
Pursuant to §1.987–3(b)(1), A and B use the yearly
average exchange rate, as defined in §1.987–1(c)(2),
to translate items of income, gain, deduction, or loss
into dollars for the taxable year. Assume the yearly
average exchange rate is $1.25 = £1 ($1 = £.80). Un-
der the PRS partnership agreement, A and B each
have an equal interest in all items of partnership in-
come and loss.
(ii)Calculation of net unrecognized section 987
gain or loss. Under paragraph (b) of this section, A
and B are each allocated £50 from eligible QBUx.
This amount is reflected on the balance sheet of
the section 987 QBU of A and B, respectively,
for purposes of determining the unrecognized sec-
tion 987 gain or loss under §1.987–4. Pursuant to
§1.987–4(d), the net unrecognized section 987 gain
of A’s section 987 QBU and B’s section 987 QBU is
$25.
Example 2.Computation of owner’s net unrec-
ognized section 987 gain or loss.(i)Facts. The facts
are the same asExample 1,exceptthatinaddition
to the £100 contributed by A and B, PRS incurred a
£50 recourse liability from an unrelated third party on
January 1, 2007. The liability and the £50 are both
reflected on the books and records of QBUx under
§1.987–2(b). Under section 752, and the regulations
thereunder, A and B bear the economic risk of loss
with respect to the £50 recourse debt equally.
(ii)Calculation of net unrecognized section 987
gain or loss. Under paragraph (b) of this section, A
and B are each allocated £75 from QBUx. In addi-
tion, under paragraph (b) of this section, A and B are
each allocated £25 of the liability of QBUx because
the economic burden of such liability, taking into ac-
count sections 701 through 761 of the Code, is borne
equally by A and B. Under§1.987–4(d), A and B each
have net unrecognized section 987 gain of $25.
(iii)Determination of partner’s adjusted basis in
PRS. Pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section
and section 985(a), A and B must determine the ad-
justed basis in their PRS partnership interests in U.S.
dollars. Under sections 722, 752(a) and paragraph
(c)(1)(iv)(A) of this section, the adjusted bases in
such interests are increased by the U.S. dollar amount
of a deemed contribution determined using the spot
rate for the date on which such liability was incurred.
Therefore, A and B will increase the adjusted basis in
their PRS partnership interests by $25.
Example 3.Computation of owner’s net unrecog-
nized section 987 gain or loss.(i)Facts. The facts are
thesameasExample 2, except as follows: On January
1, 2007, instead of incurring a £50 recourse liability,
PRS incurred a £50 nonrecourse liability from an un-
related third party, which was secured by and used
to purchase non-depreciable real property located in
the United Kingdom. Under the partnership agree-
ment, A and B agree to share all items of partnership
income and loss equally, except that A guaranteed
the nonrecourse liability and, in addition, the partner-
ship agreement provides that A will be allocated any
gain from the sale or exchange of the non-deprecia-
ble property. Further, the partnership agreement pro-
vides that in the event the partnership liquidates prior
to satisfying the liability, the non-depreciable prop-
erty shall be distributed to A.
(ii)Calculation of net unrecognized section 987
gain or loss. Under paragraph (b) of this section, A
and B are each allocated £50from eligible QBUx.
In addition, because A bears the economic bur-
den of the nonrecourse liability incurred by PRS
and the economic benefitsof the non-depreciable
property securing such liability, both of which are
reflected on the books and records of QBUx under
§1.987–2(b), A is allocated, for purposes of applying
§1.987–4(d), both the £50 liability and the non-de-
preciable property with an adjusted tax basis of £50.
Under §1.987–4(d), A’s net unrecognized section
987 gain is $0, and B’s net unrecognized section 987
gain is $25.
(iii)Determination of partner’s adjusted basis in
PRS. Pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section
and section 985(a), A and B must determine the ad-
justed bases in their PRS partnership interests in U.S.
2006–42 I.R.B.738October 16, 2006

dollars. Under sections 722, 752(a) and paragraph
(c)(1)(iv) of this section, A’s adjusted basis is in-
creased by the U.S. dollar amount of the deemed con-
tribution determined using the spot rate for the date on
which such liability was incurred. Therefore, A will
increase the adjusted basis in its PRS partnership in-
terest by $50.
Example 4.Computation of owner’s share of
items of section 987 taxable income.(i)Facts.The
facts are the same as inExample 1, except that dur-
ing 2007 PRS earns £50 which are reflected on the
books and records of QBUx. In accordance with the
partnership agreement, the £50 are allocated equally
between A and B.
(ii)Calculation of section 987 taxable income or
loss. Under §1.987–3, A and B’s allocable share of
the taxable income of QBUx, as determined by PRS,
and adjusted to conform to U.S. tax principles, is £25
each. Under §1.987–3, A and B must convert their
allocable share of the £25 into U.S. dollars using the
yearly average exchange rate for the year, in accor-
dance with §1.987–1(c)(2). As a result, A and B each
take into account as their respective distributive share
of PRS income $31.25. Under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A)
of this section, section 985(a) and section 705, such
amounts, as reflected in U.S. dollars, will be taken
into account in determining any adjustments to the
adjusted bases of A’s and B’s partnership interests.
In addition, such amounts will be taken into account
in calculating, under §1.987–4, the unrecognized sec-
tion 987 gain or loss of the section 987 QBUs of A
and B.
Example 5.Computation of owner’s share of
items of section 987 taxable income.(i)Facts.The
facts are the same as inExample 4, except A and B
agree to allocate the £50 of income to A. Assume
for purposes of this example that such allocation has
substantial economic effect as provided under section
704(b).
(ii)Calculation of section 987 taxable income or
loss. Under §1.987–3, A and B’s allocable share of
the taxable income of QBUx, as determined by PRS,
and adjusted to conform to U.S. tax principles, is £50
and £0, respectively. Under §1.987–3, A and B must
convert their allocable share into U.S. dollars using
the yearly average exchange rate for the year, in ac-
cordance with §1.987–1(c)(2). As a result, A and B
must each take into account as their respective dis-
tributive share of PRS income $62.50 and $0, respec-
tively. Under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) of this section,
section 985(a) and section 705, such amounts, as re-
flected in U.S. dollars, will be taken into account in
determining any adjustments to the adjusted bases of
A’s and B’s respective partnership interests. In addi-
tion, such amounts will be taken into account in cal-
culating, under §1.987–4, the unrecognized section
987 gain or loss of the section 987 QBUs of A and B.
Example 6.Election by de minimis partner to not
take into account section 987 gain or loss.(i)Facts.
The facts are the same as inExample 1,exceptas-
sume that A owns, directly or indirectly, less than 5%
of the total capital and profits interest in PRS and, as
a result, is eligible to elect, under §1.987–1(b)(1)(ii)
not to apply the provisions of the regulations under
section 987 for purposes of taking into account the
section 987 gain or loss of A’s section 987 QBU. As-
sume further that A makes such election. On January
1, 2008, A sells its interest to an unrelated third party,
C, for $75.
(ii)Determination of partner’s adjusted basis in
PRS. Pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section
and section 985(a), A must determine the adjusted
basis of its PRS partnership interest in U.S. dollars.
A’s basis in PRS is $50, the amount of its contribution
to PRS.
(iii)Sale of partnership interest by A. Under sec-
tion 1001, A’s amount realized on the sale of the part-
nership interest to C is $75. A’s adjusted basis of its
PRS partnership interest is $50, the amount of A’s
contribution to PRS, unadjusted by the fluctuations
between the pound and the U.S. dollar. A’s gain on
the sale of the partnership interest is $25.
§1.987–8 Termination of a section 987
QBU.
(a)Scope. This section provides rules
regarding the termination of a section 987
QBU. Paragraph (b) of this section pro-
vides general rules for determining when
a termination occurs. Paragraph (c) of this
section provides exceptions to the general
termination rules for certain transactions
described in section 381(a). Paragraph (d)
of this section provides certain effects of
terminations. Paragraph (e) of this section
contains examples thatillustrate the prin-
ciples of this section.
(b)In general. Except as provided in
paragraph (c) of this section, a section 987
QBU terminates when—
(1) Its activities cease, such that it no
longer meets the definition of an eligible
QBU as defined in §1.987–1(b)(3);
(2) Substantially all (within the mean-
ing of section 368(a)(1)(C)) of the sec-
tion 987 QBU’s assets are transferred from
such section 987 QBU to its owner, as pro-
vided under §1.987–2(c). For purposes of
this paragraph (b)(2), the amount of as-
sets transferred from the section 987 QBU
to its owner as a result of a transaction
(for example, a contribution of property
to a DE or a partnership) as provided un-
der §1.987–2(c) shall be reduced by as-
sets that are transferred from the owner to
such section 987 QBU, as provided under
§1.987–2(c), pursuant to the same transac-
tion;
(3) A foreign corporation that is a con-
trolled foreign corporation (as defined in
section 957) that is the owner of a section
987 QBU ceases to be a controlled foreign
corporation; or
(4) The owner of such section 987 QBU
ceases to exist (including in connection
with a transaction described in section
381(a)).
(c)Transactions described in section
381(a)—(1)Liquidations. A termination
does not occur when the owner of a sec-
tion 987 QBU ceases to exist in a liquida-
tion described in section 332, except in the
following cases:
(i) The distributor is a domestic corpo-
ration and the distributee is a foreign cor-
poration.
(ii) The distributor is a foreign corpora-
tion and the distributee is a domestic cor-
poration.
(iii) The distributor and the distribu-
tee are both foreign corporations and the
functional currency of the distributee is the
same as the functional currency of the dis-
tributor’s section 987 QBU.
(2)Reorganizations. A termination
does not occur when the owner of the
section 987 QBU ceases to exist in a reor-
ganization described insection 381(a)(2),
except in the following cases:
(i) The transferor is a domestic corpora-
tion and the acquiring corporation is a for-
eign corporation.
(ii) The transferor is a foreign corpora-
tion and the acquiringcorporation is a do-
mestic corporation.
(iii) The transferor is a controlled for-
eign corporation immediately before the
transfer and the acquiring corporation is a
foreign corporation that is not a controlled
foreign corporation immediately after the
transfer.
(iv) The transferor and the acquiring
corporation are foreign corporations and
the functional currency of the acquiring
corporation is the same as the functional
currency of the transferor’s section 987
QBU.
(d)Effect of terminations.Atermina-
tion of a section 987 QBU as determined
in this section is treated as a remittance
of all the gross assets of the section 987
QBU to its owner. As a result, any net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of
the section 987 QBU is recognized. See
§1.987–5. For purposes of the preceding
sentence, the amount of net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss is determined as
of the date of termination by closing the
books and records of the section 987 QBU
on that date.
(e)Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of this section:
Example 1.Cessation of operations.(i)Facts.
DC, a domestic corporation, has a sales office in
October 16, 20067392006–42 I.R.B.

Country X (Country X Branch) that is a section 987
QBU. DC closes its Country X Branch.
(ii)Analysis. The cessation of the activities of the
Country X Branch causes a termination of the section
987 QBU under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
Example 2.Incorporation of section 987 QBU.
(i)Facts. DC, a domestic corporation, has a branch
in Country X (Country X Branch) that is a section
987 QBU. DC transfers all the assets and liabilities of
Country X Branch to DS, a domestic corporation, in
exchange for stock of DS in a transaction qualifying
under section 351.
(ii)Analysis. Country X Branch terminates pur-
suant to paragraph (b)(1) ofthis section because the
Country X Branch ceases to be an eligible QBU of
DC.
Example 3.Cessation of controlled foreign cor-
poration status.(i)Facts. DC, a domestic corpora-
tion, owns all of the stock of FC, a controlled for-
eign corporation as defined in section 957. FC has a
section 987 QBU. FA, a foreign corporation owned
solely by foreign persons, purchases all of the FC
stock. FC will not constitute a controlled foreign cor-
poration after the transaction.
(ii)Analysis. Because FC ceases to qualify as a
controlled foreign corporation after the sale of the FC
stock, FC’s section 987 QBU terminates pursuant to
paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
Example 4.Section 332 liquidation.(i)Facts.
DC, a domestic corporation, operates in Country X
through FC, a wholly-owned foreign corporation or-
ganized under the laws of Country X. FC also has a
branch in Country Y (Country Y Branch) that is a sec-
tion 987 QBU. Pursuant to a liquidation described in
section 332, FC transfers all of its assets and liabili-
ties to DC.
(ii)Analysis. FC’s liquidation is a termination as
provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section because
FC ceases to exist. The exception for certain section
332 liquidations provided under paragraph (c)(1) of
this section does not apply because DC is a domes-
tic corporation and FC is a foreign corporation. See
paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
Example 5.Transfers to and from section 987
QBU pursuant to the same transaction.(i)Facts.
DC1, a domestic corporation, owns Entity A, a DE.
Entity A conducts a business in Country X and that
business is an eligible QBU and a section 987 QBU
(Country X QBU) of DC1. DC2, a domestic corpo-
ration, contributes property to Entity A in exchange
for a 95% interest in Entity A. The property DC2 con-
tributes to Entity A is used in the business conducted
by the Country X QBU and is reflected on its books
and records as provided under §1.987–2(b). More-
over, Entity A is converted to a partnership as a result
of the contribution. See Rev. Rul. 99–5 (situation 2),
(1999–1 C.B. 434). See §601.601(d)(2) of this chap-
ter. Also, as a result of the contribution, and pursuant
to §1.987–2(c)(5), 95% of the assets and liabilities
on the books and records of DC1’s section 987 QBU
are deemed to be transferred from such QBU to DC1,
and DC1 is deemed to transfer to such QBU 5% of the
property, as determined under §1.987–7, contributed
by DC2 to Entity A.
(ii)Analysis. As a result of the contribution
of property from DC2 to Entity A, assets were
transferred from DC1’ssection987QBUtoDC1.
Similarly, assets were transferred from DC1 to its
section 987 QBU as a result of the contribution.
Accordingly, for purposes of determining whether
substantially all the assets of Country X QBU were
transferred from DC1’s section 987 QBU as pro-
vided under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the
assets transferred from DC1’s section 987 QBU to
DC1 under §1.987–2(c) are reduced by the amount
of assets transferred from DC1 to such section 987
QBU pursuant to the contribution.
§1.987–9 Recordkeeping requirements.
(a)In general. A taxpayer that is an
owner of a section 987 QBU shall keep
such reasonable records as are sufficient
to establish the QBU’s section 987 taxable
income or loss and section 987 gain or loss.
See section 987 and section 6001 and the
applicable regulations.
(b)Supplemental information.An
owner’s obligation to maintain records
under section 6001 and paragraph (a) of
this section is not satisfied unless the fol-
lowing information is maintained in such
records:
(1) The amount of the items of income,
gain, deduction or loss attributed to each
section 987 QBU of the owner in the func-
tional currency of the section 987 QBU.
(2) The amount of assets and liabili-
ties attributed to each section 987 QBU of
the owner in the functional currency of the
QBU.
(3) The exchange rates used to translate
items of income, gain, deduction or loss
of each section 987 QBU into the owner’s
functional currency. If a spot rate conven-
tion is used, the manner in which such con-
vention is determined.
(4) The exchange rates used to trans-
late the assets and liabilities of each section
987 QBU into the owner’s functional cur-
rency. If a spot rate convention is used, the
manner in which such convention is deter-
mined.
(5) The amount of the items of income,
gain, deduction or loss attributed to each
section 987 QBU of the owner translated
into the functional currency of the owner.
(6) The amount of assets and liabilities
attributed to each section 987 QBU of the
owner translated into the functional cur-
rency of the owner.
(7) The amount of assets and liabili-
ties transferred by the owner to a section
987 QBU determined in the functional cur-
rency of the owner.
(8) The amount of assets and liabilities
transferredbythesection987QBUtothe
owner determined in the functional cur-
rency of the owner.
(9) The amount of the unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss for the taxable
year.
(10) The amount of the net unrecog-
nized section 987 gain or loss at the close
of the taxable year.
(11) If a remittance is made, the aver-
age tax book value of assets as determined
under §1.861–9T(g).
(12) The transition information
required to be determined under
§1.987–10(c)(2)(v).
(c)Retention of records. The records
required by this section must be kept at all
times available for inspection by the Inter-
nal Revenue Service, and shall be retained
so long as the contents thereof may be-
come material in the administration of the
Internal Revenue Code.
§1.987–10 Transition rules.
(a)Scope—(1)In general.Thesetran-
sition rules shall apply to any taxpayer that
is an owner of a section 987 QBU pursuant
to §1.987–1(b)(4) on the transition date (as
defined in paragraph (b) of this section). A
taxpayer to whom this section applies must
transition from the method previously used
by such taxpayer to comply with section
987 (the “prior section 987 method”) to
the method prescribed by these regulations
pursuant to the rules set forth in paragraph
(c)ofthissection.
(2)Limitation where the prior method
was unreasonable. Notwithstanding para-
graph (a)(1) of this section, if the prior
section 987 method was unreasonable (in-
cluding the case where the taxpayer failed
to make the determinations required un-
der section 987 for any open taxable year),
then the taxpayer must apply the rules of
paragraph (c)(4) of this section (and cannot
apply the rules of paragraph (c)(3) of this
section) to transition to the method pre-
scribed by these regulations.
(b)Transition date. The transition date
is the first day of the first taxable year
to which these regulations apply to a tax-
payer.
(c)Transition methods and correspond-
ing rules—(1)In general. Except as pro-
vided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section,
a taxpayer must transition from its prior
method to the method prescribed by these
regulations under the “deferral transition
2006–42 I.R.B.740October 16, 2006

method” of paragraph (c)(3) of this sec-
tion or the “fresh start transition method”
of paragraph (c)(4) of this section. If a tax-
payer fails to comply with the rules of this
section, the Area Director, Field Exami-
nation, Small Business/Self Employed or
the Director, Field Operations, Large and
Mid-Size Business having jurisdiction of
the taxpayer’s return for the taxable year
shall determine the appropriate transition
method.
(2)Conformity rules. The taxpayer (in-
cluding all members that file a consoli-
dated return that includes that taxpayer),
and any controlled foreign corporation as
defined in section 957 in which the tax-
payer owns more than 50 percent of the
voting power or stock (as determined in
section 957(a)), must consistently apply
the same transition method for each qual-
ified business unit subject to section 987
owned on the transition date.
(3)Deferral transition method—(i)In
general. Pursuant to the deferral transi-
tion method prescribed by this paragraph
(c)(3), section 987 gain or loss must be de-
termined on the transition date under the
taxpayer’s prior section 987 method as if
all qualified business units of the taxpayer
subject to section 987 (taking into account
the conformity rules of paragraph (c)(2)
of this section) terminated on the last day
of the taxable year preceding the transi-
tion date. This deemed termination applies
solely for purposes of this section. Any
section 987 gain or loss determined with
respect to a section 987 QBU under the
preceding sentence shall not be recognized
on the transition date but shall be consid-
ered as net unrecognized section 987 gain
or loss of the section 987 QBU in the first
taxable year for which these regulations
are effective (in addition to any net unrec-
ognized section 987 gain or loss otherwise
determined for such taxable year). Recog-
nition of net unrecognized section 987 gain
or loss determined under the preceding
sentence is governed by §1.987–5 for pe-
riods after the transition date. The owner
of a qualified business unit that is deemed
to terminate under these rules is treated as
having transferred all of the assets and lia-
bilities attributable to such qualified busi-
ness unit to a new section 987 QBU on the
transition date.
(ii)Translation rates used to determine
the amount of assets and liabilities trans-
ferred from the owner to the section 987
QBU for the section 987 QBU’s first tax-
able year beginning on the transition date.
The exchange rates used to determine the
amount of assets and liabilities transferred
from the owner to the section 987 QBU
on the transition date (for example, for
purposes of making calculations under
§1.987–4) under the deferral transition
method in this paragraph (c)(3) shall be
determined with reference to the historic
exchange rates on the day the assets were
acquired or liabilities entered into by the
qualified business unit deemed terminated,
adjusted to take into account any gain or
loss determined under paragraph (c)(3)(i)
of this section. SeeExamples 1and2of
paragraph (d) of this section.
(4)Fresh start transition method—(i)In
general. Pursuant to the fresh start transi-
tion method prescribed by this paragraph
(c)(4), on the transition date all qualified
business units of the taxpayer subject to
section 987 (taking into account the con-
formity rules of paragraph (c)(2) of this
section) are deemed terminated on the last
day of the taxable year preceding the tran-
sition date. This deemed termination ap-
plies solely for purposes of this section.
No section 987 gain or loss is determined
or recognized on such deemed termina-
tion. The owner of a qualified business
unit that is deemed to terminate under this
method is treated as having transferred all
of the assets and liabilities attributable to
such qualified business unit to a section
987 QBU on the transition date.
(ii)Translation rates used to determine
the amount of assets and liabilities trans-
ferred from the owner to the section 987
QBU for the section 987 QBU’s first tax-
able year on the transition date.Theex-
change rates used to determine the amount
of assets and liabilities transferred from the
owner to the section 987 QBU on the tran-
sition date (for example, for purposes of
making calculations under §1.987–4) un-
der the fresh start transition method of this
paragraph (c)(4) shall be determined with
reference to the historic exchange rates on
the day the assets were acquired or liabil-
ities entered into by the qualified business
unit deemed terminated. SeeExample 3of
paragraph (d) of this section.
(5)Double counting prohibited.The
transition method used by the taxpayer
cannot result in taking into account sec-
tion 987 gain or loss with respect to an
asset or liability attributable to a period
prior to the transition date more than once.
(6)Reporting. The taxpayer must at-
tach a statement to its return for the first
taxable year beginning on the transition
date providing the following information:
(i) A description of each qualified
business unit to which these rules apply,
the qualified business unit’s owner and
its principal place of business, and a de-
scription of the prior method used by the
taxpayer to determine section 987 gain or
loss with respect to such qualified business
unit.
(ii) The transition method used by the
taxpayer under paragraph (c) of this sec-
tion for each qualified business unit.
(iii) If the taxpayer uses the deferral
transition method prescribed in paragraph
(c)(3) of this section with respect to a qual-
ified business unit, an explanation of the
method used to determine section 987 gain
or loss.
(iv) If the taxpayer uses the deferral
transition method prescribed in paragraph
(c)(3) of this section with respect to a qual-
ified business unit, the amount treated as
net unrecognized section 987 gain or loss
under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
(v) The method used by the taxpayer
for determining the exchange rates used to
translate the basis of assets and the amount
of liabilities of a section 987 QBU into the
functional currency of the owner on the
transition date as provided in paragraphs
(c)(3)(ii) and (c)(4)(ii) of this section for
purposes of applying these regulations.
(d)Examples. The principles of this
section are illustrated by the following ex-
amples:
Example 1.Deferral transition method.(i)US
Corp is a domestic corporation with the dollar as its
functional currency. US Corp owns UK Branch, a
branch with the pound as its functional currency. UK
Branch was formed on January 1, 2006. US Corp
uses the method prescribed in the 1991 proposed sec-
tion 987 regulations to determine the section 987 gain
or loss of UK Branch. US Corp contributed £6,000
to UK Branch on January 1, 2006. On the same day,
UK Branch bought a truck for £4,000 and a computer
for £1,000. Assume that the spot rate on January 1,
2006, is £1 = $1. UK Branch had profits determined
under §1.987–1(b)(1)(i) through (iii) of the 1991
proposed section 987 regulations of £250 in each
taxable year of 2006, 2007, 2008, and 2009. Assume
that the average exchange rates used to translate UK
Branch’s profits under the 1991 proposed section
987 regulations were as follows: 2006—£1 = $1.10;
2007—£1 = $1.20; 2008—£1 = $1.30; 2009—£1
= $1.40. UK Branch makes no remittances to US
Corp in any year. On January 1, 2010, UK Branch
October 16, 20067412006–42 I.R.B.

transitions to the method provided in §§1.987–1
through 1.987–11 of these regulations pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section. US Corp chooses to use
the deferral transition method of paragraph (c)(3) of
this section in transitioning from its prior section 987
method (the method set forth in the 1991 proposed
section 987 regulations) to the method prescribed in
the §§1.987–1 through 1.987–11 of these regulations.
The spot rate on December 31, 2009, is £1=$2.
(ii) Pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) of this section,
US Corp must determine UK Branch’s section 987
gain or loss on January 1, 2010, using its prior section
987 method (the method prescribed under the 1991
proposed section 987 regulations), as if UK Branch
terminated on December 31, 2009. On December 31,
2009, UK Branch has an equity pool of £7,000 and a
basis pool of $7,250 determined under the 1991 pro-
posed section 987 regulations based on the following
amounts:
A
ssetAmountin£TranslationRate
Amountin$
Cash£1,000
Spot rate on 1/1/06 of £1=$1$1,000
Cash
£250
Ave. rate for 2006 of £1=$1.10$ 275
Cash
£250
Ave. rate for 2007 of £1=$1.20$ 300
Cash
£250
Ave. rate for 2008 of £1=$1.30$ 325
Cash
£250
Ave. rate for 2009 of £1=$1.40$ 350
Truck£4,000*
Spot rate on 1/1/06 of £1=$1$4,000
Computer£1,000*
Spot rate on 1/1/06 of £1=$1$1,000
Total assets£7,000
$7,250
Liabilities£0
$0
* Depreciation not taken into account for purposes of this example.
Accordingly, under §1.987–3(h)(3)(i) of the 1991 proposed section987 regulations, UK Branch determines its section 987 gain or loss on
December 31, 2009, as follows:
Equity Pool on 12/31/09£7,000
Multiplied by spot rate on date of deemed termination of £1=$2.x$2
$14,000
Spot Value of Equity Pool
$14,000
Less 100% of Basis Pool
($7,250)
Section 987 gain
$6,750
(iii) Under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, US
Corp does not recognize the $6,750 of section 987
gain determined on the transition date. Instead, the
$6,750 will be treated as net unrecognized section 987
gain of UK Branch for 2010 and subsequent years (in
addition to any net unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss otherwise determined at the close of 2010 and
subsequent years). Recognition of net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss is governed by §1.987–5.
(iv) Pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this sec-
tion, when computing the exchange rates used to
determine the amount of assets and liabilities trans-
ferred from US Corp to UK Branch on the transition
date, US Corp must adjust the historic exchange
rates attributable to such assets to take into account
UK Branch’s section 987 gain determined under
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Under these facts,
where all of UK Branch’s assets are considered to
generate deferred section 987 gain, US Corp takes
into account this section 987 gain by translating the
assets deemed contributed by US Corp to UK Branch
on the transition date using the same spot rate it
used to determine UK Branch’s section 987 gain on
the deemed termination date of December 31, 2009.
Accordingly, on January 1, 2010, US Corp translates
the assets deemed contributed (cash is segregated for
ease of illustration) to UK Branch as follows:
A
ssetAmountin£TranslationRate
Amountin$
Cash£1,000
Spot rate on 12/31/09 of £1=$2$ 2,000
Cash
£250
Spot rate on 12/31/09 of £1=$2$ 500
Cash
£250
Spot rate on 12/31/09 of £1=$2$ 500
Cash
£250
Spot rate on 12/31/09 of £1=$2$ 500
Cash
£250
Spot rate on 12/31/09 of £1=$2$ 500
Truck£4,000
Spot rate on 12/31/09 of £1=$2$ 8,000
Computer£1,000
Spot rate on 12/31/09 of £1=$2$ 2,000
Total assets£7,000
$14,000
Liabilities£0
$0
Example 2.Deferral transition method.(i)The
factsarethesameasinExample 1except that US
Corp and UK Branch use an “earnings only” ap-
proach to determine section 987 gain or loss prior to
the transition date. Under this approach, US Corp
maintains a basis and equity pool for UK Branch’s
earnings and a separate basis and equity pool for UK
Branch’s capital. Section 987 gain or loss is only
recognized on remittances of earnings (but not with
respect to capital) under principles similar to those
of the 1991 proposed section 987 regulations. Re-
mittances are first considered as distributed from the
2006–42 I.R.B.742October 16, 2006

earnings equity pool and then from the capital equity
pool. For purposes of this example, this method is
assumed to be a reasonable section 987 method and
does not violate §1.987–10(a)(2).
(ii) Using principles similar to those set forth
in §1.987–2 of the 1991 proposed section 987 reg-
ulations, the earnings equity pool of UK Branch is
£1,000 (£250 earned in each taxable year of 2006,
2007, 2008 and 2009) and the corresponding earn-
ings basis pool is $1,250 ($275 in 2006, $300 in
2007, $325 in 2008 and $350 in 2009). The capital
equity pool is £6,000 and the corresponding capital
basis pool is $6,000 (contributed cash of £6,000
translated to equal $6,000—which US Corp can trace
to contributed cash remaining of £1,000 with a trans-
lated basis equal to $1,000; a truck of £4,000 with a
translated basis equal to $4,000; and a computer of
£1,000 with a translated basis equal to $1,000).
(iii) Pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this sec-
tion, US Corp must determine UK Branch’s section
987 gain or loss on January 1, 2010, using its prior
section 987 method (the “earnings only” method),
as if UK Branch terminated on December 31, 2009.
Using principles similar to §1.987–3(h) of the 1991
proposed section 987 regulations with respect to the
earnings equity and basis pool, US Corp would deter-
mine $750 of section 987 gain as follows:
Earnings Equity Pool on 12/31/09£1,000
Multiplied by spot rate on date of deemed termination of £1=$2.x $2
$2,000
Spot Value of Earnings Equity Pool
$2,000
Less 100% of Earnings Basis Pool
($1,250)
Section 987 gain
$ 750
(iv) Under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, US
Corp does not recognize the $750 of section 987 gain
determined on the transition date. Instead, the $750
will be treated as net unrecognized section 987 gain
of UK Branch for 2010 and subsequent years (in addi-
tion to any net unrecognized section 987 gain or loss
otherwise determined at the close of 2010 and subse-
quent years). Recognition of net unrecognized sec-
tion 987 gain or loss is governed by §1.987–5.
(v) Pursuant to paragraph(c)(3)(ii) of this sec-
tion, when computing the exchange rates used to
determine the amount of assets and liabilities trans-
ferred from US Corp to UK Branch on the transition
date, US Corp must adjust the historic exchange rates
attributable to such assets to take into account UK
Branch’s section 987 gain determined under para-
graph (c)(3) of this section. Under these facts, US
Corp may reasonably take into account UK Branch’s
section 987 gain by translating those UK Branch’s
assets that generated such gain using the same spot
rate it used to determine UK Branch’s section 987
gain on the termination date of December 31, 2009
and by determining the translation rate of other as-
sets by reference to the traced basis of such assets.
Accordingly, on January 1, 2010, US Corp translates
the deemed contributions to UK Branch as follows:
A
ssetAmountin£TranslationRate
Amountin$
Contributed Cash£1,000
Spot rate on 1/1/06 of £1=$1$1,000
Cash
£250
Spot rate on 12/31/09 of £1=$2$ 500
Cash
£250
Spot rate on 12/31/09 of £1=$2$ 500
Cash
£250
Spot rate on 12/31/09 of £1=$2$ 500
Cash
£250
Spot rate on 12/31/09 of £1=$2$ 500
Truck£4,000
Spot rate on 1/1/06 of £1=$1$4,000
Computer£1,000
Spot rate on 1/1/06 of £1=$1$1,000
Total assets£7,000
$8,000
Liabilities£0
$0
(vi) If UK Branch was not able to trace historic
dollar b
asis as set forth in paragraph (v) of thisExam-
ple 2, when translating the assets deemed contributed
to UK Branch on January 1, 2010, under paragraph
(c)(3)(
ii) of this section, US Corp would be required
to use exchange rates that take into account a reason-
able allocation of the aggregate historic basis and the
$750 of
deferred section 987 gain to the UK Branch
assets.
Example 3.Fresh start transition method.(i)
The fact
sarethesameasinExample 1, except
that US Corp chooses to use the fresh start transi-
tion method of paragraph (c)(4) of this section in
transit
ioning from the 1991 proposed regulations
to the method prescribed in the current regulations.
Pursuant to paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section, UK
Branch
is deemed to terminate on December 31,
2009. However, no section 987 gain or loss will
be determined or recognized. On January 1, 2010,
when tra
nslating the assets deemed contributed to
UK Branch, US Corp will use the historic exchange
rates existing on the date the assets were acquired by
UK Branc
h pursuant to paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this
section. Accordingly, US Corp translates the assets
deemed contributed (cash is segregated for ease of
illust
ration) to UK Branch as follows:
October 16, 20067432006–42 I.R.B.

AssetAmountin£TranslationRate
Amountin$
Cash£1,000
Spot rate on 1/1/06 of £1=$1$1,000
Cash
£250
Ave. rate for 2006 of £1=$1.10$ 275
Cash
£250
Ave. rate for 2004 of £1=$1.20$ 300
Cash
£250
Ave. rate for 2005 of £1=$1.30$ 325
Cash
£250
Ave. rate for 2006 of £1=$1.40$ 350
Truck£4,000
Spot rate on 1/1/06 of £1=$1$4,000
Computer£1,000
Spot rate on 1/1/06 of £1=$1$1,000
Total assets£7,000
$7,250
Liabilities£0
$0
(ii) If UK Branch was not able to trace historic
dollar basis as set forth in paragraph (i) of thisExam-
ple 3,
when translating the assets deemed contributed
to UK Branch on January 1, 2010, under paragraph
(c)(3)(ii) of this section, US Corp would be required
to use
exchange rates that take into account a reason-
able allocation of the aggregate historic basis of the
UK Branch assets.
§1.987–11 Effective date.
(a)In general. Except as otherwise
provided in this section, these regulations
shall apply to taxable years beginning one
year after the first day of the first taxable
year following the date of publication of a
Treasury decision adopting this rule as a fi-
nal regulation in theFederal Register.
(b)Election to apply these regulations
to taxable years beginning after the date of
publication of a Treasury decision adopt-
ing this rule as a final regulation in the
Fe d e r a l R e g i s t e r. A taxpayer may elect
to apply these regulations to taxable years
beginning after the date of publication of
a Treasury decision adopting this rule as
a final regulation in theFederal Register.
Such election shall be binding on all mem-
bers that file a consolidated return with the
taxpayer and any controlled foreign corpo-
ration,asdefinedinsection957,inwhich
the taxpayer owns more than 50 percent of
the voting power or stock (as determined
in section 957(a)). An election made under
this paragraph shall be made in accordance
with §1.987–1(f).
Par. 6. Section 1.988–1 is amended by:
1. Adding paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4).
2. Revising paragraph (a)(10)(ii).
3. Adding two sentences to the end of
paragraph (i).
The additions and revision read as fol-
lows:
§1.988–1 Certain definitions and special
rules.
*****
(a) * * *
(3)Certain transactions of a section
987 QBU denominated in the functional
currency of the owner are not treated as
section 988 transactions. Transactions de-
scribed in §1.987–3(e)(2) (regarding cer-
tain transactions that are denominated in
the functional currency of the owner of a
section 987 QBU) are not treated as section
988 transactions to a section 987 QBU.
Thus,nocurrencygainorlossshallberec-
ognized by a section 987 QBU under sec-
tion 988 with respect to such items.
(4)Treatment of assets and liabilities of
a partnership or DE that are not attributed
to an eligible QBU—(i)Scope. This para-
graph (a)(4) applies to assets and liabilities
of a partnership, or of an entity disregarded
as an entity separate from its owner for
U.S. Federal income tax purposes (DE),
that are not attributable to an eligible QBU
(within the meaning of §1.987–1(b)(3)) as
provided under §1.987–2(b).
(ii)Partnerships. For purposes of ap-
plying section 988 and the applicable
regulations to transactions involving the
assets and liabilities described in para-
graph (a)(4)(i) of this section that are
held by a partnership, the owners of
the partnership (within the meaning of
§1.987–1(b)(4)) shall be treated as owning
their share of such assets and liabilities.
Section 1.987–7(b) shall apply for pur-
poses of determining an owner’s share of
such assets or liabilities.
(iii)Disregarded entities. For purposes
of applying section 988 and the applica-
ble regulations to transactions involving
the assets and liabilities described in para-
graph (a)(4)(i) of this section that are held
byaDE,theowneroftheDE(within
the meaning of §1.987–1(b)(4)) shall be
treated as owning all of such assets and li-
abilities.
(iv)Example. The following exam-
ple illustrates the application of paragraph
(a)(4) of this section:
Example.Liability held through a partnership.
(i)F
acts. P, a foreign partnership, has two equal part-
ners, X and Y. X is a domestic corporation with the
dollar as its functional currency. Y is a foreign cor-
pora
tion that has the yen as its functional currency.
On January 1, year 1, P borrowed yen and issued
a note to the lender that obligated P to pay interest
and
repay principal to the lender in yen. Also on
January 1, year 1, P used the yen it borrowed from
the lender to acquire 100% of the stock of F, a for-
eig
n corporation, from an unrelated person. P also
holds an eligible section 987 QBU (within the mean-
ing of §1.987–1(b)(3)) that has the yen as its func-
ti
onal currency. P maintains one set of books and
records. The assets and liabilities of the eligible QBU
are reflected on the P booksand records as provided
un
der §1.987–2(b). The F stock held by P, and the
yen liability incurred to acquire the F stock, are also
recorded on the books and records of P, but are not
re
flected on such books and records for purposes of
section 987 pursuant to §1.987–2(b)(2)(i)(A) and (C),
respectively.
(
ii)Analysis. X’s portion of the assets and lia-
bilities of the eligible QBU owned by P is a section
987 QBU. Y’s portion of the assets and liabilities of
t
he eligible QBU owned by P is not a section 987
QBU because Y and the eligible QBU have the same
functional currency. Because the F stock and yen-de-
n
ominated liability incurred to acquire such stock are
not reflected on the books and records of the eligible
QBU, they are not subject to section 987. In addi-
tion, because the F stock and the yen-denominated
liability incurred to acquire such stock are held by P
(but not attributable to P’s eligible QBU), X and Y
are treated as owning their share of such stock and li-
ability, determined under §1.987–7(b), for purposes
of applying section 988. As a result, P’s becoming
the obligor under the portion of the yen-denominated
note that is treated as being an obligation of X is a sec-
tion 988 transaction pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(ii),
(a)(2)(ii) and (a)(3) of this section. Similarly, the dis-
position of yen on payments of interest and principal
2006–42 I.R.B.744October 16, 2006

on the liability, to the extent such yen are treated as
owned by X, are section 988 transactions under para-
graphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(3) of this section. P’s becom-
ing the obligor under Y’s portion of the yen-denom-
inated note, and Y’s portion of the yen disposed of
in connection with payments on such note, are not
section 988 transactions because Y has the yen as its
functional currency.
(5) [Reserved].
*****
(10)***
(ii)Certain transfers. (A) Exchange
gain or loss with respect to nonfunc-
tional currency or any item described in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section entered
into with another taxpayer shall be re-
alized upon a transfer (as defined under
§1.987–2(c)) of such currency or item
from an owner to a section 987 QBU or
from a section 987 QBU to the owner
where as a result of such transfers the
currency or other such item—
(i) Loses its character as nonfunctional
currency or an item described in paragraph
(a)(2) of this section; or
(ii) Where the source of the exchange
gain or loss could be altered absent the
application of this paragraph (a)(10)(ii).
(B) Such exchange gain or loss shall
be computed in accordance with §1.988–2
(without regard to §1.988–2(b)(8) as if the
nonfunctional currency or item described
in paragraph (a)(2) of this section had been
sold or otherwise transferred at fair market
value between unrelated taxpayers. For
purposes of the preceding sentence, a tax-
payer must use a translation rate that is
consistent with the translation conventions
of the section 987 QBU to which or from
which, as the case may be, the item is be-
ing transferred. In the case of a gain or loss
incurred in a transaction described in this
paragraph (a)(10)(ii) that does not have a
significant business purpose, the Commis-
sioner, may defer such gain or loss.
*****
(i)***Generally,therevisionstopara-
graphs (a)(3), (a)(4), (a)(5), and (a)(10)(ii)
of this section shall apply to taxable years
beginning one year after the first day of
the first taxable year following the date of
publication of a Treasury decision adopt-
ing this rule as a final regulation in theFed-
eral Register. If a taxpayer makes an elec-
tion under §1.987–11(b), then the effective
date of the revisions to paragraphs (a)(3),
(a)(4), and (a)(10)(ii) of this section with
respect to the taxpayer shall be consistent
with such election.
Par. 7. Section 1.988–4 is amended
by revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as fol-
lows:
§1.988–4 Source of gain or loss realized
on a section 988 transfer.
*****
(b) * * *
(2)Proper reflection on the books of the
taxpayer or qualified business unit—(i)
In general. For purposes of paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, the principles of
§1.987–2(b) shall apply in determining
whether an asset, liability, or item of in-
come or expense is reflected on the books
of a qualified business unit.
(ii)Effective date. Generally, paragraph
(b)(2)(i) of this section shall apply to tax-
able years beginning one year after the first
day of the first taxable year following the
date of publication of a Treasury decision
adopting this rule as a final regulation in
theFederal Register. If a taxpayer makes
an election under §1.987–11(b), then the
effective date of paragraph (b)(2)(i) with
respect to the taxpayer shall be consistent
with such election.
*****
Par. 8. Section 1.989(a)–1 is amended
as follows:
1. The last sentence of paragraph
(b)(2)(i) is revised.
2. Paragraph (b)(4) is added.
The revision and addition reads as fol-
lows:
§1.989(a)–1 Definition of a qualified
business unit.
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(i)Perso
ns—***Atrustorestateisa
QBU of the
beneficiary.
*****
(4)Effective date. Generally, the re-
visions to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this sec-
tion shall apply to taxable years beginning
one year after the first day of the first tax-
able year following the date of publication
of a Treasury decision adopting this rule
as a final regulation in theFederal Regis-
ter. If a taxpayer makes an election under
§1.987–11(b), then the effective date of the
revisions to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this sec-
tion with respect to the taxpayer shall be
consistent with such election.
*****
§1.989(c)–1 [Removed]
Par. 9. Section 1.989(c)–1 is removed.
Mark E. Matthews,
Deputy Commissioner for
Services and Enforcement.
(Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on September
6, 2006, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal
Register for September 7, 2006, 71 F.R. 52875)
Update to Publication 1220,
Rev. Proc. 2006–33
Announcement 2006–73
This announcement updates and clari-
fies changes to Publication 1220,Specifi-
cations for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498
and W–2G, Electronically or Magneti-
cally. Form 1099–INT was not finalized
at the time Publication 1220 was printed
in IRBulletin 2006–32. The following are
changes or clarifications to Publication
1220 effective for tax year 2006:
•For Form 1099–INT, two new Amount
Codes, 8 for Tax-exempt Interest and
9 for Specified Private Activity Bond
Interest.
•For Forms 1099–R, the new date field,
Date of Designated Roth Contribu-
tion, positions 552–559, should be in
YYYYMMDD format. This field dif-
fers from the Form which only asks for
the year. If you are unable to determine
the month or day of the contribution
enter January 01, 2006 (20060101). If
the date is unavailable, enter blanks.
•Form 1099–B only asks for the Corpo-
ration’s name while Publication 1220
indicates you can report the name and
full address in the Special Data Entries
field, positions 663–722. Follow the
paper instructions for Form 1099–B
and enter any required information for
this field in the Special Data Entries
field.
•For Form 1098–T, the new field,
Method of Reporting 2005 Amounts
October 16, 20067452006–42 I.R.B.

Indicator, refers to prior year reporting.
It differs from Form 1098–T which has
a check box to indicate a change of re-
porting method. For electronic/tape
cartridge files select the appropriate
indicator to indicate 2005 reporting
method.
No additional changes are expected for
tax year 2006 reporting. If you have any
questions, contact the Internal Revenue
Service, Enterprise Computing Center —
Martinsburg (IRS/ECC-MTB) toll-free
866–455–7438.
Income Verification Express
Service (IVES) Program
Announcement 2006–74
On October 2, 2006, the Internal Rev-
enue Service will begin the Income Veri-
fication Express Service (IVES) program,
offering electronic delivery of IRS tran-
scripts and records available upon submis-
sion of IRS Form 4506–T,Request for
Transcript of Tax Return. For details on
participation in the program and submis-
sion of requests, including fees and pay-
ments, please refer towww.IRS.gov(key-
word IVES).
Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Sec-
tion 6103(p)(2), the Commissioner may,
from time to time, prescribe fees associ-
ated with the services provided for under
the IVES program. Failure to pay any fees
associated with the IVES program will re-
sult in suspension from the program and
any outstanding obligation will be sub-
ject to interest, penalties, and administra-
tive charges. Continued non-payment will
be subject to the Treasury Offset Program
(TOP).
Submission of false or fraudulent forms
or information will result in termination
from the program.
The principal author of this announce-
ment is Adrienne M. Mikolashek of the
Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Pro-
cedure & Administration). For further
information regarding this announcement,
contact Adrienne M. Mikolashek at (202)
622–4570 (not a toll-free call).
Deletions From Cumulative
List of Organizations
Contributions to Which
are Deductible Under Section
170 of the Code
Announcement 2006–75
The Internal Revenue Service has re-
voked its determination that the organi-
zations listed below qualify as organiza-
tions described in sections 501(c)(3) and
170(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986.
Generally, the Service will not disallow
deductions for contributions made to a
listed organization on or before the date
of announcement in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin that an organization no longer
qualifies. However, the Service is not
precluded from disallowing a deduction
for any contributions made after an or-
ganization ceases to qualify under section
170(c)(2) if the organization has not timely
filed a suit for declaratory judgment under
section 7428 and if the contributor (1) had
knowledge of the revocation of the ruling
or determination letter, (2) was aware that
such revocation was imminent, or (3) was
in part responsible for or was aware of the
activities or omissions of the organization
that brought about this revocation.
If on the other hand a suit for declara-
tory judgment has been timely filed, con-
tributions from individuals and organiza-
tions described in section 170(c)(2) that
are otherwise allowable will continue to
be deductible. Protection under section
7428(c) would begin on June 27, 2005, and
would end on the date the court first deter-
mines that the organization is not described
in section 170(c)(2) as more particularly
set forth in section 7428(c)(1). For indi-
vidual contributors, the maximum deduc-
tion protected is $1,000, with a husband
and wife treated as one contributor. This
benefit is not extended to any individual, in
wholeorinpart,fortheactsoromissions
of the organization that were the basis for
revocation.
National Credit Counseling Services, Inc.
Orlando, FL
San Francisco League of Urban Gardeners
San Francisco, CA
Foundations Status of Certain
Organizations
Announcement 2006–76
The following organizations have failed
to establish or have been unable to main-
tain their status as public charities or as op-
erating foundations. Accordingly, grantors
and contributors maynot, after this date,
rely on previous rulings or designations
in the Cumulative List of Organizations
(Publication 78), or on the presumption
arising from the filing of notices under sec-
tion 508(b) of the Code. This listing does
notindicate that the organizations have lost
their status as organizations described in
section 501(c)(3), eligible to receive de-
ductible contributions.
Former Public Charities.The follow-
ing organizations (which have been treated
as organizations that are not private foun-
dations described in section 509(a) of the
Code) are now classified as private foun-
dations:
Able Charitable Foundation, Inc.,
Dickinson, ND
Aleskan Foundation, Havertown, PA
All Faith Counseling Center, Inc.,
Gainesville, FL
Alsami Charity Foundation,
Dove Canyon, CA
American Childrens Orchestras for Peace,
Inc., Miami, FL
Arhome Community Development, Inc.,
Pine Bluff, AR
Arkansas Community Bankers
Foundation, Inc., Hot Springs, AR
Assist International Ministries, Inc.,
Lawrenceville, GA
Azeem Enterprises, Inc., Hampton, VA
B. F. Walker & Associates, Inc.
Atlanta, GA
Beautiful Zion Community Development
Corporation, Inc., West Memphis, AR
Beech Island Recreation Association,
Inc., Jackson, SC
Belleville Township High School
District 201 Educational Fndtn, Ltd,
Belleville, IL
Bowie Soccer United Bandits,
Arnold, MD
Brasil Brasil Cultural Center,
Culver City, CA
Bright Light, Inc., Grand Rapids, MI
Brothers of the Light, Inc., Rooselvelt, NY
Calder Museum, Inc., Philadelphia, PA
2006–42 I.R.B.746October 16, 2006

Calvary Hill Fellowship, Inc.,
Oceanside, CA
Canton District No. 66 Education,
Canton, IL
Cardiac Research Institute of New York,
Inc., Bronx, NY
Casa Nueva Vida, Inc., Philadelphia, PA
Cass County Child Protective Service
Board, Atlanta, TX
Cenacle World Prayer Group,
Glendale, NY
Central Buganda University Foundation,
Inc., Annandale, VA
Childrens Christmas Tree, Inc.,
Jacksonville, TX
Cinc, Inc., Detroit, MI
Clemente Garcia Jr. Community Learning
Center, Corpus Christi, TX
Conservation Technology Research
Institute, Inc., Lamy, NM
Consider Source, Los Angeles, CA
Continuum of Care Ministry, Rustin, LA
Coshar Foundation, Inc., Lanham, MD
Coweta County Rural Presevation Society,
Inc., Sharpsburg, GA
Creative Visions Education Foundation,
Inc., Grand Prairie, TX
C U B S Athletic Club, Inc.,
Fort Mitchell, KY
Detroit Junior Buccaneers, Detroit, MI
Downstate Technology Center, Inc.,
Brooklyn, NY
Dreams Come True Stables,
Sandusky, OH
El Programa Via Milagro Corp.,
Las Vegas, NV
Elkhorn Fire-Rescue Explorer Post 911,
Elkhorn, WI
E S C S Community Involvement
Foundation, Inc., San Diego, CA
Evanston Westside Community
Organization, Evanston, IL
Expert Readers, Inc., Athens, GA
Family Zone, Inc., Miami, FL
First Foundation, Petersburg, VA
First Step Transitional Home,
Lenox Township, MI
Foundation for Excellence in Arts
Education, Tucson, AZ
Freightliner Toys for Tots, Gastonia, NC
Friends of Commission for Women, Inc.,
Chapel Hill, NC
Friends of Fellheimer Foundation, Inc.,
Galesburg, IL
Friends of Rock Creek Lake, Inc.,
Kellogg, IA
Friends of Tecopa Hot Springs, Inc.,
Shoshone, CA
Friends of the Aids Museum, Inc.,
New York, NY
Friends of the Library, Stafford, TX
Fund for Humanity, Inc., Tamarac, FL
Garden City Boxing Club,
Garden City, KS
Gentilly Christian Enterprise,
New Orleans, LA
Geoff Smith Memorial Scholarship Fund,
New Boston, MI
Ghana New Ventures Competition, Inc.,
Philadelphia, PA
God is Good Ministrys, Inc.,
Memphis, TN
Good Shepherd Humanitarian Corp.,
Lantana, FL
Goodlettsville Middle School
Parent Teacher Organization,
Goodlettsville, TN
Greater Harvest Housing Corp.,
Baltimore, MD
Griffin Economic Development
Corporation, Inc., Kingsland, TX
Ground Zero Pairing Project, Inc.,
Portland, OR
Gulf County United Community
Development Corporation, Inc.,
Port St. Joe, FL
Heritage Exchange, Ltd.,
New Rochelle, NY
Hidalgo Independent School District
Scholarship Foundation, Hidalgo, TX
Highland Development, Inc.,
Coalmont, TN
Hillcrest Housing Development Fund
Corporation, Bronx, NY
Home Sweet Home, Montgomery, AL
Hopeful Equestrians Academy of Riding
Therapy, Inc., Dahlonega, GA
Humanity and Animal Sake Foundation,
Cerritos, CA
Ibadan College of Medicine Alumni
Association North America,
Southlake, TX
Inner Asian Conservation, Inc.,
Hamden, CT
Inner Circle Youth Services, Inc.,
Washington, DC
Inner City Connections, San Diego, CA
Inter-Cultural Services of Hamilton
County, Inc., Carmel, IN
International Royal Crescent Education
Foundation, Inc., Warner Robins, GA
Iowa National Vietnam Veterans Traveling
Memorial, Inc., Ankeny, IA
Irving Gators Youth Organization,
Irving, TX
Jacobs Ladder Transitional Home,
Kittrell, NC
Jefferson County Deputy Sheriffs
Reserve, Inc., Charles Town, WV
Jericho Alternative Community
Development Corp., Atlanta, GA
Jesus Ruiz Program, Paramount, CA
Kamp Kindness, Inc., Bowie, MD
Kiya House, Inc., Riverdale, GA
Korbett Kompany Productions,
San Diego, CA
Lance Johnstone Foundation,
Philadelphia, PA
Latin Jazz Fest Charties, Inc.,
Cape Coral, FL
Liberty Baseball, Inc., Kansas City, MO
Long Center Foundation, Inc.,
Lafayette, IN
Louisiana FatherhoodInitiative Program,
Baker, LA
Lowell Dreyer Memorial Scholarship
Fund, Inc., Ottertail, MN
Memphis Regional Youth Sports Alliance,
Memphis, TN
Metro East WarriorsYouthProgram,
Cahokia, IL
Migrant & Seasonal Housing, Inc.,
Americus, GA
Millboro Ruritan Foundation,
Millboro, VA
Mission Emmanuel, Portland, OR
Mission Joy and Hope, Tacoma, WA
Mount Upton Thunder Run for Children,
Mount Upton, NY
Muller Foundation, Chicago, IL
National Park Treasures, Cottonwood, AZ
New Hope Technology, Chesapeake, VA
Noble Action Public Service Corp.,
Los Angeles, CA
Oasis Agency, Inc., Flint, MI
Olive Branch Animal Rescue & Refuge,
Inc., Sistersville, WV
Opportunity Scholarship Fund, Inc.,
Melrose Park, IL
Our Own Place, Inc., St. Croix, VI
Ownership Gift, Inc., Riversdale, UT
Partners for Wellness Agencies, Inc.,
Lithonia, GA
Partners in Learning, Inc.,
Williamstown, NJ
Peace of God Ministries, Inc.,
South Easton, MA
PharmCo Solutions, Ann Arbor, MI
Physicians Medical Education and Public
Health Fund, St. Charles, IL
Pilgrim Development Corporation,
Chicago, IL
Planned Housing, Inc., Marietta, GA
October 16, 20067472006–42 I.R.B.

Power for Living Charities, Antioch, CA
Project Aids Khmer, Lincoln, RI
Project Still I Rise, Inc., Dallas, TX
Pros & Cons for Kids, Walnut Creek, CA
Rainbow Redirections Childrens Services,
Inc., Miami, FL
Randy Caldwell Ministries, Inc.,
League City, TX
Rapha Therapy Services, Inc.,
La Grange, KY
Read Foundation CME, Inc.,
Warner Robins, GA
Richmonders for Effective Government,
Richmond, VA
Rio Grande Valley Community
Foundation, McAllen, TX
Rise Institute for Science and Education
Charitable Trust, Manlius, NY
Roel Advantage Corp., Carolina, PR
Ronny Crownover Marrow Foundation,
Inc., Denton, TX
Rotary Club of Amherst East Foundation,
Williamsville, NY
S C Regional Housing Foundation, Inc.,
Barnwell, SC
Sacramento I Care Center,
Citrus Heights, CA
Safe Haven for Strays, Inc.,
New Port Richey, FL
Sagola Fire Department Auxiliary,
Channing, MI
San Diego Cancer Research Institute,
Vista, CA
Seniors Cab, Inc., Houston, TX
SGCA, Inc., Cheyney, PA
Sleeping Bear Literacy Foundation,
Dexter, MI
Society for the Preservation of Rockwood
Pond, Fitzwilliam, NH
Soho Arts Council, Inc., New York, NY
Southwest Arts Council, Inc., Berea, OH
Start Foundation of Virginia, Vienna, VA
Summer Therapy Center, Warren, OH
Teachers Council, Inc., Greenbelt, MD
Timber Hills Housing of Alcorn County,
Inc., Corinth, MS
Timeless Theatre Arts, Inc., Brooklyn, NY
Toppenish Foster Parent Association,
Toppenish, WA
Totten Peters Communications, Inc.,
Harrisburg, PA
Tri Star Employee Development Corp.,
San Antonio, TX
True Love Ministries, Lancaster, CA
Urban Housing Association, Oakland, CA
Vester Community Service, Inc.,
Downey, CA
Virginia Motorsports Museum & Hall of
Fame, Inc., Stuart, VA
Waismann Foundation, Beverly Hills, CA
Washington Square Foundation, Inc.,
Hinsdale, IL
Wayland Community Access and Media,
Inc., Wayland, MA
Wayne County Vision 2000,
Monticello, KY
West Virginia Region VI Local Elected
Official Board, Inc., Morgantown, WV
Wilson County Sheriffs Youth Ranch,
Mount Juliet, TN
Wilson Economic, Inc., Tampa, FL
Womens Initiative Network, Inc.,
Malvern, PA
Word of Faith Ministries, Inc.,
Smithfield, VA
Young Adults Association, Inc.,
Houston, TX
Young Christian Ladies Organization,
Inc., New York, NY
Yunnan America Foundation, Inc.,
Glenwood City, WI
Zonta Club of Laramie, Laramie, WY
If an organization listed above submits
information that warrants the renewal of
its classification as a public charity or as
a private operating foundation, the Inter-
nal Revenue Service will issue a ruling or
determination letter with the revised clas-
sification as to foundation status. Grantors
and contributors may thereafter rely upon
such ruling or determination letter as pro-
vided in section 1.509(a)–7 of the Income
Tax Regulations. It is not the practice of
the Service to announce such revised clas-
sification of foundation status in the Inter-
nal Revenue Bulletin.
IRS and The George
Washington University Law
School To Sponsor Institute on
International Tax Issues
Announcement 2006–77
The Internal Revenue Service an-
nounces the Nineteenth Annual Institute
on Current Issues in International Tax-
ation, jointly sponsored by the Internal
Revenue Service and The George Wash-
ington University Law School, to be held
on December 14 and 15, 2006, at the Grand
Hyatt Washington Hotel in Washington,
DC. Registration is currently underway
for the Institute, which is intended for
international tax professionals.
The program will present a unique op-
portunity for top IRS and Treasury offi-
cials and tax experts, and leading private
sector specialists, to address breaking is-
sues and present key perspectives on new
developments. The first day will feature
a discussion by U.S. and foreign tax au-
thorities of current international tax con-
troversies. The first day will also feature
sessions on the following:
•Developing Treaty Issues;
•Foreign Tax Credit Guidance for Pass-
Through Entities;
•Transfer Pricing Update;
•New Guidance on Foreign Branch
Transactions; and
•Case Studies in International Restruc-
turings.
The Honorable Mark W. Everson,
Commissioner, Internal Revenue Service,
will deliver the luncheon address.
The second day will focus on the fol-
lowing topics:
•Updates on Outbound and Inbound Is-
sues;
•International Tax Challenges: Real
Cases, Real Advice;
•Working with the New Subpart F
“Look Through” Rule; and
•Emerging Issues in Cross-Border Pri-
vate Equity Transactions.
The Honorable Eric Solomon, Deputy
Assistant Secretary (Tax Policy), U.S. De-
partment of the Treasury, will deliver the
luncheon address. The second day will
also include an “Ask the IRS” panel fea-
turing senior officials from the Service.
Those interested in attending or ob-
taining more information should contact
The George Washington University Law
School, athttp://www.law.gwu.edu/ciit.
Section 411(d)(6) Protected
Benefits; Correction
Announcement 2006–78
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service
(IRS), Treasury.
2006–42 I.R.B.748October 16, 2006

ACTION: Correcting amendment.
SUMMARY: This document contains cor-
rections to final regulations that were pub-
lished in theFederal Registeron August
9, 2006 (T.D. 9280, 2006–38 I.R.B. 450
[71 FR 45379]) that provide certain is-
sues under section 411(d)(6) of the Inter-
nal Revenue Code (Code), including the
interaction between the anti-cutback rules
of section 411(d)(6) and the nonforfeitabil-
ity requirements of section 411(a).
EFFECTIVE DATE: This correction is ef-
fective August 9, 2006.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT: Pamela R. Kinard, at (202)
622–6060 (not a toll-free number).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The final regulations that are the sub-
ject of this correction are under section
411(d)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Need for Correction
As published, the final regulations
(T.D. 9280), contain errors that may prove
to be misleading and are in need of clarifi-
cation.
*****
Correction of Publication
Accordingly, 26 CFR Part 1 is cor-
rected by making the following correcting
amendment:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1.The authority citation for
part 1 continues to read in part as follows:
Authority:26 U.S.C 7805 * * *
§1.411(D)–3 [Corrected]
Par. 3. Section 1.411(d)–3 is amended
by revising paragraph (3) to read as fol-
lows:
§ 1.411(d)–3 Section 411 (d)(6) protected
benefits.
(a) * * *
(3) * * * However, such an amendment
does not violate section 411(d)(6) to the
extent it applies with respect to benefits
that accrued after the applicable amend-
ment date.
(4) * * *
(ii) * * *
(B) * * *
(ii)***Amethodofavoidingasec-
tion 411(d)(6) violation with respect to ac-
count balances attributable to benefits ac-
crued as of the applicable amendment date
and earnings thereon would be for Plan D
to provide for the vested percentage of G
and each other participant in Plan E to be
no less than the greater of the vesting per-
centages under the two vesting schedules
(for example, for G and each other partici-
pant in Plan E to be 20% vested upon com-
pletion of 3 years of service, 40% vested
upon completion of 4 years of service, and
fully vested upon completion of 5 years
of service) for those account balances and
earnings.
*****
Guy R. Traynor,
Chief, Publications and
Regulations Branch,
Legal Processing Division,
Associate Chief Counsel
(Procedure and Admininstration).
(Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on September
20, 2006, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal
Register for September 21, 2006, 71 F.R. 55108)
October 16, 20067492006–42 I.R.B.

Definition of Terms
Revenue rulings and revenue procedures
(hereinafter referred to as “rulings”) that
have an effect on previous rulings use the
following defined terms to describe the ef-
fect:
Amplifieddescribes a situation where
no change is being made in a prior pub-
lished position, but the prior position is be-
ingextendedtoapplytoavariationofthe
fact situation set forth therein. Thus, if
an earlier ruling held that a principle ap-
plied to A, and the new ruling holds that the
same principle also applies to B, the earlier
ruling is amplified. (Compare withmodi-
fied,below).
Clarifiedis used in those instances
where the language in a prior ruling is be-
ing made clear because the language has
caused, or may cause, some confusion.
It is not used where a position in a prior
ruling is being changed.
Distinguisheddescribes a situation
where a ruling mentions a previously pub-
lished ruling and points out an essential
difference between them.
Modifiedis used where the substance
of a previously published position is being
changed. Thus, if a prior ruling held that a
principle applied to A but not to B, and the
new ruling holds that it applies to both A
and B, the prior ruling is modified because
it corrects a published position. (Compare
withamplifiedandclarified, above).
Obsoleteddescribes a previously pub-
lished ruling that is not considered deter-
minative with respect to future transac-
tions. This term is most commonly used in
a ruling that lists previously published rul-
ings that are obsoleted because of changes
in laws or regulations. A ruling may also
be obsoleted because the substance has
been included in regulations subsequently
adopted.
Revokeddescribes situations where the
position in the previously published ruling
is not correct and the correct position is
beingstatedinanewruling.
Supersededdescribes a situation where
the new ruling does nothing more than re-
state the substance and situation of a previ-
ously published ruling (or rulings). Thus,
the term is used to republish under the
1986 Code and regulations the same po-
sition published under the 1939 Code and
regulations. The term is also used when
it is desired to republish in a single rul-
ing a series of situations, names, etc., that
were previously published over a period of
time in separate rulings. If the new rul-
ing does more than restate the substance
of a prior ruling, a combination of terms
is used. For example,modifiedandsu-
persededdescribes a situation where the
substance of a previously published ruling
is being changed in part and is continued
without change in part and it is desired to
restate the valid portion of the previously
published ruling in a new ruling that is self
contained. In this case, the previously pub-
lished ruling is first modified and then, as
modified, is superseded.
Supplementedis used in situations in
which a list, such as a list of the names of
countries, is published in a ruling and that
list is expanded by adding further names in
subsequent rulings. After the original rul-
ing has been supplemented several times, a
new ruling may be published that includes
the list in the original ruling and the ad-
ditions, and supersedes all prior rulings in
the series.
Suspendedis used in rare situations
to show that the previous published rul-
ings will not be applied pending some
future action such as the issuance of new
or amended regulations, the outcome of
cases in litigation, or the outcome of a
Service study.
Abbreviations
The fol
lowing abbreviations in current use
and for
merly used will appear in material
publis
hedintheBulletin.
A—Individual.
Acq.—A
cquiescence.
B—Individual.
BE—Beneficiary.
BK—Bank
.
B.T.A.—Board of Tax Appeals.
C—Individual.
C.B.—Cu
mulative Bulletin.
CFR—Code of Federal Regulations.
CI—City.
COOP—Coo
perative.
Ct.D.—Court Decision.
CY—County.
D—Decede
nt.
DC—Dummy Corporation.
DE—Donee.
Del. Order
—Delegation Order.
DISC—Domestic International Sales Corporation.
DR—Donor.
E—Estate.
EE—Employee.
E.O.—Executive Order.
ER—Emp
loyer.
ERISA—Employee Retirement Income Security Act.
EX—Executor.
F—Fiduc
iary.
FC—Foreign Country.
FICA—Federal Insurance Contributions Act.
FISC—Fo
reign International Sales Company.
FPH—Foreign Personal Holding Company.
F.R.—Federal Register.
FUTA—Fed
eral Unemployment Tax Act.
FX—Foreign corporation.
G.C.M.—Chief Counsel’s Memorandum.
GE—Grante
e.
GP—General Partner.
GR—Grantor.
IC—Insura
nce Company.
I.R.B.—Internal Revenue Bulletin.
LE—Lessee.
LP—Limited
Partner.
LR—Lessor.
M—Minor.
Nonacq.—No
nacquiescence.
O—Organization.
P—Parent Corporation.
PHC—Persona
l Holding Company.
PO—Possession of the U.S.
PR—Partner.
PRS—Pa
rtnership.
PTE—Prohibited Transaction Exemption.
Pub. L.—Public Law.
REIT—Re
al Estate Investment Trust.
Rev. Proc.—Revenue Procedure.
Rev. Rul.—Revenue Ruling.
S—Subsi
diary.
S.P.R.—Statement of Procedural Rules.
Stat.—Statutes at Large.
T—Target
Corporation.
T.C.—Tax Court.
T.D.—Treasury Decision.
TFE—Trans
feree.
TFR—Transferor.
T.I.R.—Technical Information Release.
TP—Taxpay
er.
TR—Trust.
TT—Trustee.
U.S.C.—Uni
ted States Code.
X—Corporation.
Y—Corporation.
Z—Corporat
ion.
2006–42 I.R.B.iOctober 16, 2006

Numerical Finding List
1
Bulletins 2006–27 through 2006–42
Announcements:
2006-42, 2006-27 I.R.B.48
2006-43, 2006-27 I.R.B.48
2006-44, 2006-27 I.R.B.49
2006-45, 2006-31 I.R.B.121
2006-46, 2006-28 I.R.B.76
2006-47, 2006-28 I.R.B.78
2006-48, 2006-31 I.R.B.135
2006-49, 2006-29 I.R.B.89
2006-50, 2006-34 I.R.B.321
2006-51, 2006-32 I.R.B.222
2006-52, 2006-33 I.R.B.254
2006-53, 2006-33 I.R.B.254
2006-54, 2006-33 I.R.B.254
2006-55, 2006-35 I.R.B.342
2006-56, 2006-35 I.R.B.342
2006-57, 2006-35 I.R.B.343
2006-58, 2006-36 I.R.B.388
2006-59, 2006-36 I.R.B.388
2006-60, 2006-36 I.R.B.389
2006-61, 2006-36 I.R.B.390
2006-62, 2006-37 I.R.B.444
2006-63, 2006-37 I.R.B.445
2006-64, 2006-37 I.R.B.447
2006-65, 2006-37 I.R.B.447
2006-66, 2006-37 I.R.B.448
2006-67, 2006-38 I.R.B.509
2006-68, 2006-38 I.R.B.510
2006-69, 2006-37 I.R.B.449
2006-70, 2006-40 I.R.B.629
2006-71, 2006-40 I.R.B.630
2006-72, 2006-40 I.R.B.630
2006-73, 2006-42 I.R.B.745
2006-74, 2006-42 I.R.B.746
2006-75, 2006-42 I.R.B.746
2006-76, 2006-42 I.R.B.746
2006-77, 2006-42 I.R.B.748
2006-78, 2006-42 I.R.B.748
Notices:
2006-56, 2006-28 I.R.B.58
2006-57, 2006-27 I.R.B.13
2006-58, 2006-28 I.R.B.59
2006-59, 2006-28 I.R.B.60
2006-60, 2006-29 I.R.B.82
2006-61, 2006-29 I.R.B.85
2006-62, 2006-29 I.R.B.86
2006-63, 2006-29 I.R.B.87
2006-64, 2006-29 I.R.B.88
2006-65, 2006-31 I.R.B.102
2006-66, 2006-30 I.R.B.99
2006-67, 2006-33 I.R.B.248
Notices— Continued:
2006-68, 2006-31 I.R.B.105
2006-69, 2006-31 I.R.B.107
2006-70, 2006-33 I.R.B.252
2006-71, 2006-34 I.R.B.316
2006-72, 2006-36 I.R.B.363
2006-73, 2006-35 I.R.B.339
2006-74, 2006-35 I.R.B.339
2006-75, 2006-36 I.R.B.366
2006-76, 2006-38 I.R.B.459
2006-77, 2006-40 I.R.B.590
2006-78, 2006-41 I.R.B.675
2006-80, 2006-40 I.R.B.594
2006-81, 2006-40 I.R.B.595
2006-82, 2006-39 I.R.B.529
2006-83, 2006-40 I.R.B.596
2006-84, 2006-41 I.R.B.677
2006-85, 2006-41 I.R.B.677
2006-86, 2006-41 I.R.B.680
2006-88, 2006-42 I.R.B.686
2006-90, 2006-42 I.R.B.688
2006-91, 2006-42 I.R.B.688
Proposed Regulations:
REG-208270-86, 2006-42 I.R.B.698
REG-121509-00, 2006-40 I.R.B.602
REG-135866-02, 2006-27 I.R.B.34
REG-146893-02, 2006-34 I.R.B.317
REG-159929-02, 2006-35 I.R.B.341
REG-148864-03, 2006-34 I.R.B.320
REG-168745-03, 2006-39 I.R.B.532
REG-109512-05, 2006-30 I.R.B.100
REG-145154-05, 2006-39 I.R.B.567
REG-148576-05, 2006-40 I.R.B.627
REG-109367-06, 2006-41 I.R.B.683
REG-112994-06, 2006-27 I.R.B.47
REG-118775-06, 2006-28 I.R.B.73
REG-118897-06, 2006-31 I.R.B.120
REG-120509-06, 2006-39 I.R.B.570
REG-124152-06, 2006-36 I.R.B.368
REG-125071-06, 2006-36 I.R.B.375
Revenue Procedures:
2006-29, 2006-27 I.R.B.13
2006-30, 2006-31 I.R.B.110
2006-31, 2006-27 I.R.B.32
2006-32, 2006-28 I.R.B.61
2006-33, 2006-32 I.R.B.140
2006-34, 2006-38 I.R.B.460
2006-35, 2006-37 I.R.B.434
2006-36, 2006-38 I.R.B.498
2006-37, 2006-38 I.R.B.499
2006-38, 2006-39 I.R.B.530
2006-39, 2006-40 I.R.B.600
2006-40, 2006-42 I.R.B.694
Revenue Rulings:
2006-35, 2006-28 I.R.B.50
2006-36, 2006-36 I.R.B.353
2006-37, 2006-30 I.R.B.91
2006-38, 2006-29 I.R.B.80
2006-39, 2006-32 I.R.B.137
2006-40, 2006-32 I.R.B.136
2006-41, 2006-35 I.R.B.331
2006-42, 2006-35 I.R.B.337
2006-43, 2006-35 I.R.B.329
2006-44, 2006-36 I.R.B.361
2006-45, 2006-37 I.R.B.423
2006-46, 2006-39 I.R.B.511
2006-47, 2006-39 I.R.B.511
2006-48, 2006-39 I.R.B.516
2006-49, 2006-40 I.R.B.584
2006-50, 2006-41 I.R.B.672
2006-51, 2006-41 I.R.B.632
Treasury Decisions:
9265, 2006-27 I.R.B.1
9266, 2006-28 I.R.B.52
9267, 2006-34 I.R.B.313
9268, 2006-30 I.R.B.94
9269, 2006-30 I.R.B.92
9270, 2006-33 I.R.B.237
9271, 2006-33 I.R.B.224
9272, 2006-35 I.R.B.332
9273, 2006-37 I.R.B.394
9274, 2006-33 I.R.B.244
9275, 2006-35 I.R.B.327
9276, 2006-37 I.R.B.424
9277, 2006-33 I.R.B.226
9278, 2006-34 I.R.B.256
9279, 2006-36 I.R.B.355
9280, 2006-38 I.R.B.450
9281, 2006-39 I.R.B.517
9282, 2006-39 I.R.B.512
9283, 2006-41 I.R.B.633
9284, 2006-40 I.R.B.582
9285, 2006-41 I.R.B.656
1
A cumulative list of all revenue rulings, revenueprocedures, Treasury decisions, etc., publishedin Internal Revenue Bulletins 2006–1 through 2006–26 is in Internal Revenue Bulletin
2006–26, dated June 26, 2006.
October 16, 2006ii2006–42 I.R.B.

Finding List of Current Actions on
Previously Published Items
1
Bulletins 2006–27 through 2006–42
Announcements:
2005-59
Updated and superseded by
Ann. 2006-45, 2006-31 I.R.B.121
Notices:
2002-45
Amplified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-36, 2006-36 I.R.B.353
2006-20
Supplemented and modified by
Notice 2006-56, 2006-28 I.R.B.58
2006-53
Modified by
Notice 2006-71, 2006-34 I.R.B.316
2006-67
Modified and superseded by
Notice 2006-77, 2006-40 I.R.B.590
Proposed Regulations:
REG-135866-02
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-64, 2006-37 I.R.B.447
Ann. 2006-65, 2006-37 I.R.B.447
REG-134317-05
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-47, 2006-28 I.R.B.78
REG-118775-06
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-71, 2006-40 I.R.B.630
Revenue Procedures:
99-35
Modified and superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-40, 2006-42 I.R.B.694
2002-9
Modified and amplified by
Notice 2006-67, 2006-33 I.R.B.248
Notice 2006-77, 2006-40 I.R.B.590
2004-63
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-34, 2006-38 I.R.B.460
2005-41
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-29, 2006-27 I.R.B.13
2005-49
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-33, 2006-32 I.R.B.140
Revenue Procedures— Continued:
2006-12
Modified by
Rev. Proc. 2006-37, 2006-38 I.R.B.499
2006-33
Updated and clarified by
Ann. 2006-73, 2006-42 I.R.B.745
2006-35
Modified by
Notice 2006-90, 2006-42 I.R.B.688
Revenue Rulings:
72-238
Obsoleted by
REG-109367-06, 2006-41 I.R.B.683
73-558
Obsoleted by
REG-109367-06, 2006-41 I.R.B.683
81-35
Amplified and modified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-43, 2006-35 I.R.B.329
81-36
Amplified and modified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-43, 2006-35 I.R.B.329
87-10
Amplified and modified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-43, 2006-35 I.R.B.329
2002-41
Amplified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-36, 2006-36 I.R.B.353
2003-43
Amplified by
Notice 2006-69, 2006-31 I.R.B.107
2005-24
Amplified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-36, 2006-36 I.R.B.353
Treasury Decisions:
9254
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-44, 2006-27 I.R.B.49
Ann. 2006-66, 2006-37 I.R.B.448
9258
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-46, 2006-28 I.R.B.76
9260
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-67, 2006-38 I.R.B.509
9262
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-56, 2006-35 I.R.B.342
Treasury Decisions— Continued:
9264
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-46, 2006-28 I.R.B.76
9272
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-68, 2006-38 I.R.B.510
9277
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-72, 2006-40 I.R.B.630
9280
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-78, 2006-42 I.R.B.748
1
A cumulative list of current actions on previously published items in Internal Revenue Bulletins 2006–1 through 2006–26 is in Internal Revenue Bulletin 2006–26, dated June 26, 2006.
2006–42 I.R.B.iiiOctober 16, 2006

October 16, 20062006–42 I.R.B.

2006–42 I.R.B.October 16, 2006

October 16, 20062006–42 I.R.B.

INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETIN
The Introduction at the beginning of this issue describes the purpose and content of this publication. The weekly Internal Revenue
Bulletin is sold on a yearly subscription basis by the Superintendent of Documents. Current subscribers are notified by the Superin-
tendent of Documents when their subscriptions must be renewed.
CUMULATIVE BULLETINS
The contents of this weekly Bulletin are consolidated semiannually into a permanent, indexed, Cumulative Bulletin. These are
sold on a single copy basis andare notincluded as part of the subscription to the Internal Revenue Bulletin. Subscribers to the weekly
Bulletin are notified when copies of the Cumulative Bulletin are available. Certain issues of Cumulative Bulletins are out of print
and are not available. Persons desiring available Cumulative Bulletins, which are listed on the reverse, may purchase them from the
Superintendent of Documents.
ACCESS THE INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETIN ON THE INTERNET
You may view the Internal Revenue Bulletin on the Internet at www.irs.gov. Under information for: select Businesses. Under
related topics, select More Topics. Then select Internal Revenue Bulletins.
INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETINS ON CD-ROM
Internal Revenue Bulletins are available annually as part ofPublication 1796 (Tax Products CD-ROM). The CD-ROM can be
purchased from National Technical Information Service (NTIS) on the Internet at www.irs.gov/cdorders (discount for online orders)
or by calling 1-877-233-6767. The first release is available in mid-December and the final release is available in late January.
HOW TO ORDER
Check the publications and/or subscription(s) desired on the reverse, complete the order blank, enclose the proper remittance,
detach entire page, and mail to the Superintendent of Documents, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh PA, 15250–7954. Please allow two to
six weeks, plus mailing time, for delivery.
WE WELCOME COMMENTS ABOUT THE INTERNAL
REVENUE BUL
LETIN
If you have c
omments concerning the format or production of the Internal Revenue Bulletin or suggestions for improving it,
we would be p
leased to hear from you. You can e-mail us your suggestions or comments through the IRS Internet Home Page
(www.irs.g
ov) or write to the IRS Bulletin Unit, SE:W:CAR:MP:T:T:SP, Washington, DC 20224
Internal Revenue Service
W
ashington,DC20224
Official B
usiness
Penalty for
Private Use, $300